BIOCON BIOLOGICS INDIA LTD - Welcome to … BIOLOGICS INDIA LTD Prepared By Environmental Clearance for the Proposed Manufacturing of Biologicals, Antibodies and its Derivatives Formulations

BIOCON BIOLOGICS INDIA LTD

Prepared By

Environmental Clearance for the Proposed Manufacturing ofBiologicals, Antibodies and its Derivatives

Formulations for Antibodies, Derivatives, Protiens, Peptidesand Biologicals

atPlot No. 2, 3, 4 & 5, Biocon SEZ, Bommasandra Industrial

Area, Phase 4, Anekal Taluk, Bengaluru Urban District,Karnataka

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORTDecember - 2016

HUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS (P) LTD, CHENNAI

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

BIOCON Biologics India Ltd (BBIL)

Mr. Lourde Joseph - Vice President

Mr. Kameshwar Rao - Head (EHS)

Mr.Ashwinkumar P - Asst Manager

Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd,

Dr. J. R. Moses - EIA Coordinator (EC) & Functional Area (FAE)

Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru - EIA Coordinator (EC) & Functioal Area (FAE)

Dr. Rajkumar Samuel - Functional Area Expert (FAE)

Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru - FAE

Mr. Abishek Moses - Team Member (TM)

Mr. A. Manoharan - FAE

Mr. V. Dhivakar - FAE

Ms. Ramaa Prakash - FAE

Ms. A. Ragatharani - Functional Area Associate (FAA)

Mr. Chengalvarayan - TM

Ms. Abhirami - TM

Dr. K. Karupaiyan - TM

Mr. Vardharajan - TM

Ms. Kavya S Kumar - TM

Mrs. Anushya - TM

Mr. Tamil Selvan. B - TM

The following personnel are gratefully acknowledged for their fullest support in collection,

compilation of needful data regarding the project and kind cooperation in fulfilling the report on

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of M/s. Biocon Biologics India Ltd, Bangalore.

NABET CERTIFICATE

Error! Reference source not found. 4300020384EIA/EMP Report

Page i

4300020384 Error! Reference source not found.EIA/EMP Report

Page ii

Declaration of Experts contributing to the EIA

I hereby certify that Mr.N.Vamsee Krishna Navooru was involved in the EIA report along with

self for the project titled “Manufacturing of Biologicals, Antibodies and its Derivatives,Formulations for Antibodies, Derivatives, Proteins, Peptides and Biologicals” by M/s.Biocon Biologics India Ltd, at Biocon SEZ, Bommasandra Industrial Area, Phase 4,Bommasandra Jigani Link Road, Anekal Taluk, Bengaluru Urban District & KarnatakaState, along with the Functional Area Experts listed below during June 2016 to till date.

Date: 20/12/2016 (Dr. J R Moses)EIA Coordinator

Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,A-21, Phase III, Thiru-vi-ka Industrial Area, Guindy,

Chennai - 600032

Functional Area Experts:

S. No. Functional Areas Name of the Expert Duration of Involvement Signature1. AP, AQ, RH & SHW Dr. J R Moses June 2016 – Till date

2. AP, WP, N & SHW Mr. Vamsee KrishnaNavooru

Oct 2016 – Till date

3. WP & EB Dr. Rajkumar Samuel June 2016 – Till date

4. EB, SE, SC & SHW Mr. A. Manoharan June 2016 – Till date

5. WP & SHW Mrs. Ramaa Prakash June 2016 – Till date

6. SE Mr. V. Dhivakar June 2016 – Till date

7. LU & HG Dr. T.P. Natesan Aug 2016 – Till date

8. NV Mr. Vivek Navare Aug 2016 – Till date

AP - Air pollution monitoring, prevention and controlAQ - Meteorology, air quality modeling and predictionEB - Ecology and biodiversityHG - Hydrology, ground water and water conservationLU - Land useNV - Noise & VibrationRH - Risk assessment and hazards managementSC - Soil conservationSE - Socio-economicsSHW - Solid and hazardous waste managementWP - Water pollution monitoring, prevention and control


Page iii

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, Dr. J R Moses hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA

for the “Manufacturing of Biologicals, Antibodies and its Derivatives,Formulations for Antibodies, Derivatives, Proteins, Peptides and Biologicals”by M/s. Biocon Biologics India Ltd, at Biocon SEZ, Bommasandra IndustrialArea, Phase 4, Bommasandra Jigani Link Road, Anekal Taluk, Bengaluru UrbanDistrict & Karnataka State by M/s. Biocon Biologics India Ltd. I also confirm that

I shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this

statement.

Signature: Date: 20/12/2016

Name: Dr. J.R Moses

Designation: CEO

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,Chennai


Page iv

Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P)Ltd.Client: Biocon Ltd

Electronic city, Bengaluru

Project: Manufacturing of Biologicals, Antibodiesand its DerivativesFormulations for Antibodies, Derivatives,Protiens, Peptides and Biologicals

Project No.:

4300020384

Title:EIA/EMP Report

Document No.:

RP002Rev.:

0This document is the property of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd. and mustnot be passed on to any person or body not authorised by us to receive it nor becopied or otherwise made use of either in full or in part by such person or bodywithout our prior permission in writing.

File path:c:\users\hecs\desktop\report format.docx

Notes:

1.

Revision Details:

A 21/12/2016 Second Submission

Mr.A.ManoharanMr.V.DhivakarMrs.RamaaprakashDr.K.KarupaiyanMrs.RagatharaniMr.VardharajanMrs.AnushyaMr.Tamilselvan

Mr.VamseeKrishnaNavooru

Dr.J.R.Moses

0 07/12/2016 First Submission Sd/- Sd/- Sd/-

Rev. Date DetailsInit. Sign. Init. Sign. Init. Sign.

Prepared Checked Approved


Page v

TABLE OF CONTENTSExecutive Summary ................................................................................................................................2

Chapter 1 Introduction................................................................................................................ 13

1.1 Project Background ................................................................................................................. 131.2 Overview of Biocon ................................................................................................................ 13

1.2.1 Overview of Biocon SEZ.............................................................................................. 141.3 Project Proponent .................................................................................................................. 15

1.3.1 Awards .......................................................................................................................... 151.4 Proposed Project ................................................................................................................... 151.5 Justification & Need for the Project........................................................................................ 151.6 Location of the Project Site .................................................................................................... 15

1.6.1 Sites considered for the project location....................................................................... 181.7 Need for the EIA study........................................................................................................... 18

1.7.1 Project Screening (Cat B) and ToR .............................................................................. 181.7.2 EIA Study ...................................................................................................................... 181.7.3 EIA Cost ........................................................................................................................ 19

1.8 Overview of the Methodology of the EIA Study ..................................................................... 191.9 Structure of the EIA Study ..................................................................................................... 21

Chapter 2 Project Description.................................................................................................... 24

2.1 Type of project ....................................................................................................................... 242.2 Site Location and Coordinates............................................................................................... 24

2.2.1 Existing Environmental Setup...................................................................................... 272.3 Size or Magnitude of Operation ............................................................................................. 272.4 Proposed Schedule for Approval & Implementation.............................................................. 282.5 Technology and Process Description .................................................................................... 28

2.5.1 Process Description..................................................................................................... 282.6 Land Use of the Project Site .................................................................................................. 32

2.6.1 Resource requirements ............................................................................................... 332.7 Assessment of New & Untested Technology for the Risk of Technological Failure.............. 382.8 Construction Management..................................................................................................... 382.9 Sustainable aspects, Energy Conservation Measures & Solar Energy Installation .............. 39

Chapter 3 Description of Environment ..................................................................................... 44

3.1 Preamble................................................................................................................................ 443.2 Study Area ............................................................................................................................. 453.3 Description of the Study Area ................................................................................................ 453.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas........................................................................ 453.5 Ecological Sensitive Areas and Other Protected Area .......................................................... 473.6 Physical Conditions................................................................................................................ 48

3.6.1 PIA District Profile........................................................................................................ 483.6.2 Climatic Conditions ...................................................................................................... 493.6.3 Rainfall ......................................................................................................................... 493.6.4 Natural Resources of Bengaluru Urban PIA District.................................................... 493.6.5 Land Use & Land Cover .............................................................................................. 523.6.6 Topography.................................................................................................................. 573.6.7 Geology of the PIA District........................................................................................... 633.6.8 Geomorphology of PIA District .................................................................................... 643.6.9 Hydrogeology of PIA District........................................................................................ 653.6.10Drainage Pattern in PIA District ................................................................................... 663.6.11Soils in PIA District ...................................................................................................... 693.6.12Physiography of PIA District ........................................................................................ 713.6.13Cyclones & Depressions, Winds and Coastal Erosion in PIA District ......................... 753.6.14Seismicity..................................................................................................................... 76

3.7 Air Environment ..................................................................................................................... 763.7.1 Meteorological Conditions ........................................................................................... 773.7.2 Meteorological Data Collection.................................................................................... 77


Page vi

3.7.3 General Meteorological Scenario based on IMD Data ................................................ 773.7.4 Meteorological Scenario during Study Period.............................................................. 793.7.5 Ambient Air Quality ...................................................................................................... 81

3.8 Noise Environment ................................................................................................................. 953.8.1 Results and Discussions.............................................................................................. 953.8.2 Observations ................................................................................................................ 95

3.9 Water Environment................................................................................................................. 963.9.1 Surface Water Resources............................................................................................ 963.9.2 Ground water resources ............................................................................................ 126

3.10 Soil as a resource and its Quality......................................................................................... 1313.11 Flora & Fauna....................................................................................................................... 135

3.11.1Flora ........................................................................................................................... 1353.11.2Fauna ......................................................................................................................... 136

3.12 Socio-economic profile of the Project Influence Area .......................................................... 1373.12.1Socio economic Profile of the district ......................................................................... 1383.12.2Socio economic Profile of the study area .................................................................. 139

Chapter 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures ........................... 173

4.1 General................................................................................................................................. 1734.2 Land Environment ................................................................................................................ 173

4.2.1 Potential Impact due to Location................................................................................ 1734.2.2 Potential Impact due to construction.......................................................................... 1744.2.3 Potential Impact due to operation .............................................................................. 175

4.3 Water Environment............................................................................................................... 1764.3.1 Potential Impact due to Location................................................................................ 1764.3.2 Potential Impact during Construction ......................................................................... 1774.3.3 Potential Impact during Operation ............................................................................. 178

4.4 Biological Environment......................................................................................................... 1804.4.1 Potential Impact during Construction ......................................................................... 180

4.5 Air Environment.................................................................................................................... 1824.5.1 Potential Impact during Construction ......................................................................... 1824.5.2 Potential Impact due to Operation ............................................................................. 1844.5.3 AERMOD Model......................................................................................................... 185

4.6 Noise Environment ............................................................................................................... 2164.6.1 Potential Impact during Construction ......................................................................... 2164.6.2 Potential Impact during Operation ............................................................................. 217

4.7 Solid Waste Management .................................................................................................... 2184.7.1 Potential Impact Due to Construction ........................................................................ 2184.7.2 Potential Impact during Operation ............................................................................. 219

Chapter 5 Analysis of Alternatives Sites................................................................................. 222

5.1 History and Background of site selection ............................................................................. 2225.2 Current proposal................................................................................................................... 2225.3 Results of the Analysis ......................................................................................................... 222

Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Programme ................................................................. 224

6.1 Environmental Monitoring Programme................................................................................. 2276.2 Monitoring by Biocon............................................................................................................ 2316.3 Compliance Reports............................................................................................................. 2316.4 Plantation Monitoring Programme........................................................................................ 2316.5 On-site Mock Drills Requirements........................................................................................ 231

Chapter 7 Additional Studies ................................................................................................... 234

7.1 Risk Analysis ........................................................................................................................ 2347.2 Fire Hazards and Risk Mitigation Plan ................................................................................. 234

7.2.1 Fire Hazards............................................................................................................... 2347.2.2 Fire Risk Assessment of Natural Gas........................................................................ 234

7.3 Electrical Hazards and Safety Measures ............................................................................. 2377.4 Occupational Health and Noise Management Plan ............................................................. 2387.5 Occupational Safety Management and Surveillance Programme ....................................... 238


Page vii

7.6 Fire Protection and Fire Fighting Systems........................................................................... 240

Chapter 8 Project Benefits ....................................................................................................... 243

8.1 Preamble.............................................................................................................................. 2438.2 Induced Development .......................................................................................................... 2438.3 Improvement in local Infrastructure ..................................................................................... 2438.4 Improved solid waste management ..................................................................................... 2448.5 Improved water and sanitation facilities............................................................................... 244

8.5.1 Water resources ........................................................................................................ 2448.5.2 Provision for toilets .................................................................................................... 244

8.6 Improved Socio-Economic Conditions................................................................................. 244The villagers expect BIOCON guided CSR interventions could benefit the communities more.

2458.6.1 Health Facilities ......................................................................................................... 2458.6.2 Education Facilities.................................................................................................... 2458.6.3 Skill Development Activities....................................................................................... 245

8.7 Employment Opportunities................................................................................................... 2468.7.1 Employment during the Development Period............................................................ 2468.7.2 Direct Labour ............................................................................................................. 2468.7.3 Indirect Labour........................................................................................................... 246

Chapter 9 Environmental Management Plan .......................................................................... 248

9.1 Administrative and Technical Setup for Environmental Management................................. 2489.1.1 Roles and Responsibilities for Environmental Management..................................... 249

9.2 Greenbelt Development ....................................................................................................... 2519.2.1 Objectives of Greenbelt Plan..................................................................................... 2519.2.2 Plant Species for Green Belt development................................................................ 2519.2.3 Greenbelt Development Plan .................................................................................... 252

9.3 Rainwater Harvesting........................................................................................................... 2619.3.1 Estimation of Rainwater Harvesting Potential ........................................................... 2619.3.2 Harvesting Plan and Recharge Structures ................................................................ 2629.3.3 Rainwater Harvesting and Utilisation Plan ................................................................ 2669.3.4 Monitoring wells for Impact Assessment ................................................................... 268

9.4 Solar Power Harnessing ...................................................................................................... 2699.5 Occupational Health and Safety .......................................................................................... 270

9.5.1 Occupational Hazards ............................................................................................... 2709.5.2 Personal Protective Equipment ................................................................................. 2719.5.3 Health Monitoring....................................................................................................... 2729.5.4 Safety......................................................................................................................... 2729.5.5 Endemic Disease Mitigation Plan .............................................................................. 273

9.6 Institutional Mechanism for Implementation of Mitigation Measures ................................... 2749.7 Environmental Management Cell (EMC) ............................................................................. 2759.8 Approach towards Voluntary Compliance............................................................................ 2779.9 Audits and Inspections......................................................................................................... 2779.10 Summary of Impacts and Mitigation Measures.................................................................... 2779.11 Budgetary Estimates............................................................................................................ 283

9.11.1Budgetary Estimate for Environmental Management................................................ 2839.11.2Budgetary Estimate for CSR Interventions in the Study Area ................................... 284

Chapter 10 Summary & Conclusion .......................................................................................... 288

10.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 28810.1.1Project background.................................................................................................... 28810.1.2Overview of Biocon.................................................................................................... 28810.1.3Overview of Biocon SEZ............................................................................................ 28910.1.4Location of Project site .............................................................................................. 28910.1.5Need and Justification of Project Development......................................................... 289

10.2 Project Description............................................................................................................... 28910.2.1Cost of the Project ..................................................................................................... 290

10.3 Description of Environment.................................................................................................. 29010.3.1Terrestrial Environment ............................................................................................. 290


Page viii

10.3.2Socioeconomic status ................................................................................................ 29110.4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures................................................. 29210.5 Analysis of Alternative Sites................................................................................................. 29210.6 Environmental Monitoring Programme................................................................................. 29210.7 Additional Studies................................................................................................................. 29310.8 Project Benefits .................................................................................................................... 293

10.8.1Corporate Social Responsibility ................................................................................. 29310.9 Environmental Management Plan ........................................................................................ 29410.10 Conclusion ................................................................................................................. 294

Chapter 11 Disclosure of Consultants ...................................................................................... 296

Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS)................................................ 296

LIST OF FIGURESFigure 1-1: Location map of BiconSEZ.................................................................................................. 15Figure 1-2 Location map of Biocon Biologics India Limited (BBIL) ....................................................... 16Figure 1-3 : Google Map showing the proposed project site location ................................................... 17Figure 2-1: Project Site Location ........................................................................................................... 24Figure 2-2: Satellite Imagery of the Project Site (10 Km Radius).......................................................... 25Figure 2-3: Satellite Imagery of the Project Site (5 Km Radius)............................................................ 25Figure 2-4: Satellite Imagery of the Project Site (1Km Radius)............................................................. 26Figure 2-5: Satellite Imagery of the Project Site (0.5 Km Radius)......................................................... 26Figure 2-6: Process Flow....................................................................................................................... 29Figure 2-7: Brief Process Flow diagram for Vials & Injectable Pens Filling. ......................................... 30Figure 2-8: Proposed Layout plan ......................................................................................................... 32Figure 2-9: Site photographs ................................................................................................................. 33Figure 2-10: Water Balance Chart......................................................................................................... 36Figure 2-11 : Feasibility & Environmental Assessment Process........................................................... 42Figure 3-1: Ecological Sensitive Areas within 10Km radius .................................................................. 48Figure 3-2: Geology & Minerals Map of Karnataka ............................................................................... 51Figure 3-3: Land Use Pattern in the PIA District ................................................................................... 52Figure 3-4: Land Use Map of Bangalore Urban district ......................................................................... 53Figure 3-5: Land Use Pattern of the Study Area ................................................................................... 54Figure 3-6: Land use/Land cover map of the Study Area...................................................................... 55Figure 3-7: Contour map of project site ................................................................................................. 58Figure 3-8: Physiography map of Karnataka State ............................................................................... 59Figure 3-9: Physiography map of Study Area........................................................................................ 61Figure 3-10: Topo map of the study area .............................................................................................. 62Figure 3-11: Geology Map of PIA District .............................................................................................. 64Figure 3-12: Geomorphology Map of Study area .................................................................................. 65Figure 3-13: Hydrogeology Map of PIA district...................................................................................... 66Figure 3-14: Drainage Map of the Study area ....................................................................................... 67Figure 3-15: Soil Map of Karnataka State ............................................................................................. 70Figure 3-16: Physiography Map of the Study Area ............................................................................... 73Figure 3-17: Wind Hazard Map of Karnataka........................................................................................ 75Figure 3-18: Seismicity Map of India ..................................................................................................... 76Figure 3-19: Wind roses drawn for various seasons as per IMD observatory data (1970-2000).......... 79Figure 3-20: Site Specific Windrose for the study period ((September to November) .......................... 80Figure 3-21: Hourly variation of the mixing heights ............................................................................... 81Figure 3-22: Trends of Measured Ambient PM10 Concentrations in the Study Area ............................ 87Figure 3-23: Trends of Measured Ambient PM2.5 Concentrations in the Study Area............................ 88Figure 3-24: Trends of Measured Ambient SO2 Concentrations in the Study Area .............................. 89Figure 3-25: Trends of Measured Ambient NO2 Concentrations in the Study Area.............................. 90Figure 3-26: Trends of Measured Ambient CO Concentrations in the Study Area ............................... 92Figure 3-27: Trends of Measured Ambient O3 Concentrations in the Study Area ................................ 93Figure 3-28: Trends of Measured Ambient NH3 Concentrations in the Study Area .............................. 94Figure 3-29: Photographs of existing major water bodies within the study area................................... 97Figure 3-30: Photographs of existing major water bodies within the study area................................... 98


Page ix

Figure 3-31: Ground water level fluctuation decadal mean (May 2001 – May 2010) with May 2011 forBangalore Urban District, Karnataka................................................................................................... 127Figure 3-32: Informal Consultation with Locals ................................................................................... 140Figure 3-33 Map Showing the Study area of the Project in Figure FD 0301 ...................................... 167Figure 3-34 Map Showing the Air monitoring locations in FigureFD0302 .......................................... 168Figure 3-35 Map Showing the Noise monitoring locations in FigureFD0303...................................... 169Figure 3-36 Map Showing the Ground Water & Surface Water monitoring locations in FigureFD0304............................................................................................................................................................. 170Figure 3-37 Map Showing the Soil monitoring locations in Figure FD0305........................................ 171Figure 4-1: Annual Wind Rose Diagram (January – December 2015) ............................................... 186Figure 4-2: Isopleth for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of NO2 ...................................... 196Figure 4-3: Isopleth for predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) IncrementalConcentration of NO2 .......................................................................................................................... 197Figure 4-4: Isopleth for predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) IncrementalConcentration of CO............................................................................................................................ 198Figure 4-5: Isopleth for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of CO ....................................... 199Figure 4-6: Isopleth for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of SO2 ...................................... 200Figure 4-7: Isopleth for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of NO2 ...................................... 201Figure 4-8: Isopleth for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of PM ....................................... 202Figure 4-9: Isopleth for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of CO ....................................... 203Figure 4-10: Isopleth for predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) IncrementalConcentration of SO2........................................................................................................................... 204Figure 4-11: Isopleth for predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) IncrementalConcentration of NO2 .......................................................................................................................... 205Figure 4-12: Isopleth for predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) IncrementalConcentration of PM............................................................................................................................ 206Figure 4-13: Isopleth for predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) IncrementalConcentration of CO............................................................................................................................ 207Figure 4-14: Isopleth for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of SO2 .................................... 208Figure 4-15: Isopleth for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of NO2 .................................... 209Figure 4-16: Isopleth for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of PM ..................................... 210Figure 4-17: Isopleth for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of CO ..................................... 211Figure 4-18: Isopleth for predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) IncrementalConcentration of SO2........................................................................................................................... 212Figure 4-19: Isopleth for predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) IncrementalConcentration of NO2 .......................................................................................................................... 213Figure 4-20: Isopleth for predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) IncrementalConcentration of PM............................................................................................................................ 214Figure 4-21: Isopleth for predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) IncrementalConcentration of CO............................................................................................................................ 215Figure 4-22: Waste Management Concept in BBIL............................................................................. 220Figure 7-1 : Jet Fire radii due to Accidental Fire of NG pipeline ......................................................... 236Figure 7-2 : Flash Fire radii due to Accidental Fire of NG pipeline ..................................................... 237Figure 9-1: Coordination of EMC of BL and BSEZ with BBIL industry................................................ 249Figure 9-2: Hypothetical representation of three tier greenbelt development..................................... 253Figure 9-3: Identified Locations of Rainwater Harvesting Structures/Pits........................................... 267Figure 9-4: Implementation Arrangement ........................................................................................... 275Figure 9-5: Biocon Organizational Setup for Environmental Management Cell ................................. 276

Figure FD0301: Map Showing the Study area of the ProjectFigure FD0302: Map Showing the Air monitoring locationsFigure FD0303: Map Showing the Noise monitoring locationsFigure FD0304: Map Showing the Ground Water & Surface Water monitoring locationsFigure FD0305: Map Showing the Soil monitoring locations


Page x

LIST OF TABLESTable 1-1: Salient Features of the project site and its environs ............................................................ 17Table 2-1: List of Major Industries within 10KM radius from proposed project site............................... 27Table 2-2: Sensitive areas from the site boundary, 10 KM radius......................................................... 27Table 2-3: Capital Investment of the Project ......................................................................................... 28Table 2-4: Time schedule for completion of the proposed project ........................................................ 28Table 2-5 : Raw materials details .......................................................................................................... 31Table 2-6 : Detailed Land Break up....................................................................................................... 32Table 2-7: Power & Fuel requirement.................................................................................................... 34Table 2-8: Operating parameters for Boiler & DG ................................................................................. 34Table 2-9 : Details of Man power requirement ...................................................................................... 35Table 2-10 : Water Requirement ........................................................................................................... 35Table 2-11: Solid Waste generation details........................................................................................... 37Table 2-12: Hazardous Waste generation and disposal ....................................................................... 37Table 2-13 : Construction Materials and Approximate Quantities ......................................................... 38Table 3-1: Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15km from Project Boundary................................. 45Table 3-2: District land use/land cover statistics ................................................................................... 52Table 3-3: Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10Km radius of the Study Area ..................................... 54Table 3-4: Climatological Summary – Bangalore Region (1971-2000)................................................. 77Table 3-5 : Site Specific Meteorology Data for the Study Period (September – November 2016) ....... 81Table 3-6: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ............................................................ 82Table 3-7: Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Parameters.................................... 82Table 3-8: Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants .......................................... 85Table 3-9: Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants .......................................... 86Table 3-10: Ambient PM10 Monitoring Data ........................................................................................... 87Table 3-11: Ambient PM2.5 Monitoring Data .......................................................................................... 88Table 3-12 : Ambient SO2 Monitoring Data............................................................................................ 89Table 3-13: Ambient NO2 Monitoring Data ............................................................................................ 90Table 3-14: Ambient Lead (Pb) Monitoring Data ................................................................................... 90Table 3-15: Ambient Carbon Monoxide (CO) Monitoring Data.............................................................. 91Table 3-16: Ambient Ozone (O3) Monitoring Data ................................................................................. 92Table 3-17: Ambient Ammonia (NH3) Monitoring Data.......................................................................... 93Table 3-18: Ambient Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) Monitoring Data........................................ 94Table 3-19: Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels ............................................................................. 95Table 3-20: List of Major Water Bodies within 10Km radius.................................................................. 96Table 3-21: Water bodies in 10km radius of Project area ..................................................................... 99Table 3-22: Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters..................................... 121Table 3-23: Details of Surface water sampling locations .................................................................... 121Table 3-24: Surface Monitoring Results .............................................................................................. 123Table 3-25: Surface Water Quality Standards..................................................................................... 125Table 3-26: Groundwater Potential in Bengaluru Urban PIA District .................................................. 126Table 3-27: Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring Locations...................................................... 128Table 3-28: Ground Water Monitoring Results .................................................................................... 129Table 3-29: Soil Quality Monitoring Locations..................................................................................... 132Table 3-30: Soil Quality Monitoring Results ........................................................................................ 133Table 3-31: The List of Flora within the Study area............................................................................. 135Table 3-32: List of Wild Fauna in the Study Area................................................................................ 136Table 3-33: Amphibians....................................................................................................................... 137Table 3-34: Rodents ............................................................................................................................ 137Table 3-35: Bengaluru Urban District Social Indicators....................................................................... 138Table 3-36: Socioeconomic details of the study area.......................................................................... 140Table 3-37: Child population within the study area ............................................................................. 143Table 3-38: Social group details within the study area........................................................................ 146Table 3-39: Workers group distribution in the study area.................................................................... 151Table 3-40: Industrial estates within the study area ............................................................................ 156Table 3-41: List of major Industries within the study area ................................................................... 156Table 3-42: Health facilities available in Anekal Taluk ........................................................................ 157Table 3-43: Health profile of Anekal Taluk .......................................................................................... 158Table 3-44: Village wise sanitation & drinking water facilities within the study area ........................... 159Table 3-45: Literacy details within the study area ............................................................................... 161


Page xi

Table 3-46: Schools in Anekal Block including both public and private management........................ 164Table 3-47 : Details of roads in Anekal taluk....................................................................................... 165Table 3-48: Summary of socioeconomic Indicators within the Study area ......................................... 165Table 4-1: Details of break up in terms of volumetric contribution ...................................................... 179Table 4-2: Expected Characteristics of effluent generated from BBIL................................................ 179Table 4-3: Expected Characteristics of Sewage generated from BBIL............................................... 179Table 4-4: Boiler Stack & Emission details ......................................................................................... 184Table 4-5: DG Stacks & Emission details ........................................................................................... 184Table 4-6: Receptor Details................................................................................................................. 186Table 4-7: 1st 24-hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of NO2 ........................... 187Table 4-8: Predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) Incremental andResultant Concentrations of NO2 ........................................................................................................ 187Table 4-9: Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of NO2 ................................. 187Table 4-10: 1st 24-hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of CO .......................... 187Table 4-11: Predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) Incremental andResultant Concentrations of CO ......................................................................................................... 188Table 4-12: Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of CO ................................ 188Table 4-13: 1st 24-hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of PM .......................... 188Table 4-14: Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of PM ................................ 188Table 4-15: Predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) Incremental andResultant Concentrations of PM.......................................................................................................... 189Table 4-16: 1st 24-hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of CO .......................... 189Table 4-17: Predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) Incremental andResultant Concentrations of CO ......................................................................................................... 189Table 4-18: Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of CO ................................ 190Table 4-19: 1st 24-hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of SO2 ......................... 190Table 4-20: Predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) Incremental andResultant Concentrations of SO2 ........................................................................................................ 190Table 4-21: Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of SO2 ............................... 190Table 4-22: 1st 24-hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of NO2 ......................... 191Table 4-23: Predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) Incremental andResultant Concentrations of NO2 ........................................................................................................ 191Table 4-24: Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of NO2 ............................... 191Table 4-25: 1st 24-hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of PM .......................... 192Table 4-26: Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of PM ................................ 192Table 4-27: Predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) Incremental andResultant Concentrations of PM.......................................................................................................... 192Table 4-28: 1st 24-hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of CO .......................... 192Table 4-29: Predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) Incremental andResultant Concentrations of CO ......................................................................................................... 193Table 4-30: Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of CO ................................ 193Table 4-31: 1st 24-hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of SO2 ......................... 193Table 4-32: Predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) Incremental andResultant Concentrations of SO2 ........................................................................................................ 194Table 4-33: Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of SO2 ............................... 194Table 4-34: 1st 24-hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of NO2 ......................... 194Table 4-35: Predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016) Incremental andResultant Concentrations of NO2 ........................................................................................................ 194Table 4-36: Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of NO2 ............................... 195Table 7-1: Estimated Heat Radiation Levels due to failure of NG pipeline......................................... 234Table 7-2: Suggested Frequency of Medical Examination under Occupational Health SurveillanceProgramme.......................................................................................................................................... 240Table 7-3 :Suggested Medical Tests under Occupational Health Surveillance Programme .............. 240Table 7-4: Minimum required fire protection systems as per National Building Code ........................ 241Table 9-1: Roles and Responsibilities of Developer and Industry ...................................................... 249Table 9-2: Recommended Plants for Greenbelt.................................................................................. 255Table 9-3: Estimated Volume of run-off that can be harvested from Roof Top .................................. 262Table 9-4: Estimated Installation Capacity and Cost for Solar Power Harness.................................. 269Table 9-5: Occupational Health Hazards ............................................................................................ 270Table 9-6: Personnel Protective Equipment........................................................................................ 271


Page xii

Table 9-7: Project Activities, Associated Impacts, and Mitigation Measures ...................................... 279Table 9-8: Environmental Management - Capital Cost ....................................................................... 283Table 9-9: Environmental Management - Annual Recurring Cost....................................................... 283Table 9-10: Suggested Sector Plan Budget Allocation and Timeline.................................................. 284

LIST OF EXHIBITSExhibit 9-1: A Typical Rainwater Harvesting System .......................................................................... 263Exhibit 9-2: A Model Storage Pond/Tank ............................................................................................ 264Exhibit 9-3: Model Recharge Pit (source: Google) .............................................................................. 265Exhibit 9-4: Schematic of Recharge Pit (Source: Google) .................................................................. 265Exhibit 9-5: Schematic Diagram of Recharge Well ............................................................................. 265

LIST OF ANNEXURESAnnexure A: Land Possession Certificate – KIADB Allotment LetterAnnexure B: Environmental Clearance obtained for Biocon SEZ & EC compliance reportAnnexure C: SEZ approval for BIOCONAnnexure D: A Gazette Notification of SEZAnnexure E: Biocon letter to Biocon Biologics India Ltd for DevelopmentAnnexure F: Biocon SEZ LayoutAnnexure G: Proposed project BBIL Site PlanAnnexure H: Proposed Project BBIL Green Belt LayoutAnnexure I: Contour MapAnnexure J: Product Details & Manufacturing ProcessAnnexure K: Proposed Site facilitiesAnnexure L: Raw Materials & Mass balanceAnnexure M: Water Balance ChartAnnexure N: On-site & Off-site Emergency PlanAnnexure O: Material Safety Data SheetAnnexure P: Agreement copy made with TSDFAnnexure Q: BBIL STP & ETP process & SpecificationsAnnexure R: Rain water harvesting layoutAnnexure S: P and ID diagram for natural gas lineAnnexure T: Standards for NAAQ, Noise, Water & SoilAnnexure U: Water allotment letter for BioconAnnexure V: Enterprise Social Commitment Plan of BioconAnnexure W: Biocon EHS Policy

LIST OF APPENDICESAppendix I: Terms of Reference by SEAC, KarnatakaAppendix II: ToR Compliance


Page xiii

LIST OF ACCRONYMS

AAQ Ambient Air QualityAAQM Ambient Air Quality MonitoringBBIL Biocon Biologics India LtdBSEZ Biocon Special Economic ZoneCPCB Central Pollution Control BoardCSR Corporate Social ResponsibilityDMP Disaster Management PlanEIA Environmental Impact AssessmentEMC Environmental Management CellEMP Environmental Management PlanETP Effluent Treatment PlantFO Furnace OilGLC Ground Level ConcentrationISO International Standard for OrganizationKIADB Karnataka Industrial Area Development BoardKSPCB Karnataka State Pollution Control BoardkWh Kilowatt hourLOS Level of ServiceMEE Multiple Effect EvaporatorMSDS Material Safety Data SheetNAAQ National Ambient Air QualityPCB Pollution Control BoardPCU Passenger Car UnitPO Pure OilRA Risk AssessmentR & D Research & DevelopmentRO Reverse OsmosisSEAC State Expert Appraisal CommitteeSEIAA State Environmental Impact Assessment AuthoritySTP Sewage Treatment PlantTDS Total dissolved SolidsTOR Terms of ReferenceTSDF Treatment, Storage and Disposal FacilityZLD Zero Liquid Discharge


Page 1

Executive Summary


Page 2

Executive SummaryM/s. Biocon Biologics India Limited proposes to set up a commercial manufacturing complexfor manufacture and commercially supply various generic drugs which would include dosageforms like oral solids, parenteral, etc. The finished dosage form dossiers would be filed incountries of interest for regulatory approval. Once the dossiers are in compliance withrespective regulatory requirements, the product would be ready to market.

It would be B2C opportunity for BBIL which aim to build a robust pipeline with a balance ofdifficult-to-develop and technology-intensive molecules that can be commercialised. BBILhas currently more than 20 ANDA programmes under development. The new companywould also aim to use Biocon’s well-established API business to vertically integrate intomaking finished dosage forms for developed markets and emerging market.

BBIL would focus on few special therapeutic segments such as oncology, diabetology,cardiology, inflammatory diseases and become a market leader in them. Production andexport of Novel at Plot No 2,3,4 and 5 Bommasandra Industrial Area, Phase 4, Anekal taluk,Bengaluru Urban district

Production for the Biologicals, antibodies and its derivatives - 1650 kg/ annum

Formulations of antibodies, derivatives, proteins, peptides and biologicals

i) 10 million vials/annum

ii) 4 million injectable pens/annum

From the Project site towards SW Bande nalla Sandra village at a distance of 1.3 km,Nearest Highway Road NH-44 (Old NH-7) Bengaluru to Hosur highway at a distance of 4 kmtowards NE, Nearest Railway Station is Heelalige at a distance of 5.7 km towards NE;Nearest Airport is Kempegowda International Airport, Bengaluru at 44 km towards North. TheNotified Sensitive Area is Bannerghatta National Park 9.59 km towards WSW.

The Proposed Project termed under Schedule 5 (f), Category B, Synthetic OrganicChemicals as per the EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments requiring EIA studies of theproject. The facility requires prior Environmental Clearance from State Environmental ImpactAssessment Authority (SEIAA), Karnataka before commencing onsite activities. Theapplication along with relevant project documents was submitted to SEIAA, Karnataka on12.07.2016. Based on the information furnished and the presentation made before the StateExpert Appraisal Committee Members, the proposal was appraised in the 169th SEACmeeting held on 02.08.2016 and was issued the Terms of Reference (TOR) for preparingEnvironmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report vide Letter No. SEIAA/F.No- SEIAA 30 IND2016 dated 29.08.2016

I. Water Requirement

The total requirement of raw water for the unit will be 130 KLD. Water requirement for theproposed project would be supplied by Biocon SEZ.

II. Waste Water Generation

The ETP will be mainly catering to the industrial effluents generated from proposed BBILproject. Low TDS wastewater volume is expected to be 103 KLD and the Sewage is


Page 3

expected to be 25 KLD. Domestic effluent will not be mixed with LTDS wastewater. There isa separate STP proposed for treating domestic effluent generated due to the proposedproject. Effluent generated from proposed project will be treated in conventional ETPfollowed by RO. Reject from RO will be sent to existing MEE at BSEZ. Salts generated fromMEE will be disposed to TSDF

Details of break up in terms of volumetric contributionS.

No. Details Unit For 4500 KLDEffluent Sewage Total

1. Domestic KLD - 25 252. Process KLD 103 - 103

Total KLD 103 25 128

Treated effluent & Sewage will be used for green belt/toilet flushing and utilities within BBIL &BSEZ project.

III. Power Requirement

• Biocon has own dedicated in-house 66/11 KV substation that caters to all the units.

• The power requirement for the proposed project will be 7 MW.

• The power back up will be provided with existing combination of DG sets and turbinesby Biocon Unit.

Power & Fuel requirement

Details Capacity Source

Power Requirement (KVA) 12000 BESCOM

Back-up (KVA) 4 x 3000 DG sets

Diesel Requirements (lit/Month) - IOCL/BPCL/HPCL/MRPL

Natural Gas 12000SCMD GAIL

Boiler: NG based/Diesel based fuel fired boiler 1 Nos having capacity of (16 ton/Hr)

Since Biocon is planning for natural gas powered boiler, diesel as fuel is required onlyfor the 4 x 3 mVA DG sets whenever there is power backup required.

This power backup scenario will be present only for the period whenever there is nopower supply from grid. The grid supply to BSEZ is very reliable with minimaldowntime

Diesel for DG sets will be from the existing diesel storage tank that caters to BSEZutilities. There is enough existing capacity to cater to proposed 4 DG sets

Diesel is procured by BSEZ via tankers from IOCL/BPCL/HPCL/MRPL


Page 4

IV. Man Power

The manpower requirement including both the technical and non-technical personnel

Details of Man power requirement

Operation Phase

Permanent (Nos) 500

Contractual (Nos) 60

Total (Nos) 560

Construction phase: 100 Nos.

V. Solid Waste

During operation phase, 271Kg of solid waste (Organic & inorganic) will be generated.

Solid Waste generation details

Waste Quantity (kg/day)Collection

methodDisposal method

Organic 122 Bins Sent to Biocon For further processing

Inorganic 149 Bins Authorized vendors

ETP Sludge 50 Trolleys TSDF

Note: - (As per CPCB Guidelines - 0.484 kg/capita/day for Bangalore)

Hazardous waste Management

There is no hazardous waste generation during construction phase of the project. Thehazardous wastes which will be generated during the operation phase of the project.

Hazardous waste materials will be properly disposed as per the Hazardous and otherWastes (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules 2016; Agreementwill be made with TSDF approved dealers for safe disposal of hazardous wastes. PCBauthorization for Hazardous waste disposal will be obtained.

Hazardous Waste generation and disposal

S.No Waste Type Category Quantity Method of Disposal

1. Used/Spent Oils 5.1 2500 Litres/Annum Authorized recyclers

2. Waste/Residue containing Oil 5.2 250 Kg/Annum Authorized recyclers

3. Concentration/EvaporationResidue 37.3 55 Tons/Annum Authorized TSDF


Page 5

4. ETP Sludge 35.3 18 Tons/Annum Authorized TSDF

5.Empty Containers/Barrels/Linerscontaminated with hazardousmaterials

33.1 1200 Nos/Annum Authorized recyclers

6. Process Residue - Nil NA

Biomedical Waste

Since the project is production of Biologicals, Antibodies and derivatives, the cultures (liquidstate) will be pre-treated with suitable methods and disposed along with effluent for furthertreatment in Effluent Treatment Plant.

Assessment of New & Untested Technology for the Risk of Technological Failure

The project is biological products manufacturing industry with R & D activity. Themanufacturing processes for these products are tried & tested method, and therefore there isno risk of technological failure. In addition to this the facility is being backed up by the R & Dcentre there would be continuous efforts for optimization of the processes to care of the anytechnological failures.

VI. Land Requirement

The total land available for the proposed project is 11940 Sq. mt (2.95 Acres) and built-upwill be 40320 Sq. mt. Available land area will be utilized for building and plant.

Existing Infrastructure of BSEZ will be used for BBIL.

Detailed Land Break up

S. No Land use Type of landArea

Sq. Mt Acres

1 Building Coverage Leased 11940 2.952 Road and Pavement BSEZ 3600 0.89

3 Green belt area BSEZ 4375 1.084 Water Reservoir Leased 1000 0.255 DG Sets & Boilers Leased 500 0.12

6 ETP & ERP Leased 500 0.127 STP Leased 100 0.028 Water Treatment Plant Leased 100 0.02

9 Solid Waste Storage Leased 50 0.01


Page 6

VII. Analysis of Alternative Sites Considered

The site for the proposed project is situated at plot nos 2,3,4&5 Plot No 2,3,4 and 5Bommasandra Industrial Area, Phase 4, Bommasandra Jigani Link Road, Anekal taluk,Bengaluru Urban district, BSEZ is facilitating the entire infrastructure like road connectivity,graded plots, water infrastructure, Waste water collection system, solid waste managementsystem, green belt development etc.

M/s. Biocon Biologics India Limited has made a MoU agreement with BSEZ for a land areaof 2.95 Acres, located within the industrial area where other industrial activities have alreadybeen established and some are yet to come up (It is provided with sufficient water and powersupply. It has well established infrastructure, transportation and communication networks.The site is well connected to national highway, and near well-established airport. Thereforethere is no need for the consideration of an alternative site.

VIII. Project cost

Total Project cost is INR Rs. 1000 crore.

IX. Description of the Environment

Meteorological Environment

The micro-meteorological conditions during the study period for hourly data of wind speed,wind direction and temperature were recorded at the project site. From the IndianMeteorological Department (IMD) at Bengaluru, the annually determined wind direction isalso mostly West to East. From the meteorological data recorded at this project site, thepredominant wind direction was observed from W to E during the study period (Sep to Nov2016 (Post monsoon)). The wind speed ranges between 1.41 to 2.66 m/s. The temperatureranges between 17.1 – 28.5°C. While the relative humidity ranges from 62 - 86%. The totalrainfall recorded during study period is 406 mm.

Ambient Air Quality

The ambient air quality has been monitored at 8 locations for 16 parameters including 12parameters as per NAAQS, 2009 within the study area. The baseline levels of (PM2.5),(PM10), Sulfur dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen dioxide (NO2), CO, Pb, O3, NH3, Benzene (C6H6),Benzo (a) pyrene (C20H12), As, Ni in all the monitoring locations were found within theNAAQS limits during the monitoring period (Post monsoon) i.e from Sep to Nov 2016.

Noise Environment

The existing ambient noise levels were monitored using precision noise level meter in andaround the project site at 10km radius at 8 locations during the study period (Sep to Nov2016). During the study period, day time noise levels varied between 55.00 – 84.50 dB(A)and night time noise levels varied from 50.10 – 78.90 dB(A) across the sampling stations.The field observations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise levels in theproposed project site (BBIL site within BSEZ industrial area) were found within the standardlimits whereas in all residential areas they are slightly exceeds the limits prescribed byCPCB/MoEF&CC.


Page 7

Water Environment

The study area consists of Bommandahalli in the southern region, Hennagara /Ramakrishnapura Lake in the part of Eastern region. The Hebbagodi and Chandapura Lakein the North Eastern / North northeastern part from the project site. The Ragihalli Lake in thepart of Southwest region. As the KIADB Industrial Area estate lies in the Northeastern region,the representative surface water sampling locations have been chosen. The prevailing statusof water quality at eight sampling locations each for ground and surface water have beenassessed during Sep to Nov 2016.

The standard methods prescribed in IS were followed for sample collection, preservation andanalysis in the laboratory for various physiochemical parameters.

Surface water quality

The values range from 7.11-7.80 for pH, 210-1475 mg/l for TDS, 100-323 mg/l for TotalHardness, 119-905 mg/l .

Ground Water Quality

The values range from 7.18-7.96 for pH, 390-1290 mg/l for TDS, 133-686 mg/l for Hardness,1.4 – 23.9 mg/l for nitrates, 62 – 417 mg/l for chlorides, 18.57 - 143mg/l for sulphate & BDL(DL 0.1)-6.69 mg/l for fluoride.

Land Environment

Assessment of soil characteristics is of paramount importance since the vegetation growth,agricultural practices and production is directly related to the soil fertility and quality. It isobserved that the pH of the soil samples ranged from 5.26- 8.66 indicating that the soils arealmost neutral in nature, conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 19-716 μS/cm. As theEC value is less than 2000 μS/cm, the soil is found to be non-saline in nature. Nitrogen,potassium and phosphorous content ranges from 314-769 kg/ha, 0.750-1400 kg/ha, and0.316-0.800 kg/ha.

Biological Environment

The Project area is occupied by trees and shrubs. There is a Bannerghatta National Park ata distance of 9.59 Km towards West. The buffer zone of the project site is predominantlycovered by Plantation/orchards. The species observed in the study area are mostlycommercial crops and plantation crops and breaks were also observed throughout the semi-evergreen and moist deciduous forest types. There is no extinct flora and fauna speciesfound in the study area.

Socio Economic Environment

Bangalore district is located in the sour eastern corner of Karnataka State. It has ageographical area of 2196 sq.km. The district is land locked and shares its borders withBengaluru Rural district on the north and the east, Ramanagaram on the west, and with thestate of Tamil Nadu in the south. The population of the district is 96,21,551. Of the totalpopulation,50,22,661 are males and 45,98,890 are females as per 2011 Census. Thedistrict’s share of total Karnataka’s population is 15.75 percent.


Page 8

The project is located in the Jigani KIADB, Jigani of Anekal taluk of Bangalore Urban District.The 10 Km radius covers almost a major portion of Anekal taluk and some portion ofBangalore Corporation Limits.

The project area comprises of urban and rural background. The taluk Anekal ispredominantly rural as 68% population in rural part of the taluk. Agriculture is one of themain occupation in rural apart from Industries and Service sector. The area has more semiand unskilled labour forces go to the other part of the district.

The child sex ratio of the project area is 968 but for the district it is 944. There is a need forsocial intervention is required to balance the gender inequality.

The majority of the population in the project area belongs to General Category (80.23%). Thescheduled caste and scheduled tribe population are 17.08% (22.93% of the district) and2.07% (3.26% of the district).

An important dimension to understand the employment scenario is through the main andmarginal workers data provided by the Census. Of the total working population, the majority(91.20%) is the main workers i.e they have study job more than six months per annum. It isdue to the industrialization in the area. The job vibrancy is due to the secondary and tertiarysectors. Only 10.25% of working population involved in the agriculture and allied occupation(primary).

X. Anticipated Environmental Impacts

Air Environment

Baseline data reveals that ambient air quality in the study area for all the parameters are wellwithin the permissible limits as prescribed by National Ambient Air Quality Standards. Themain sources of emissions will be from the D.G sets and Boiler which are facilitated withstacks of adequate height as an air pollution control measure.

Noise Environment

Baseline line study showed that the noise levels were within the CPCB standards atindustrial sites. The designed equipment with noise levels not exceeding beyond therequirements of Occupational Health and Safety Administration Standard will be employed.Though the noise levels in buffer zone residential areas are slightly higher than standardlimits.

Land Use & Alternate sites

M/s. Biocon Biologics India Limited has made a MoU agreement with BSEZ for a land areaof 2.95 Acres, located within the industrial area where other industrial activities have alreadybeen established and some are yet to come up (It is provided with sufficient water and powersupply. It has well established infrastructure, transportation and communication networks.The site is well connected to national highway, and near well-established airport. Thereforethere is no need for the consideration of an alternative site.

Environmental Monitoring Program

A monitoring schedule with respect to Ambient Air Quality, Water & Wastewater Quality,Noise Quality as per Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB), shall be maintained.


Page 9

Pollution Control Measures

The D.G sets are facilitated with adequate stack height or above to disperse the pollutants.Acoustic enclosures are provided to the DG sets to control noise emissions.

Municipal Solid Waste is being disposed to local pig farm. The hazardous waste will bestored separately in hazardous waste storage and disposed to KSPCB/CPCB authorizedTSDF sites within a stipulated period of time. Hazardous waste materials will be properlydisposed as per the Hazardous and other Wastes (Management and trans boundaryMovement) Rules 2016 and subsequent amendments

ETP to treat low TDS homogenous nature of effluents. STP to treat sewage generated from proposed industry ETP & STP proposed is Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) System. Treated wastewater

will be used for maintaining the green belt within the BBIL/BSEZ and the balance will bereused at the units as non-potable water for various applications within BSEZ. RO rejectsafter ETP will be send to MEE and salts generated from MEE will be sent to TSDF.

A storm water drainage system in BSEZ is already developed for the entire project site. The runoff from uncontaminated areas will be collected in tank and will be used for

irrigation of greenbelt area. The oil contaminated water, if any will be sent to oil water separator; separated oil will be

sent to KSPCB approved vendors and water will be sent to ETP for further treatment. Thetreated water will be re used for various applications within BSEZ/BBIL.

XI. Risk Analysis

Hazard Identification and Risk Analysis including identification, screening of scenarios, andconsequence analysis of the various risk scenarios. Risk Assessment has done with respectto the Raw materials, Processes, Solvent & neighbouring villages;

The Methodology adopted for Risk Assessment by using the software PHAST examines theprogress of potential incident from the initial release to far –field dispersion includingmodelling of pool spreading and evaporation, flammable and toxic effects where individualrisks are to be identified and also PHAST software.

The scope of the study mainly involves:

Identifications of Hazards

Consequence modelling

Impact limits identifications and contour mapping of the risk on the layouts.

Mitigating measures for handling and storage to reduce impacts & prevent incidents.

The consequence analysis is performed for Natural gas pipelines which are connected to16TPH Boiler.

All the hazards are observed in East direction due to the wind blowing from West.

Safety measures for tanks and pipelines are proposed to avoid hazards.

In case of emergency, onsite and offsite emergency plan will be implemented

XII. Risk Control Measures

Pressure safety valves for storage tanks & Pipelines


Page 10

Pressure alarm high and pressure alarm low for storage tanks

Level indicators with monitoring from control for storage tanks

Level transmitter, Level gauge and Temperature indicators for the storage tanks

Fire protection arrangements in the form of Fire Hydrants and Monitors for the storage tanks.

Emergency Handling checklist and procedure

Disaster Management Plan

The salient features of Disaster Management Plan includes

Emergency shutdown procedure

Electrical Power Failure & Key Utility failures

Fire protection system

Emergency safety equipment & Reporting and response to emergency

Emergency Help from nearby industries and tie up with nearby industries

Emergency Control Room - is the focal point in case of an emergency from where theoperations to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. It will be equipped withInternal and P & T telephones, Paging system and Emergency siren.

On-Site Emergency Plan

To provide effective planning, communication and to ensure discipline while mitigatingidentified emergencies at the earliest utilizing available resources, safety gadgets andsystems.

Synchronized action from all the internal and external agencies at the earliest to initiatecorrective and preventive action.

To minimize the human injury and illness during emergency mitigation, priority is given torescue of incident victim/s, rendering them first aid onsite and if required providing furthermedical services at the earliest, which is available nearest to our plant (health city).

To minimize damage to property, general environment or work environment.

To effectively refer and utilize this revised onsite emergency plan while conducting on siteemergency and preparedness response drills and also during real emergencies.

To identify any deviations during above drills and real situations to ensure any identified andrecorded observations for continual corrective actions and preventive actions.

Off-Site Emergency Plan

The Off-site Emergency Plan, which is the responsibility of the District Emergency Authority,deals with measures to prevent and control emergencies affecting the public and theenvironment. The management developed contingency plan as per Hazardous and OtherWastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 and other applicableregulations, in association with District Emergency Authority. A yearly mock drill of districtoffsite emergency plan is essential and mandated as per National Disaster ManagementGuideline. SOPs has implemented for rescues teams and regarding the wearing of fullprotective gear before entering the hazardous zone and cordoning off the disaster site arerequired. This plan considers the possible effects of incidents from any industry on theneighbouring population and the remedial measures.

Inventory of hazardous chemicals


Page 11

MSDS of such chemicals

Types of emergencies

Nature, extent and likely effects of such incidents

Risk and Environmental Impact Assessment

The District Emergency Authority, based on severity of any emergency in product distributionnetwork will declare off-site emergency.

XIII. Benefits of the Proposed Project

The project area together with Biocon SEZ is classified as an important project for integratedover all development under the KIADB. This proposition is going to benefit the entire regionfor fast track development. Based on the past experience the export oriented investmentsare supposed to be doing good in the long run. The exports have been facilitated by thegrowth in a number of industries such as chemical industries, pharmaceutical, engineeringindustries, etc.

The overall development of the region could be is many folds and hence describing theproject benefits in isolation is unfair and therefore cannot be justified. More clearly the projectbenefits accrued when this project is planned and implemented in a remote location couldhave been a much lower scale development than that all other developments within KIADBIndustrial area.

More over in order to augment the growth, the state has planned multitude of developmentoptions in all sectors (tourism, Water resources, Agriculture, urban development, educationetc.,) including industrial sector. The proposed projects is one such development to improveeconomy and employment generation in the region and fulfill market requirement and willplay a vital role in the health care sector and thereby addresses the market demand andSocial benefits.

The products manufactured at this facility will be exported that will aid in adding to therevenue of the nation. The corporate social responsibilities that will be taken up by theproposed project will improve the well-being of the society and the corporate responsibilitiestowards the protection of the environment will help in conserving the ecosystem. It will alsoprovide employment opportunities to larger population.


Page 12

Chapter 1Introduction


Chapter 2 – Project DescriptionPage 13

Chapter 1 Introduction

1.1 Project Background

M/s. Biocon Biologics India Limited (BBIL) proposes to set up a commercial manufacturingcomplex for manufacture and commercially supply various generic drugs which wouldinclude dosage forms like oral solids, parenteral, etc. The finished dosage form dossierswould be filed in countries of interest for regulatory approval. Once the dossiers are incompliance with respective regulatory requirements, the product would be ready to market.


BBIL would focus on few special therapeutic segments such as oncology, diabetology,cardiology, inflammatory diseases and become a market leader in them. Production andexport of Novel at Plot No 2, 3, 4 and 5 Bommasandra Industrial Area, Phase 4,Bommasandra Jigani Link Road, Anekal taluk, Bengaluru Urban district, Karnataka for theproduction of following:



1. 10 million vials/annum

2. 4 million injectable pens/annum

The proposed project falls under the schedule 5 (f) “Synthetic Organic Chemicals” and itslocated in Notified Industrial Area, the projects attracts the Category B as per EIA Notificationdated September 14, 2006 and its subsequent amendments.

1.2 Overview of Biocon

M/s. Biocon Limited, a leading biopharmaceutical manufacturing organization wasestablished in 1978, Bangalore. It is India's largest biotech company focused on deliveringaffordable innovation.

As a fully integrated Biopharma company, it delivers innovative biopharmaceutical solutionsranging from discovery to development and commercialization, leveraging the cutting edgescience, cost-effective drug development capabilities and global scale manufacturingcapacities, to move ideas to market.

Biocon Ltd., Asia’s premier biopharmaceutical company, is committed to ensure a globalright to healthcare by addressing the worldwide need for safe, effective and affordable biotherapeutics. They have harnessed the power of biotechnology through affordable innovationto enhance access to new and differentiated therapies for diseases that are chronic, wheremedical needs are largely unmet.

The company is a pioneer in bringing the benefit of high quality, yet affordable, novelbiologics and biosimilars to patients in India and other emerging markets. Today, they areIndia’s largest and fully integrated biopharmaceutical company that develops, manufactures


Page 14

and supplies advanced, life-saving biopharmaceuticals for diabetes, cancer and autoimmuneconditions at price points that make them affordable and thus accessible.

As an innovation-led organization focused on providing affordable access, they haveleveraged our inherent strengths in advanced science to develop, manufacture and deliver arich portfolio of small molecules APIs & formulations and complex biologics - both novels andbiosimilars - including Monoclonal Antibodies (MAbs), rh-Insulin and insulin analogs.

Their global scale capacities for manufacturing high quality, affordable biologics havepositioned them as the world's fourth largest insulin’s producer, enabling to address thegrowing needs of diabetes patients across the globe. As one of the leading oncologycompanies in India, they have brought safe, efficacious and affordable medicines for cancerto cater to the needs of patients, caregivers and medical practitioners in the country.As India's largest domestic branded biologics company, they have taken key products likeINSUGEN (rh-insulin), BASALOG (Glargine), CANMAb (Trastuzumab),BIOMAb-EGFR(Nimotuzumab) and ALZUMAb (Itolizumab), a ‘first in class’ anti-CD6 monoclonal antibody,from discovery to commercialization.

1.2.1 Overview of Biocon SEZ

M/s. Biocon SEZ (BSEZ) was established in 2006. It is located at plot # 2, 3, 4 & 5,Bommasandra Jigani link road, Bommasandra Industrial area, phase 4, Bengaluru,Karnataka state. It is India’s largest integrated biotechnology hub, comprising an integratedcluster of research laboratories and manufacturing facilities spread across 90 acres in KIADB(Karnataka Industrial Area Development Board) industrial estate. Location map of BSEZ isgiven in Figure 1-1.



Figure 1-1: Location map of BiconSEZ

1.3 Project Proponent

M/s. Biocon Ltd

Corporate Headquarters: 20th KM, Hosur Road, Electronic City, Bangalore, India - 560 100,Phone: +91 80 2808 2808 / 91 80 4014 4014, Fax: +91 80 2852 3423,

Contact Persons: - 1) Mr.Lourde Joseph – Vice President2) Mr.Kameshwar Rao – Head (EHS)

1.3.1 Awards

Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw has received several awards on behalf of Biocon and in her personalcapacity as one of India's leading business entrepreneurs (Pls refer Biocon website underawards for details).

1.4 Proposed Project

The proposed project is setting up of commercial manufacturing complex for manufacturingof Biological Antibodies and its derivatives with an area of 1.19 Ha (2.95 Acres) within theBiocon Special Economic Zone (BSEZ).

1.5 Justification & Need for the Project

To achieve the growth target, Biocon intends to expand its (and its affiliates) manufacturingcapacities by adding one more Greenfield site in Bengaluru, for manufacturing of variousbiologicals, antibodies, derivatives and formulated products.

The project seeks to fulfil the following objectives:

1. Primarily to fulfil the demands of a large world market.

2. Generate substantial export earnings.

3. Create a world class facility on par with international biological manufacturingorganizations.

The facility would be designed to develop processes for pre-clinical, clinical and commercialscale material. The capabilities would include the scale up of the product to pilot scale andcommercial scale manufacturing. The Greenfield site is envisaged to meet the national andinternational regulations to be followed in the manufacture of the biological products asapplicable and shall be built under the cGMP guidelines.

1.6 Location of the Project Site

The proposed site is located at Biocon SEZ Bommasandra Village, Anekal Taluk, inBengaluru urban district of Karnataka. The site is about 1.19 Ha (2.95 Acres) and falls in57H/9 of SOI Topo sheet and spatial location of the site is 120 48’ 3.22” N & 790 39’ 35.22” E(Centre Coordinates). Salient features of the project site and its Environs are given in Table1-1. Location map of Biocon Biologics India Limited (BBIL) is given in


Page 16

Figure 1-2. Google Map showing the proposed project site location is also given in Figure1-3.

Figure 1-2 Location map of Biocon Biologics India Limited (BBIL)



Figure 1-3 : Google Map showing the proposed project site locationTable 1-1: Salient Features of the project site and its environs

S.No. Particulars Details within 10Km radius from Proposed project

1. Location: Plot No. 4 & 5, BBIL, BSEZ, Bommasandra Industrial area,Phase 4, Bommasandra Jigani Link Road

Village -Taluk (Mandal) Anekal

District Bangalore UrbanState Karnataka

2. Latitude 120 48’ 3.22” N3. Longitude 790 39’ 35.22” E4. Elevation above Mean Sea Level (MSL) 880 m above MSL5. Climatic conditions as per IMD Annual Daily Mean (MIN) Temperature : 19 0C

Annual Daily Mean (MAX) Temperature : 29.4 0CAnnual Average Rainfall : 974.5 mmAnnual Average Humidity : 80 Day; 51 Night

6. Present land use at the proposed site Industrial (KIADB Industrial Area)7. Nearest Highway/Road NH-44 (old NH-7) Bengaluru to Hosur Highway at a distance of 4

km towards NE8. Defence installations Nil within 10 km radius9. Nearest railway station Heelalige railway Station at a distance of 5.7 Km towards NE

10. Nearest airport/air strip Kempegowda International Airport, Bengaluru 44 km towards N11. Nearest village Bande Nalla Sandra at a distance of 1.3 km towards SW12. Nearest town Bengaluru 25 Kms towards N13. Nearest river Nil within 10 km radius14. Hills/valleys Nil within 10 km radius15. Archaeologically important places Nil within 10 km radius16. Nearest place of Tourist/Religious importance Bannerghatta Nationa Park at a dstance of 9.59 km towards W17. Ecologically sensitive areas (National

Parks/Wildlife sanctuaries/bio-sphere reserves)Bannerghatta Nationa Park at a dstance of 9.59 km towards W

18. Reserved/Protected forests within 10 km radius Nil19. Type of soil Reddish brown clay slit soil


Page 18

1.6.1 Sites considered for the project location

As discussed in earlier section. The site for the proposed project is situated at plot nos2,3,4&5 Plot No 2,3,4 and 5 Bommasandra Industrial Area, Phase 4, Anekal taluk, BengaluruUrban district, BSEZ is facilitating the entire infrastructure like road connectivity, gradedplots, water infrastructure, Waste water collection system, solid waste management system,green belt development etc.

M/s. Biocon Biologics India Limited has made a MoU agreement with BSEZ for a land areaof 2.95 Acres, located within the industrial area where other industrial activities have alreadybeen established and some are yet to come up (MoU agreement with BSEZ encloses asAnnexure E) It is provided with sufficient water and power supply. It has well establishedinfrastructure, transportation and communication networks. The site is well connected tonational highway, and near well-established International airport. Therefore there is no needfor the consideration of an alternative site.

1.7 Need for the EIA study

According to the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification issued by Ministry ofEnvironment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC) under Environment Protection Act, theProposed Project termed under Schedule 5 (f), Category B, Synthetic Organic Chemicals asper the EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments requiring EIA studies of the project. Thefacility requires prior Environmental Clearance from State Environmental Impact AssessmentAuthority (SEIAA), Karnataka before commencing onsite activities.

1.7.1 Project Screening (Cat B) and ToR

The application along with relevant project documents was submitted to SEIAA, Karnatakaon 12.07.2016. Based on the information furnished and the presentation done before theState Expert Appraisal Committee Members, the proposal was appraised in the 169th SEACmeeting held on 02.08.2016 and was issued the Terms of Reference (TOR) for preparingEnvironmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report vide Letter No. SEIAA/F.No- SEIAA 30 IND2016 dated 29.08.2016 which is enclosed as Appendix-I. ToR compliance is enclosed asAppendix-II.

1.7.2 EIA Study

The EIA study was undertaken covering all the aspects of the specific conditions mentionedin the terms of reference issued by SEIAA. This EIA study was undertaken by M/s HubertEnviro Care Systems (P) Ltd (HECS), a NABET accredited EIA consulting organisation, withspecific project related inputs required for undertaking the EIA studies from Biocon Ltd,Bengaluru.

M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd is authorized to undertake EIA studies for SyntheticOrganic Chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates, bulk drugs and intermediatesexcluding drug formulations, synthetic rubbers basic organic chemicals, other syntheticorganic chemicals and chemical intermediates) as per the NABET accreditation scheme.

As per EIA notification, public consultation for the proposed project shall be exempted as theproject is coming up in notified KIADB industrial area.



1.7.3 EIA Cost

EIA study was undertaken by HECS for an amount of Rs.17, 50,000/-(Seventeen Lakh fiftythousand only).

1.8 Overview of the Methodology of the EIA Study

The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report has been prepared based on themethods and guidelines suggested by MoEF&CC/SEIAA to address all the specificconditions stipulated in the Terms of Reference issued by SEIAA, Karnataka.

The EIA study team, headed by an accredited EIA Coordinator, along with the approvedFunctional Area Experts, undertook detailed baseline studies as per ToR, betweenSeptember 1, 2016 and November 1, 2016.

Micro-meteorological data comprising hourly readings of wind speed, wind direction, dry bulbtemperature, relative humidity and rainfall were measured by installing an onsitemeteorological station near the Project site. Hourly readings were collected for a period ofthree (03) months.

Micro-meteorological data was adopted for generating wind rose diagrams and also topredict the ground level concentrations due to release of emissions from the proposedproject.

Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) was measured at Eight (08) locations in the study area as per themethods and procedures recommended by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) Airquality sampling was undertaken for a period of 12 weeks with a total of 24 samples per sitewere taken as per the MoEF&CC guidelines. All 12 Parameters as per NAAQ standardswere analysed. In addition to that VOC, Cl, H2S, HF, HBr & Hcl were also analysed at all thelocations. The measured background air quality data was compared with that of theprevailing National Ambient Air Quality Standards and this will also form the basis forpredicting the cumulative air quality scenario due to the operation of the proposed facility.

Hydro-geological status was studied based on the secondary published long-term data. Dataon sub-surface soil profile and also bore-log data in the study area was obtained. Inadditional, a preliminary study on the regional and local aquifer status was studied based onprimary and secondary data.

Ground water samples from eight (08) locations were analysed as per the terms of referencefor all the designated parameters. The measured values were compared with drinking waterstandards. Secondary data on the regional ground water status was also collected from theCentral Ground Water Board and the State Ground Water Board.

There are no major perennial rivers flowing within the study area. However surface watersamples from eight (08) locations were analysed as per the terms of reference for all thedesignated parameters. All seasonal streams, rivers and water bodies located within thestudy area were mapped through latest remote sensing data under land use and land coverstudy. Walkthrough surveys were also undertaken to assess the current status of the waterresources. Details about the major cropping pattern and irrigation methods etc were collected


Page 20

from local village offices and also published district census data. Details of the surface waterquality in the study area were also collected and analysed for designated physicochemical,elemental and biological parameters.

Land use and land cover was mapped using remote satellite imagery. The data wasprocessed using applicable software models and level 2 land use classification within thestudy area was developed. A walkthrough survey was also undertaken near the forestboundaries, major settlements and plantation area to verify the land use as a part of theground truth survey procedures.

Soil samples were also collected at eight (08) locations and all relevant parameters such astexture, nutrients, heavy metals and other parameters were analysed in the soil samples.

Flora and Fauna survey was undertaken in the study area and all spotted ecological andbiological aspects were mapped based on grid sampling method. Bio-diversity density andabundance were estimated. Walkthrough surveys near forest area and its environs were alsoundertaken to assess the ecology around the forest areas and dependency of the localpeople on the forest produce.

Primary socio economic survey was undertaken in the study area to capture thesocioeconomic conditions, major occupation of the people, drinking water and sanitationfacilities, transportation and other amenities in the study area, with a specific reference to thevillages located within five (5) km radius (Category-I) of the project site and villages locatedwithin 5 to 10Km radius (Category-II) of the project site.

In addition to the above, district level census data published by National Informatics Centre(NIC) was also collected for a detailed analysis on the socioeconomic aspects. Since, thereare no settlements at the proposed Project site, detailed Rehabilitation and Resettlementstudies are not envisaged under this study; however, the indirect impacts on the local andregional community due to land acquisition were studied.

A typical review on the various industrial units, various pollution control systems proposeddetails of wastes and discharges that are envisaged from the proposed project were alsoundertaken. Such inputs are adopted while predicting various environmental impacts due tooperation of the facility and also to suggest an appropriate environmental management planand environmental monitoring plan.

As a part of the environmental impact assessment study, an attempt was made to predict thepossible and likely impacts on background environment. Likely air quality impacts due torelease of emissions within the BBIL (stacks) were modelled using AERMOD model.Groundlevel concentration of criteria pollutants such as Particulate Matter, Sulphur Dioxide, andOxides of Nitrogen were estimated using MoEF&CC approved AERMOD model. Hourlymeteorological data collected for a period of one (01) year (Jan – Dec 2015) from IMD wasadapted to assess ground level concentrations. Maximum ground level concentrations werepredicted and concentration isopleths of the above mentioned pollutants were plotted.

The predicted ground level concentrations of the respective pollutants were added to theprevailing baseline concentrations of the designated pollutants to assess the likely



cumulative post project scenario and such values were compared with the National AmbientAir Quality Standards.

Noise generating sources and the expected noise levels were estimated. Impact due toutilisation of treated wastewater for greenbelt/ Toilet flushing/Utilities applications werestudied. Since the proposed project will not discharge any treated wastewater into surfacewater bodies (ponds, rivers and Canals), no further environmental modelling studies relatedto river water quality modelling etc were considered under this study.

In addition to the above aspects, the positive environmental benefits arising from communitydevelopment plans under CSR programme, ecological and biodiversity enhancementaspects due to development of plantation and green-cover development in the project sitewere also studied.

Based on a detailed environmental impact assessment study, a comprehensive report on theenvironmental management plan was developed covering the following aspects: constructionphase environmental management plan, air quality management plan, noise and waterquality management plan, wastewater treatment, reuse, recycling and disposal programme,rainwater harvesting plan, socioeconomic and community development plan, ecological andbiodiversity enhancement plan. An outline of the proposed environmental managementsystems, environmental cell and environmental monitoring programme were also presentedin this report.

Although the proposed project utilises the limited quantities of flammable and combustiblematerials with threshold levels below the stipulated quantities under Hazardous MaterialsHandling Rules, a preliminary risk assessment study and Disaster Management study, wasundertaken to assess the residual risks, if any, due to storage and handling of diesel, furnaceoil, Natural gas and other combustible material. Wherever applicable, quantitative methodswere adopted to establish the heat radiation levels due to accidental fires at storage facilities.

CPCB guidelines on risk assessment methods were adopted and CPR 18E guidelines wereused for estimating the consequences of fire accidents. Based on the risk assessment study,a preliminary fire safety and occupational health management plan was suggested. A roadmap for onsite emergency and disaster management plan was suggested based on thepreliminary information available at this stage.

1.9 Structure of the EIA Study

This EIA report is structured into nine chapters as below.

Chapter 1 – Introduction presents details of project background, overview of Biocon Ltd,overview of Biocon SEZ, type of proposed BBIL project, justification and need for the project,screening and scoping studies etc.,

Chapter 2 – (Project Description) presents details of the proposed project, landrequirement and details of various supporting facilities required for the project.

Chapter 3 - (Description of Environment) presents a comprehensive description of thebaseline environmental conditions of the study area. This includes the data obtained fromprimary surveys and also secondary published data from various authentic sources.


Page 22

Chapter 4 – (Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures) presents theenvironmental aspects associated with the proposed project, envisaged emissions anddischarges from the facility, an overview of various pollution control systems proposed underproject planning activities in the detailed project report and construction and operationalphase environmental impacts.

Chapter 5 – (Analysis of Alternative Sites & Technology) presents alternative sites if anyconsidered for the project and alternative Technologies considered for this project.

Chapter 6 – (Environmental Monitoring Programme) depicts the summary of proposedenvironmental management plan.

Chapter 7 – (Additional Studies) presents the findings of the risk assessment study, riskmitigation plan, a preliminary onsite emergency and disaster management plan.

Chapter 8– (Project Benefits) presents the benefits of the project.

Chapter 9 – (Environmental Management Plan) depicts the summary of proposedenvironmental management plan.

Chapter 10 – Presents the (Summary and Conclusion) of EIA report.

Chapter 11 – Disclosure of Consultant Engaged presents the declaration by the EIAconsultant organisation as per the NABET requirements.



Chapter 2Project Description


Page 24

Chapter 2 Project Description

2.1 Type of project

M/s. Biocon Biologics India Limited (BBIL) proposes to set up a commercial manufacturingcomplex to manufacture and commercially supply various generic drugs which would includedosage forms like oral solids, parenteral, etc.

The finished dosage form dossiers would be filed in countries of interest for regulatoryapproval. Once the dossiers are in compliance with respective regulatory requirements, theproduct would be ready to market.

2.2 Site Location and Coordinates

As discussed in Chapter 1 the proposed project is situated at plot # 2, 3, 4 & 5,Bommasandra Industrial Area, phase 4, Anekal taluk, Bengaluru Urban district, Karnataka.The location of the project site is shown in Figure 2-1.

Figure 2-1: Project Site Location

2

34



The Google imageries of project site demarcated 10, 5, 1 & 0.5 km radius appended below in

Figure 2-2 to 2.5 respectively.

Figure 2-2: Satellite Imagery of the Project Site (10 Km Radius)


Page 26

Figure 2-3: Satellite Imagery of the Project Site (5 Km Radius)

Figure 2-4: Satellite Imagery of the Project Site (1Km Radius)



Figure 2-5: Satellite Imagery of the Project Site (0.5 Km Radius)

2.2.1 Existing Environmental Setup

The list of existing industries within 10 km radius from the project site is given in Table 2-1and the details of sensitive areas from the site boundary are given in Table 2-2. The sitedoes not fall within the CRZ area.

Table 2-1: List of Major Industries within 10KM radius from proposed project site

S. No Name Type of Industry Distance (km) Direction1 Apotex Pharma Chem Pharmaceutical 1.19 N2 Syngene Int Ltd (Biocon park) Chemicals 0.63 NE3 P.D Biopchem Pvt Ltd Pharmaceutical 1.00 SW

4 M/s Micro Labs Ltd

ML- 15, API divisionPharmaceutical 1.33 SSW

5 Micro Labs Ltd

ML- 22, API divisionPharmaceutical 1.89 SW

6 CIPLA Pharmaceutical 2.11 SW7 Mylan Limited Pharmaceutical 2.38 SW8 Acebright Pharmaceutical 3.95 SW9 Kumar Organic Products Ltd Pharmaceutical 4.18 SW

Table 2-2: Sensitive areas from the site boundary, 10 KM radius


Page 28

S. No Name Distance (km) Direction1. Bannerghatta National Park 9.59 W2. Ragihalli Forest 9.27 SW3. Hennagara Lake 2.59 S4. Kammasandra Lake 4.40 NE5. Hebbagodi Lake 3.88 NE6. Ramakrishnapura Lake 4.58 SE7. Chandapura Lake 4.77 E8. Karnataka – Tamil Nadu Border 12.96 S

2.3 Size or Magnitude of Operation

The BBIL would aim to use Biocon’s well-established API business to vertically integrate intomaking finished dosage forms for developed markets and emerging market.

BBIL would focus on few special therapeutic segments such as oncology, diabetology,cardiology, inflammatory diseases and become a market leader in these therapeuticcategories. Production and export of Novel are,

1. Production of Biologicals, Antibodies and Its Derivatives - 1650 kg/ annum.

2. Formulations of Antibodies, Derivatives, Proteins, Peptides And Biologicals,

i. 10 million vials/annum

ii. 4 million injectable pens/annum

The total capital investment on the project is INR 1050 Crores, the details of which areprovided in the Table 2-3.Table 2-3: Capital Investment of the Project

S.No Investment on Fixed Assets (approx) Rs (In Crores)

A Land 0

B Building 310

C Plant and Machinery

i) Indigenous 300

ii) Imported 400

a) CIF value 0

b) Contingency 40

Total A + B + C {i + ii (b)} 1050



2.4 Proposed Schedule for Approval & Implementation

The time schedule for completion of the proposed project is given in the following Table 2-4.Table 2-4: Time schedule for completion of the proposed project

Particulars Time schedule

Approval Jan 2017

Civil works Jan 2017

Erection & installation of machinery Jan 2018

Completion Dec 2018

2.5 Technology and Process Description

2.5.1 Process Description

2.5.1.1 Products Manufactured

The proposed products are of Oncology, Diabetology, Cardiology and Inflammatorytherapeutic categories. The proposed products with capacity is as follows,

1. Production of Biologicals, Antibodies and Its Derivatives - 1650 kg/ annum.

2. Formulations of Antibodies, Derivatives, Proteins, Peptides And Biologicals,

I. 10 million vials/annum

II. 4 million injectable pens/annum

2.5.1.2 Detailed Manufacturing Process Description

The process flow of the proposed products is appended below in Figure 2-6 and Figure 2-7.


Page 30

Figure 2-6: Process Flow



Figure 2-7: Brief Process Flow diagram for Vials & Injectable Pens Filling.The manufacturing process for the proposed products with material balance is enclosed asAnnexure J.

2.5.1.3 Raw materials required

The raw materials required for the manufacture of proposed products are provided in theTable 2.5 below. Raw materials listed will be procured as per the production requirement.The raw materials MSDS is enclosed as Annexure O.


Page 32

Table 2-5 : Raw materials details

S.No Raw Material Quantity

(kg/annum) Imported/Domestic

1 Amino Acids 24000 Imported2 Glucose Solution 97500 Domestic3 Sodium Bicarbonate 1050 Imported4 Tris 15585 Imported5 Sodium Chloride 173490 Domestic6 Sodium Hydroxide 7125 Imported7 Urea 14100 Imported8 Citric Acid 7800 Domestic9 Acetic Acid 7500 Domestic

10 Histidine 67500 Imported11 Gycol 30000 Domestic12 Sorbitol 72000 Imported13 Empty Vials 100,00,000 ---14 Empty Injectable Pens 40,00,000 ---15 Nutrients 682500 Imported16 Formulation Excipients As Reqd. Imported

2.5.1.4 Source of supply of Raw Materials & Marketing Area of Final Products

The raw materials are either obtained from local suppliers or imported & transportation modeis by air, road & sea.

The geographical distribution of products is USA, Europe, Canada & Domestic markets etc..Transportation mode is by air, road & sea.

2.5.1.5 Storage Facility for Raw Materials and Products

Raw materials and finished products will be stored in a warehouse inside the proposed BBILfacility. The proposed area for warehouse is 5487 Sq. Mt.

2.5.1.6 Resource Optimization/Recycling and Re-Use Envisaged in the Industry

Recovery & Re-Use:

There is no planned recovery and reuse of raw materials used due to stringent productquality standards.



2.6 Land Use of the Project Site


Existing Infrastructure of BSEZ used for BBIL are,

Roads and Pavements

Security

Diesel storage yard

Multiple Effect Evaporator

MEE Salts storage yard

Food Court

Parking Area

Transport facility for employees

The area break-up for 11940 Sq. mt (2.95 Acres) which is allocated for BBIL is provided inthe Table 2-6. The proposed layout plan demarcating various units within the plant and theboundaries with land use pattern is provided in Figure 2-8, layout is enclosed as AnnexureG.

Figure 2-8: Proposed Layout planTable 2-6 : Detailed Land Break up

S. No Land use Type of landArea

Sq. Mt Acres

1 Building Coverage Leased 11940 2.95

2 Road and Pavement BSEZ 3600 0.893 Green belt area BSEZ 4375 1.084 Water Reservoir Leased 1000 0.25


Page 34

5 DG Sets & Boilers Leased 500 0.126 ETP & ERP Leased 500 0.12

7 STP Leased 100 0.028 Water Treatment Plant Leased 100 0.029 Solid Waste Storage Leased 50 0.01

The site photographs are appended below in Figures 2.9.

West Side of BBIL Site North side of BBIL Site

South Side of BBIL Site East Side of BBIL site

Figure 2-9: Site photographs

2.6.1 Resource requirements

2.6.1.1 Land Requirement and Land use planning




2.6.1.2 Power requirement

• Biocon has own dedicated in-house 66/11 KV substation that caters to all the units.

• The power requirement for the proposed project will be 7 MW.

• The power back up will be provided with existing combination of DG sets and turbinesby Biocon Unit.

The details of power requirement and backup power facilities are given in Table 2-7.

Table 2-7: Power & Fuel requirement

Details Capacity Source

Power Requirement (KVA) 12000 BESCOM

Back-up (KVA) 4 x 3000 DG setsDiesel Requirements(lit/Month) - IOCL/BPCL/HPCL/MRPL

Natural Gas 12000SCMD GAIL

Boiler: NG based/Diesel based fuel fired boiler 1 Nos having capacity of (16 ton/Hr)

Since Biocon is planning for natural gas powered boiler, diesel as fuel is required onlyfor the 4 x 3 mVA DG sets whenever there is power backup required.

This power backup scenario will be present only for the period whenever there is nopower supply from grid. The grid supply to BSEZ is very reliable with minimaldowntime

Diesel for DG sets will be from the existing diesel storage tank that caters to BSEZutilities. There is enough existing capacity to cater to proposed 4 DG sets

Diesel is procured by BSEZ via tankers from IOCL/BPCL/HPCL/MRPL

Operating parameters for Boiler & DG are given in Table 2-8

Table 2-8: Operating parameters for Boiler & DG

S.No Parameter/Equipment Boiler DG

1 Fuel type Natural gas HSD2 Fuel Source GAIL Gas IOCL/BPCL/HPCL/MRPL

3 Gross calorific value 9880 Kcal/m3 10500 Kcal/m3

4 Sulphur content (%) Zero 50 mg/kg5 Ash content (%) Zero Zero

6 Methane (% by vol) 90 NA7 Ethane (% by vol) 6 NA8 Propane (% by vol) 2 NA


Page 36

9 CO2 (% by vol) 1 NA10 N2 (% by vol) 1 NA

11 Daily requirement 12000 SCMD Captive power is only for back up.Power will be fed from grid.

12 Transport mode Pipeline Trucks

2.6.1.3 Manpower Requirement

The manpower requirement including both the technical and non-technical personnel is givenin Table 2-9.

Table 2-9 : Details of Man power requirement

Operation Phase

Permanent (Nos) 500

Contractual (Nos) 60

Total (Nos) 560

Construction phase: 100 Nos.

2.6.1.4 Water Requirement

The total requirement of raw water for the unit will be 130 KLD. Water requirement for theproposed project would be supplied by Biocon SEZ. Water Balance Chart is given in Figure2-10. Water allotment letter for Biocon/Biotech is enclosed as Annexure UTable 2-10 : Water Requirement

S. No Water requirement Proposed (KLD)

1 Product 822 Formulation 213 Domestic 27

Total 130



Figure 2-10: Water Balance Chart

2.6.1.5 Solid Waste details

During operation phase, 271Kg of solid waste (Organic & Inorganic) will be generated. The

details are given in Table 2-11.


Page 38

Table 2-11: Solid Waste generation details

Waste Quantity (kg/day)Collection

methodDisposal method

Organic 122 Bins Sent to Biocon For further processing

Inorganic 149 Bins Authorized vendors

ETP Sludge 50 Trolleys TSDF

Note: - (As per CPCB Guidelines - 0.484 kg/capita/day for Bangalore)

2.6.1.6 Hazardous Waste details

There is no hazardous waste generation during construction phase of the project. Thehazardous wastes which will be generated during the operation phase of the project areprovided in Table 2-12.

Hazardous waste materials will be properly disposed as per the Hazardous and otherWastes (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules 2016; Agreementwill be made with TSDF approved dealers for safe disposal of hazardous wastes. PCBauthorization for Hazardous waste disposal will be obtained.

Table 2-12: Hazardous Waste generation and disposal

S.No Waste Type Category Quantity Method of Disposal

1. Used/Spent Oils 5.1 2500 Litres/Annum Authorized recyclers

2. Waste/Residue containing Oil 5.2 250 Kg/Annum Authorized recyclers

3. Concentration/EvaporationResidue 37.3 55 Tons/Annum Authorized TSDF

4. ETP Sludge 35.3 18 Tons/Annum Authorized TSDF

5.Empty Containers/Barrels/Linerscontaminated with hazardousmaterials

33.1 1200 Nos/Annum Authorized recyclers

6. Process Residue - Nil NA

2.6.1.7 Biomedical Waste

Since the project is production of Biologicals, Antibodies and derivatives, the cultures (liquidstate) will be pre-treated with suitable methods and disposed along with effluent for furthertreatment in Effluent Treatment Plant.



2.7 Assessment of New & Untested Technology for the Risk of

Technological Failure

The project is biological products manufacturing industry with R & D activity. Themanufacturing processes for these products are tried & tested method, and therefore there isno risk of technological failure. In addition to this the facility is being backed up by the R & Dcentre there would be continuous efforts for optimization of the processes to care of the anytechnological failures.

2.8 Construction Management

The manufacturing block is proposed to house the entire range of manufacturing equipmentincluding the clean room facilities, as necessary, in compliance with the cGMP standards.The manufacturing block would be constructed with expansion capabilities within the block toenable the doubling of the capacity of the various products proposed to be manufactured.

The manufacturing block would typically comprise of the following blocks:1. Biological (Monoclonal Antibody) block / sa. Drug substanceb. Drug product

The manufacturing block would also include the support functions such as the technicalareas to support the manufacturing activities meant for housing the Electrical Services,HVAC system, warehouse – both raw material and finished goods, in-process quality controllaboratories, offices for operations and maintenance, safety equipment like scrubbers anddust collection, cryogenic systems and documentation archives.

Construction Materials and approximate quantities are mentioned in the following Table2-13.

Table 2-13 : Construction Materials and Approximate Quantities

S. No ConstructionMaterials Quantity (MT)

1. Cement 1,05,000 Nos

2. Steel 7000

3. Sand -

4. Concrete gravel -

Water requirement will be met from Biocon SEZ and private water supplier. Biocon BiologicsIndia Limited looks to initiate work on the 1st Phase of this plant, post the grant of necessaryapprovals. The first phase is expected to come up in a period of 60 months. Furtherinvestments in the facility would be contingent on commercial visibility, capacity utilization,economic conditions and various other business drivers.


Page 40

2.9 Sustainable aspects, Energy Conservation Measures & Solar Energy

Installation

Salient features of sustainable aspects of the building:1. Use of modular wall and ceiling panels with low heat transmission.

Energy Conservation Measures:1. Selection of High Efficiency Utility Equipment’s like:

a. Water Cooled Chillers & Cooling Towerb. Air Compressorc. Centrifugal Pumps

2. Using only IE-2 motors across AHU/Pumps etc3. AHU’s are designed to run on re-circulation mode.4. Using Plug fans in AHU to increase efficiency.5. Selecting AHU fans at best efficiency and optimum hertz; using VFD to optimize the

power consumption.6. Installing PIBC valves to optimise Chilled water & hot water flow in AHU’s.7. Differential pressure switch/ Transmitters across AHU filters and terminal HEPA filters

to check filter choked conditions.8. Optimised duct and pipe design.9. All main line ducts are pressure tested to identify and rectify any leakage issues and

thus arresting energy loss.10. Energy efficient VRV (Variable Refrigerant Volume) units proposed for office areas

which will run as and when required.

Solar Energy Installations:No Solar Energy Installations Proposed for the project

2.9.1.1 Infrastructure Facilities during Construction & Operation phase

The sanitation and restroom will be provided to the labor force during the construction phase.During operation phase the office room, rest room and canteen are being provided to theemployees. The site layout plan is enclosed as Annexure-3.

2.9.1.2 Machinery & Equipment details

The detailed list of machineries & equipments proposed to be procured for the manufactureof products are listed out below.

List of process equipment (Upstream and Downstream):

1. Oxygen Sensor

2. Peristaltic Pump

3. Tube Welding Machine

4. Tube Sealing Machine (Dual Head - Thin Wall & Thick Wall)

5. CO2 Shaker incubator

6. Barcode Reader with Printer

7. Refrigerated Centrifuge

8. Refrigerator, 2-80C

9. Microscope with Camera & Comp.



10. Automated Cell Counter

11. Metabolite Analyzer

12. pH & Conductivity Meter

13. Slurry Tank

14. Buffer Hold Tank

15. Media Prep.n Tank

16. Single Use Mixer

17. Laminar Air Flow Hood

18. Filter Integrity Testing M/C

19. Magnetic Mixer with Heater

20. Weighing Scale (Flush Platform Type)

21. Weighing Balance

22. Sterilization Autoclave

23. Part Washing Machine

24. Kill Autoclave

25. Continuous Centrifuge

26. Depth Filtration skid

27. Buffer dilution and Pumping Skid

28. Turbiditimeter

29. Filter Intigrity Testing M/C

30. Harvest Storage Tank

31. Chromatography Column

32. Osmometer

33. Laundry Tumbler Dryer

34. Bio-Waste Collection Tank

35. Bio-kill System

List of process equipment (Fill Finish):

1. Vial and PFS Filling lines

2. Autoclaves

3. Mobile formulation vessels

4. Lyophilizers

5. Visual inspection machines

6. GMP Washer

7. CIP/SIP Station Skids


Page 42

8. Ultrasonic skid

9. Dynamic pass Box

10. Deep Freezer

11. Refrigerator

12. Laminar Flow Units

13. pH & Conductivity meter with printer

14. Mixing device for disposable bags

15. Magnetic stirrer - 20kg

16. Integrity Test machine mounted on SS trolley

17. Peristaltic pump

18. Fogging machine

19. Weighing Balances

20. Printer

21. Particle counters

2.9.1.3 Feasibility & Environmental Assessment Process

A schematic representation of the overall feasibility and environmental assessment process isshown in Figure 2-11. The EIA process is composed of the following stages:

• Study of project information• Screening & Scoping• Environmental Pre-Feasibility study & application for approval of TOR• Collection of detailed project management plan/report• Baseline Data collection• Impact identification, Prediction & Evaluation• Mitigation measures & delineation of EMP• Risk Assessment and Safety & Disaster Management plan• Review & finalization of EIA Report based on the TOR requirements.• Submission of EIA report for implementation of mitigation measures & EMP as well as

necessary clearances from relevant Authority.



Figure 2-11 : Feasibility & Environmental Assessment Process

Screening andReconnaissance Survey

Citation of Necessary Mitigation Measures,Delineation of Environment Monitoring and

Management Plan

Feasibility Study and Application ofTOR

Scoping and Application ofTOR

Identification of Monitoring, LocationsFor Monitoring & Sampling, Analysis Of

Samples And Generation Of PrimaryData

Establishment of BaselineEnvironmental Status

Collection of Detailed Project Plan/Report

Identification of SecondaryData Sources & Collection of

Data

Compilation, Verification and Validation ofdata

Study of ProjectDetails

Consequence Analysis & RiskAssessment

Preparation of Draft EIA Report &Review

Identification, Prediction & Evaluation ofImpacts

Citation of Necessary Preventive,Control & Precautionary Measures.Delineation of Safety and Disaster

Management Plan

Submission, Appraisal by Authorities for necessary clearance


0Page 44

Chapter 3Description of Environment


Description of EnvironmentPage 45

Chapter 3 Description of Environment

3.1 Preamble

This chapter depicts the existing environmental conditions in and around the proposedproject with an area of 2.95 Acres (1.19 Ha) located at plot # 2, 3, 4 & 5, BSEZ,Bommasandra Industrial area, phase 4, Bommasandra Jigani link road, Anekal TalukmBengaluru Urban District & Karnataka state. The primary baseline data monitored coveredthree (3) months i.e., from September to November 2016, and secondary data was collectedfrom Government and Semi-Government organisations. The primary baseline data has beengenerated by M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd, Chennai, and a MoEF&CC approvedEnvironmental Testing Laboratory for the following Terrestrial environmental components.

Terrestrial Environmental Components

Meteorology

Temperature

Relative Humidity

Rainfall

Wind Speed & Direction

Solar Radiation

Ambient Air Quality

Particulate matter <10 micron size (PM10)

Particulate matter <2.5 micron size (PM2.5)

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

Lead (Pb)

Ozone (O3)

Benzene (C6H6)

Benzo (a) pyrene (C20H12)

Arsenic (As)

Nickel (Ni)

Hydrogen Fluoride (HF)

Hydrogen Bromide (HBr)

Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S)

Hydrogen Chloride (Hcl)

Ambient Noise Levels


Chapter 3 Description of EnvironmentPage 46

Day equivalent noise levels

Night equivalent noise levels

Inland Water Quality

Groundwater Quality

Surface Water Quality

Soil Quality

Flora & Fauna (Ecology)

3.2 Study Area

A 10Km radial distance with the proposed project site as the epicentre has been identified as

the General study area for assessing the baseline environmental status. The core studyarea is the project area and its immediate surroundings to the tune of 1.0 Km radius from the

boundary. The project area is the land where the project is being developed. Further the

Project Impact/Influence Area (PIA) is 10Km from the boundary of the core area covering

Anekal Taluka and some portion of Bangalore corporation under Bangalore urban district of

Karnataka. The map showing the study area/PIA for the EIA study is given as FigureFD0301.

3.3 Description of the Study Area

As described in Chapter 1 Introduction the Biocon SEZ is located 25Km North of Bengaluruin Bengaluru district of Karnataka. The BBIL project forms a part of the BSEZ.

An overall idea of the study area with reference to the physical conditions are presented forbetter understanding in the following sections before proceeding into the section on theprevailing environmental conditions of the study area. Location map of the project site isgiven in Figure 1-2.

3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas

The environmental sensitive areas covering an aerial distance of 10 km PIA from projectboundary is given in Table 3-1.

Table 3-1: Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15km from Project Boundary

S.No Areas Proposed project locationboundary

1 Areas protected under international conventions, national orlocal legislation for their ecological, landscape, cultural or otherrelated value

Bannerghatta NationalPark – 9.59Km

Bannerghatta Zoo – 9.39Km



Ragihalli Forest – 10.3 Km

2 Areas which are important or sensitive for ecological reasons –Wetlands, Watercourses or other water bodies, coastal zone,biospheres, mountains, forests

Hennagara Lake – 2.2 Km

Kammasandra Lake – 4.0 Km

Hebbagodi Lake – 3.2 Km

Ramakrishnapura Lake – 4.5 Km

Chandapura Lake – 4.6 Km

3 Areas used by protected, important or sensitive species of floraor fauna for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering,migration

Bannerghatta National Park – 9.59Km

Bannerghatta Zoo – 9.39 Km

4 Inland, coastal, marine or underground waters Hennagara Lake – 2.2 Km



Ramakrishnapura Lake – 4.5 Km

Chandapura Lake – 4.6 Km

5 State, National boundaries Karnataka – Tamil Nadu Border –13.2 Km

6 Routes or facilities used by the public for access to recreation orother tourist, pilgrim areas

Bannerghatta - Anekal Road – 2.8Km

7 Defence installations Nil

8 Densely populated or built-up area Jigani – 2.6 Km

Bommasandra – 3.6 Km

9 Areas occupied by sensitive man-made land uses (hospitals,schools, places of worship, community facilities)

Hospitals

Narayana Nethralaya – 3.6 Km

Narayana Hridayala – 3.8 Km

Sparsh Hospital – 3.9 Km

Educational Institutions

MSB Educational Institute – 6.77km

Vivekananda Kendra Vidyalaya –4.9 Km

Spruthy Educational Institutions –5.49 Km

Azim Premji University – 6.7 Km

Worship Places



Jigani Masjid – 3.0 Km

St Marys Church – 3.9 Km

St.Ignatious Church – 8.9 Km

Masha Allah Masjid – 8.0 Km

10 Areas containing important, high quality or scarce resources,(groundwater resources, surface resources, forestry, agriculture,fisheries, tourism, minerals)

Hennagara Lake – 2.2 Km



Ramakrishnapura Lake – 4.5Km

Chandapura Lake – 4.6Km

Bannerghatta National Park – 9.59Km

Bannerghatta Zoo – 10.2 Km

11 Areas already subjected to pollution or environmental damage(those where existing legal environmental standards areexceeded)

No Notified/Recognized pollutedarea within 15Km distance.

12 Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could cause theproject to present environmental problems, (earthquakes,subsidence, landslides, erosion or extreme or adverse climaticconditions)

The site falls in Seismic Zone – II(Low Risk) as per seismic zoningMap of India

3.5 Ecological Sensitive Areas and Other Protected Area

Ecologically sensitive areas like Biosphere Reserve, National Parks, and Wildlife Sanctuariesprotected sites as per Ramsar convention and other protected areas (PA) are not foundwithin 10 Km radius of the project site except Bannerghatta Biological Park (BBP) located ata distance of 9.59Km radius from proposed project site.

The Bannerghatta Biological Park, popularly known as BBP, has been an integral part ofBannerghatta National Park and emerged out as an independent establishment during theyear 2002. It is in order to meet the growing demand for eco-recreation, eco-tourism andconservation, an area of 545.00 Ha of forest from National park was set aside to constituteas Biological Park originally and later extended to 731.88 Ha.

Bannerghatta Biological Park is located about 22Kms south of Bengaluru city. It is oneamong the few places in the world where wilderness is preserved so close to a big city. It ishaving different units such as Zoo, Safari, Butterfly Park and Rescue Center (Conservation ofcaptive animals).

In Core area there are no trees in wild and mostly with scrub land. Protected areas from theproject location are shown in Figure 3-1.



Bannerghatta Biological Park (BBP) Proposed BBIL Project Site

Figure 3-1: Ecological Sensitive Areas within 10Km radius

3.6 Physical Conditions

In this section, the physical conditions of PIA district Bengaluru Urban are discussed ingeneral and wherever possible references to the conditions prevailing in the study area inparticular are also provided. The physical conditions are discussed as under:

District profile

Drainage, land use, geology, Physiography

Natural resources

Climatic conditions, seismic zone characteristics and natural hazards

3.6.1 PIA District Profile

Bengaluru Urban is a district of the Indian state of Karnataka. It is surrounded by theBengaluru Rural district on the west, east and north and the Krishnagiri district of Tamil Naduon the south. Bengaluru Urban district came into being in 1986, with the partition of theerstwhile Bengaluru district into Bengaluru Urban and Bengaluru Rural districts. BengaluruUrban has four taluks: Bangalore North, Bengaluru East, Bengaluru South and Anekal. Thecity of Bengaluru is situated in the Bengaluru Urban district. The Bengaluru Urban district has17 hoblies, 668 villages and 9 municipal corporations. Electronics City the pride of India andhub of Bengaluru’s Information Technology companies is situated in Anekal Taluk.

This is the most advanced district in Karnataka. It had a population of 6,537,124 of which88.11% is urban as of 2001. As of Census 2011, its population has increased to 9,588,910,with a sex-ratio of 908 females/males, the lowest in the state and its density is 4,378 peopleper square km.



3.6.2 Climatic Conditions

Due to its elevation, Bangalore enjoys a pleasant and equable climate throughout the year.The highest temperature recorded was 39.20C on 24 April 2016 and the lowest was 7.80C in1884. Winter temperatures rarely drop below 140C and summer temperatures seldomexceed 360C.The PIA district has moderate climatic conditions and characterised by sub-tropical climate. The summer heat is moderated by fairly frequent thunderstorms andoccasional squalls causing power outages and local flooding.

3.6.3 Rainfall

Bangalore receives about 970mm of rain annually, the wettest months being August,September, October and in that order. The summer heat is moderated by fairly frequentthunderstorms and occasional squalls causing power outages and local flooding. Theheaviest rainfall recorded in a 24-hour period was 159.7 mm recorded on 1 October 1997.

Most of the rainfall occurs during late afternoon/evening or night and rain before noon isinfrequent. November 2015 (290.4 mm) was recorded as one of the wettest months inBangalore with heavy rains causing severe flooding in some areas, and closure of a numberof organisations for over a couple of days.

3.6.4 Natural Resources of Bengaluru Urban PIA District

3.6.4.1 Flora & Fauna

According to Gazetteer of South India, (1988), large trees are common in Bangalore Urbandistrict being usually found only near villages. Among them Margosa (Meliaazardirachta),various species of Ficus (indica, tsiela and religiosa), Tamarind, Acacias (arabica andspeciosa), Mango, Coconut Palms, Palmyra and date (Phoenixsylvestris) etc. are reported. Alarge part of the district is covered with low scrub jungle, in which red sanders tree(Pterocarpussantalinus), the satin-wood (Chloroxylonswietenia), Casuarina were found. Floraand fauna of PIA are discussed in section 3.11.

3.6.4.2 Forest Resources

There are at least a dozen forests around Bangalore. They are mainly Makalidurga,Devarabetta, Doddaragi Halli Betta & Chickkaragi Halli Betta, Suvarnamukhi, Thottikal Falls,Nandihills, Skandagiri, Muthyalamadu & Savanadurga.

3.6.4.3 Irrigation

The only river of some importance in the district is the Arkavathi river, which flows in thenorthwest border of the division. This river is a tributary of the Cauvery and flows from northto south. On the way, it forms several large tanks as at Hessaraghatta. Apart from this mainriver, there are other small rivers like the Vrishabhavathi.

The Vrishabhavathi runs right from one end of the City to the other. On its way, it is fed byeffluents from various factories and sewage from several human settlements. This river isone of the ugliest features in the City. It becomes particularly obnoxious near Mysore Road.Another stream Suvarnamukhi that has its origin in the division also joins the Vrishabhavathi.

Irrigation of the cultivated lands in the district is mainly carried on by means of water drawnfrom tanks and wells. In the months of April, May and June severe scarcity of water may be



felt. Bangalore City is provided with drinking water from mainly two sources, namely,Tippagondanahally reservoir constructed across the Arkavati river in magadi taluk ofBangalore Rural division and the Cauvery river. Both these sources become almost dry forabout a month in May-June, if the monsoons are delayed. The water table of the city is goingdown each year and the open wells and bore-wells are getting drier and drier. More andmore bore-wells have been sunk over the years much beyond the carrying capacity of thewater table in the city so much, that almost alternate houses have bore wells now. Anotherfactor for lowering of the water table is the drying and dying up of the lakes and tanksexisting in the city, which have been either filled up to make layouts for constructing housesor for creating bus-stands and playgrounds. Many lakes and tanks of the city are severallypolluted because of the fact that sewage waters are let into these water bodies.

3.6.4.4 Agricultural Resources

In PIA Agriculture is the main occupation of the people of the district. Rice is the staple foodof the people and paddy is the principal food crop followed by Ragi, Jowar and Maize crops.Tobacco, Cashews, Coconut, arecanut, Cardomom, Chillies, Cotton, Sugarcane are alsocultivated.

Major Field Crops cultivated: Paddy, Ragi, Jowar, Maize, Sugarcane, Tobacco, Cotton,Chilli etc

Horticulture crops: Mango, Orange&batavina, Cashew, Banana, Chillies, Bhendi, Brinjal,greens, Marigold,

Plantation and Spice crops: Oil palm, Coconut, Betelvine

Livestock: Non descriptive Cattle (local low yielding), Crossbreed cattle, Non descriptiveBuffaloes (local low yielding), Graded Buffaloes, Goat, Sheep, Others (Camel, Pig, Yak etc.)Poultry.

3.6.4.5 Mineral Resources

Bangalore Urban does n’t contains minerals of sufficient commercial value. Nodularconcentrations of lime canker are found as secondary product in many places in the gneissicregions. Graphite is observed to occur as crystalline flakes near Chikkabanavar. Geology &



Minerals map of Karnataka is given in

Figure 3-2.



Figure 3-2: Geology & Minerals Map of Karnataka

Project Site



3.6.5 Land Use & Land Cover

Total geographical area of Bangalore Urban district is 2184.14 Km2. Total are of Agricultureland is 531.98 Km2 (%). Forest area covered is 26.41 Km2 (%). Built up area is 1451.41 Km2

(%). Grass land is 5.87Km2 (%). Water bodies’ area is 36.45 Km2 (%). Waste Lands area is122.02 Km2 (%). Others area is 10Km2 (%). Details of land use/land cover for the BangaloreUrban district are given in Table 3-2 and Figure 3-3. Land Use of Bangalore Urban (2005)is given in Figure 3-4.Table 3-2: District land use/land cover statistics

S.No Division of LandUse/Land Cover

Area in Km2 Area in Acres Area in Ha % To TotalArea

1 Agriculture 531.98 131455.12 53197.99 24.35

2 Forest Cover 26.41 6526.05 2640.99 1.20

3 Built up 1451.41 358651.22 145140.99 66.45

4 Grass Land 5.87 1450.50 586.99 0.26

5 Water Bodies 36.45 9006.99 3644.99 1.67

6 Waste Lands 122.02 30151.79 12201.99 5.59

7 Others 10.00 2471.05 999.99 0.46

Total 2184.14 539712.74 218413.99 100

Figure 3-3: Land Use Pattern in the PIA District



Figure 3-4: Land Use Map of Bangalore Urban district

3.6.5.1 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area

Land Use pattern of the study area is given in



Table 3-3. Land Use Pattern of the study area is given in Figure 3-5. LULC map of the Studyarea is given in Figure 3-6.



Table 3-3: Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10Km radius of the Study Area

S.No Land Use Area in Sq.Km Area in Acres Area in Ha Area inPercentage

1 Urban Built-up Land 130.60 32271.96 13059.99 40.06

2 Rural 27.24 6731.15 2723.99 8.36

3 Crop Land 89.92 22219.71 8991.99 27.58

4 Fallow Land – Agriculture 11.23 2774.99 1122.99 3.45

5 Scrub Forest 13.72 3390.28 1371.99 4.21

6 Deciduous Forest 15.93 3936.38 1592.99 4.89

7 Swamp/Mangrove - -

8 Land with Scrub 12.58 3108.58 1257.99 3.85

9 Barren Land/Rocky Land 3.18 785.79 317.99 0.97

10 Water bodyReservoir/Lakes/Ponds

16.74 4136.54 1673.99 5.14

11 Mining 4.86 1200.93 485.99 1.49

Total 326.00 80556.40 32600.01 100.00

Figure 3-5: Land Use Pattern of the Study Area



Figure 3-6: Land use/Land cover map of the Study Area



3.6.6 Topography

Topography of Bangalore Urban district is generally flat. Physiographically the district can bedivided into rocky upland, plateau & flat topped hills at a general elevation of about 900amslwith its major part sloping toward south and south east forming pediplains interspersed withhills all along the western part. The pediplains form the major part of the district underlain bygranites and gneisses with the highest elevation of 850 to 950m amsl. Major part of thepediplain constitute low relief area having matured dissected rolling topography witherosional land slope covered by a layer of red loamy soil of varied thickness. Major part ofthe pediplains is dissected by streamlets flowing in southern direction. Contour map ofproject site is given in Figure 3-7. Physiography map of Karnataka state is given in Figure3-8. Physiography map of the Study area is given in Figure 3-9. Topo map of the study areais given in Figure 3-10.



Figure 3-7: Contour map of project site



Figure 3-8: Physiography map of Karnataka State

Project Site



Figure 3-9: Physiography map of Study Area



Figure 3-10: Topo map of the study area



3.6.7 Geology of the PIA District

The prevailing rock is light to dark grey or whitish biotic granite gneiss, which variesconsiderably from place to place varies in texture, structure and appearance, according tothe fineness or coarseness of its constituent grins and the relative abundance or scarcity,and mode of deposition of the darker ferro-minerals. These complex Gneissic masses havebeen styled “Peninsular Gneiss”.

The schists are not conspicuous in this district, but small isolated strings of a darkhornblende grannulite, with its contact modified phase of the secondary pale-green pyroxenerock, occur in some parts. Among the dyke rocks, a group of dykes of charnockite affinitiesand also some hornblende dykes are found bordering Kanakapura taluk. Geology map of thePIA district is given in Figure 3-11.



Figure 3-11: Geology Map of PIA District

3.6.8 Geomorphology of PIA District

Physiographically the district can be divided into rocky upland, plateau & flat topped hills atan general elevation of about 900 amsl with its major part sloping towards south and southeast forming pediplains interspersed with hills all along the western part. The pediplains formthe major part of the district underlain by granites and gneisses with the highest elevation of

Project Site



850 to 950 m amsl. Major part of the pediplain constitute low relief area having matureddissected rolling topography with erosional land slope covered by a layer of red loamy soil ofvaried thickness. Major part of the pediplains is dissected by streamlets flowing in southerndirection. Geomorphology Map of study area is given in

Figure 3-12.



Figure 3-12: Geomorphology Map of Study area

3.6.9 Hydrogeology of PIA District

Groundwater occurrence, movement and recharge to aquifers are controlled by degree ofweathering, fracture pattern, geomorphological setup and rainfall. Granites and Gneisses ofpeninsular gneissic group constitute major aquifers in the urban district. Ground water occursin phreatic conditions in the weathered zone and under semi confined to confined conditionsin fractured and jointed rock formations. Laterites of Tertiary age occur as isolated patchescapping crystalline rocks in Bangalore north taluk and ground water occur in phreaticcondition. Alluvium of 20m thick, which occur along the river courses, though of limitedthickness and aerial extent possess substantial ground water potential. Hydrogeology map ofPIA district is given in Figure 3-13.



Figure 3-13: Hydrogeology Map of PIA district

3.6.10 Drainage Pattern in PIA District

Major part of the district is drained by Shimsha and Kanva rivers of Cauvery basin i.eBangalore north and South taluks. (Catchment area of 468 sq.km which includesNelamangala and Magadi taluks of Bangalore rural also). Anekal taluk is drained by SouthPennar river of Ponnaiyar basin, which takes its birth from Nandi hills and flows towardssouth (Catchment area is 2005 sq.km which covers Devanahalli and Hoskote taluks ofBangalore rural district also). Drainage Map of the study area is given in Figure 3-14.

Project Site



Figure 3-14: Drainage Map of the Study area



3.6.11 Soils in PIA District

The soils of the district can be broadly grouped into red loamy soil and lateritic soil.

Red Loamy Soils generally occur on hilly to undulating land slope on granite and gneissicterrain. It is mainly seen in the eastern and southern parts of Bangalore north and southtaluks.

Laterite soils occur on undulating terrain forming plain to gently sloping topography ofpeninsular gneissic region. It is mainly covered in Anekal taluk and western parts ofBangalore North and south taluks. Soil Map of Karnataka is given in



Figure 3-15.



Figure 3-15: Soil Map of Karnataka State

Project Site



3.6.12 Physiography of PIA District

Physiographically, the district can be divided into rocky upland, plateau & flat topped hills at ageneral elevation of about 950amsl.The major part is sloping towards south and south eastforming pediplains interspersed with hills all along the western part. The pediplains form themajority of the district underlain by granites and gneisses with the highest elevation of 850 to950amsl. The pediplain constitute low relief area having matured dissected rollingtopography with erosion land slope covered by a layer of red loamy soil of varied thickness.Physiography Map of Study area is given in

Figure 3-16.



Figure 3-16: Physiography Map of the Study Area



3.6.13 Cyclones & Depressions, Winds and Coastal Erosion in PIA District

Bangalore urban district is facing the brunt of moderate to severe floods. Floods areassociated with cloud bursts, cyclones or depressions in the Bay of Bengal and Arabian Sea.The floods are quite common in Bangalore Urban District. As per Karnataka wind hazardmap Bangalore Urban district is falling under low damage risk zone. Karnataka wind HazardMap is given in

Figure 3-17.



Figure 3-17: Wind Hazard Map of Karnataka

3.6.14 Seismicity

As per the IS:1893 (Part-1) 2002 of Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS), the projectlocation/study area falls in Zone II, which is categorised as a Low risk zone. The seismicity

Project Site



map of India is shown in

Figure 3-18.



Figure 3-18: Seismicity Map of India

3.7 Air Environment

Baseline ambient air quality assessment gives the status in the vicinity of site and is anindispensable part of environmental impact assessment studies. Significant changes, inpredominant winds and weather conditions are observed in winter, summer and post-monsoon seasons apart from the local topographic influences. The baseline status of airenvironment in the study area is assessed through a systematic air quality surveillanceprogramme.

3.7.1 Meteorological Conditions

The regional air quality is influenced by the meteorology of that region. The principal weatherparameters that influence the concentration of the air pollutants in the surroundings are wind

Project Site



speed, wind direction and temperature. The meteorological data is useful for properinterpretation of the baseline data. It is used as input for air quality dispersion models forpredicting the post project environmental scenario i.e. ground level concentrations due toproposed utilities like boiler & DG sets, etc.

3.7.2 Meteorological Data Collection

Available secondary data pertaining to the meteorological parameters was obtained from theIMD Climatalogical tables. In addition, baseline meteorological data (primary data) wasgenerated during the Post-monsoon Season (Sep to Nov 2016). The methodology adoptedfor monitoring surface observations is as per the standard norms laid down by Bureau ofIndian Standards (BIS) i.e. IS:8829 and Indian Meteorological Department (IMD).

3.7.3 General Meteorological Scenario based on IMD Data

The nearest Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) station located to project site isBangalore. The Climatological data for Bangalore (12 58’ N and 77o 35’ E), published by theIMD, based on daily observations at 08:30 and 17:30 hour IST for a 30 year period, ispresented in the following sections on the meteorological conditions of the region. Themonthly variations of the relevant meteorological parameters are reproduced in Table 3-4.

Table 3-4: Climatological Summary – Bangalore Region (1971-2000)

MonthTemp (oC) Rainfall

(mm)RelativeHumidity

(%)

Station LevelPressure

hPaMeanWind

Speed(m/s)

Predominant WindDirections

(From)*DailyMax.

DailyMin. Total No. of

days 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30

Jan 27.4 14.2 1.8 0.0 86 42 17.0 13.3 1.58 E E

Feb 30.1 15.9 7.6 0.4 77 34 17.5 12.9 1.75 E E

Mar 32.7 18.2 14.0 0.8 68 28 18.7 12.4 1.83 SW E

Apr 34.0 20.8 40.0 2.8 73 35 22.8 15.9 1.91 SW E

May 33.1 20.9 94.4 6.0 76 47 23.3 19.5 2.72 W W

Jun 29.8 19.8 80.5 5.0 83 63 22.8 21.9 4.69 W W

Jul 28.6 19.4 102.7 7.4 86 66 22.2 21.7 4.61 W W

Aug 28.0 19.2 116.6 9.3 88 68 22.2 21.9 4.08 W W

Sep 28.5 19.3 195.6 9.6 86 65 22.3 21.5 2.66 W W

Oct 28.0 19.0 152.0 8.7 85 66 22.1 20.6 1.69 W E

Nov 26.8 17.1 58.4 4.1 84 62 20.0 18.6 1.41 E E

Dec 26.1 15.1 17.3 1.5 87 56 18.1 16.2 1.53 E E

Max. 34.0 20.9 195.6 9.6 87 68 22.3 21.9 4.69Min. 26.1 14.2 1.8 0.4 68 28 17.0 13.3 1.42Avg. 29.4 18.2 - 55.7 82 53 20.8 18.1 2.56

As per the above Climatological table the observations drawn for the study period are thefollowing. Wind roses drawn for various seasons as per IMD observatory data (1970-2000)are given in



Summer –(March-May) Monsoon –(June-September)

Post Monsoon-(October –December) Winter –(January-February)

Figure 3-19.

Daily maximum temperature during the study period is 28.5oC and the daily minimumtemperature is 17.1oC were recorded in the months of September and Novemberrespectively

Maximum and minimum relative humidity of 86% and 62% were recorded in the monthsof September and November respectively

Maximum and minimum rainfall of 195.6 mm and 58.4 mm was recorded in the months ofSeptember and November respectively

Total rainfall recorded during the study period is 406 mm



Maximum and minimum Mean wind speed during the study period is 2.66 m/s and 1.41m/s.



Summer –(March-May) Monsoon –(June-September)

Post Monsoon-(October –December) Winter –(January-February)

Figure 3-19: Wind roses drawn for various seasons as per IMD observatory data (1970-2000)

3.7.4 Meteorological Scenario during Study Period

Meteorological scenario in and around the project site is an essential requirement duringstudy period for proper interpretation of baseline air quality status. Site-specificmeteorological data was collected during the study period post monsoon season, 2016



(September – November 2016 three months). The terrain is flat and elevation varied from 3-5m above mean sea level. Automatic weather station was installed at project site (On top ofBSEZ Security room) to record the meteorological parameters during the study period.Meteorological parameters recorded include temperature, wind speed, wind direction,relative humidity, solar radiation and rainfall. The location is chosen such that there is noobstruction to the flow of wind and sunlight. The hourly meteorological data of wind speed,wind direction, temperature and solar radiation were recorded at the project site. Thesefrequencies were computed on eight hourly as well as 24 hourly basis and the correspondingresults are used to draw wind rose for 00-08hrs, 08-16 hrs, 16-24 hrs and 00-24hrscorresponding to study period as shown in subsequent sections. The overall wind patternrecorded for 01.00 – 24.00 hours during the study period is given in Figure 3-20.Figure 3-20: Site Specific Windrose for the study period ((September to November)

September 2016 October 2016

November 2016

3.7.4.1 Atmospheric Inversion

Atmospheric inversion level at the project site was monitored; the results observed at the siteduring the study period are as follows

Average atmospheric temperature : 22.80C



Average Relative humidity : 74%

Average Wind speed : 2.03 m/s

The daily inversion level calculated based on the average temperature and average windspeed at the project site and the maximum inversion height is derived by the graph plottedbased on the average temperature and average wind speed. The daily inversion level at theproject site varies from 50 to 1750m during 6 AM to 5 PM, the maximum recorded at 5 PM,May 2016. This is shown in

Figure 3-21.

Figure 3-21: Hourly variation of the mixing heights

3.7.4.2 Observations during Study Period

The meteorological data collected during monitoring is used for interpretation of baselinestatus and to simulate the meteorological conditions for prediction of impacts in modellingstudies. Site Specific Meteorology data for the Study Period (September – November 2016).

Table 3-5 : Site Specific Meteorology Data for the Study Period (September –November 2016)

S. No Parameter Observation

1. Temperature Min Temperature : 17.1 0C

Max Temperature : 28.5 0C

Avg Temperature : 22.80C

2. Relative Humidity Range 62 to 86%

3. Wind Speed Range 1.41 m/s – 2.66 m/s



4. Predominant Wind Direction W to E

5. Rainfall 54.8 – 195.6 mm

3.7.5 Ambient Air Quality

The selection criteria for monitoring locations are based on the following:

Topography/Terrain

Meteorological conditions

Residential and sensitive areas within the study area

Representatives of regional background air quality/pollution levels and

Representation of likely impacted areas

3.7.5.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

To evaluate the baseline air quality of the study area, Eight (08) monitoring locations havebeen identified. A map showing the monitoring locations is given as FigureFD0302 and thedetails of the locations are given in Table 3-6.

Table 3-6: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

StationCode Location Type of

Wind Lat longsDistance (km)from Project

boundaryAzimuth

Directions

A1 Project Site - 12048’3.22” N, 77039’ 35.22”EA2 Jigani U/W 12047’2.70” N, 77038’ 29.91”E 4.31 WA3 Ramakrishnapura D/W 12046’56.24”N, 77041’ 39.39”E 7.02 ESEA4 Byagadadenahalli C/W 12045’10.97”N, 77042’ 9.72”E 7.89 SEA5 Indalavadi C/W 12043’46.06”N, 77038’ 28.19”E 4.45 SSWA6 Bommasandra D/W 12049’3.07”N, 77041’ 56.58”E 5.63 EA7 Doddathoguru C/W 12051’0.42”N, 77039’ 10.82”E 5.45 NA8 Hullahalli C/W 12049’27.45”N, 77036’ 55.68”E 2.60 NW

3.7.5.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Techniques and Frequency

Ambient air quality was monitored twice in a week for One (01) season (shall cover 12weeks), i.e. during Post Monsoon season (September to November, 2016).

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, Pb, NH3, C6H6, C20H12, As, Ni, were monitored on 24 hourly basis andO3 and CO were monitored on eight hourly basis and VOC, Cl, HCl, HBr & H2S aremonitored on 2 hrly basis. Sampling was carried out as per Central Pollution Control Board(CPCB) monitoring guidelines at each location. Analytical methods used for analysis ofparameters are given in Table 3-7.

Table 3-7: Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Parameters

S.No Parameters Analytical method NAAQ standards: 2009 Sampling Time

1.Sulphur Dioxide (SO2),μg/m3

IS:5182(Part-2):2001(Reaff:2006)

50 (Annual) 80(24 Hours) 24 Hours

2.Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), IS: 5182 (Part - 6): 2006 40 (Annual) 80 (24 Hours) 24 Hours



μg/m3

3.Particulate Matter(PM2.5), μg/m3

IS: 5182 (Part - 23): 2006 40 (Annual) 60 (24 hours) 24 Hours

4.Particulate Matter(PM10), μg/m3

IS:5182 (Part– 23): 2006 60 (Annual) 100 (24 hours) 24 Hours

5.CO μg/m3 IS:5182(Part–10):1999

(Reaff:2006)2 (8 hours) 4 (1hour) 8 Hours

6.Pb μg/m3 IS:5182(Part–22):2004

(Reaff:2006)0.5(Annual) 1(24 hours) 24 Hours

7.O3, μg/m3 IS: 5182 (Part – 9): 1974 100(8hours) 180 (1hour) 8 Hours

8.NH3, μg/m3 APHA(air) 2nd edition

(Indophenol-blue method)100(Annual) 400(24 hours) 8 Hours

9.Benzene, μg/m3 IS:5182(Part–11):1999

(RA:2009)

5 (Annual) 5 (Annual) 24 Hours

10.Benzo (a) pyrene,ng/m3

IS:5182(Part–12):2004(RA:2009)

1 (Annual) 1 (Annual) 24 Hours

11.Arsenic, ng/ m3 APHA (air) 2nd edition 6 (Annual) 6 (Annual) 24 Hours

12. Volatile OrganicCompounds (ppm)

PID (Photo-IonizationDetection) Method

-- -- 2 Hours

13.

Chlorine (µg/m3)IS 5182 (part 19):1982(Ref2003)

-- -- 2 Hours

14. Hydrochloric acid(µg/m3)

NIOSH Method -- -- 2 Hours

15. Hydrobromic acid(µg/m3)


16.Hydrogen sulphide(µg/m3)

IS 5182 (part 7) : 1973(Ref2003)

-- -- 2 Hours

17. Hydrogen fluoride(µg/m3)


3.7.5.3 Results and Discussions

The variations of the pollutants PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, Pb, O3 , NH3 , C6H6, C20 H12, As& Ni are compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), MoEF&CCNotification, November, 2009. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Data (September to November,2016) for the study area is given in Table 3-8 to Table 3-18 and graphically presented inFigure 3-21Trend of Measured Ambient PM10 Concentrations in the Study Area Figure 3-22to Figure 3-28.





Table 3-8: Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants

S.No Location NameSO2

(µg/m3)NO2

(µg/m3)PM2.5

(µg/m3

PM10

(µg/m3

Pb(µg/m3)

CO(mg/m3)

O3

(µg/m3)NH3

(µg/m3)Benzen(mg/m3)

Benzo (a)pyrene(ng/m3)

Arsenic(As)(ng/m3)

Nickel(Ni)

(ng/m3)

1 Project Site 11.68 26.39 30.25 65.12BDL

(DL 0.05)0.014 14.25 8.99

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL 2)

BDL(DL 10)

2 Jigani 11.12 24.91 27.19 60.44BDL

(DL 0.05)0.012 13.32 6.44

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL 2)

BDL(DL 10)

3 Ramakrishnapura 9.87 20.45 24.67 56.61BDL

(DL 0.05)0.012 11.34 5.35

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL 2)

BDL(DL 10)

4 Byagadadenahalli 7.61 18.56 21.72 51.61BDL

(DL 0.05)BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL10)BDL(DL5)

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL 2)

BDL(DL 10)

5 Indalavadi 8.45 19.61 22.60 54.39BDL

(DL 0.05)0.11 10.65 6.37

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL 2)

BDL(DL 10)

6 Bommasandra 8.70 17.62 19.52 48.37BDL

(DL 0.05)0.01 14.11 5.64

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL 2)

BDL(DL 10)

7 Doddathoguru 10.59 21.68 25.31 58.34BDL

(DL 0.05)0.013 12.67 5.87

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL 2)

BDL(DL 10)

8 Hullahalli 7.98 16.37 17.89 46.61BDL

(DL 0.05)BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL10)BDL(DL5)

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL 2)

BDL(DL 10)

Note: BDL (Below detectable limit), DL (Detectable limit)



Table 3-9: Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants

S.No Location Name

Volatile OrganicCompounds

(ppm)Chlorine(µg/m3)

Hydrochloricacid

(µg/m3)

Hydrobromicacid

(µg/m3)

Hydrogensulphide

(µg/m3)

Hydrogenfluoride

(µg/m3)

1 Project Site 4.91 BDL(DL 145) BDL(DL 140) BDL(DL 35) BDL(DL 6) BDL(DL 350)

2 Jigani 3.61 BDL(DL 145) BDL(DL 140) BDL(DL 35) BDL(DL 6) BDL(DL 350)

3 Ramakrishnapura 1.33 BDL(DL 145) BDL(DL 140) BDL(DL 35) BDL(DL 6) BDL(DL 350)

4 Byagadadenahalli BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 145) BDL(DL 140) BDL(DL 35) BDL(DL 6) BDL(DL 350)

5 Indalavadi BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 145) BDL(DL 140) BDL(DL 35) BDL(DL 6) BDL(DL 350)

6 Bommasandra BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 145) BDL(DL 140) BDL(DL 35) BDL(DL 6) BDL(DL 350)

7 Doddathoguru2.05 BDL(DL 145) BDL(DL 140) BDL(DL 35) BDL(DL 6) BDL(DL 350)

8 HullahalliBDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 145) BDL(DL 140) BDL(DL 35) BDL(DL 6) BDL(DL 350)

Note: BDL (Below detectable limit), DL (Detectable limit)



Table 3-10: Ambient PM10 Monitoring Data

S.NO LOCATION NAMEPM10 Concentrationg/m³

Minimum µg/m3 Maximum, µg/m3 Average, µg/m3 98th Percentile

1 Project Site 62.74 69.88 65.12 69.88

2 Jigani 58.24 64.32 60.45 63.46

3 Ramakrishnapura 48.30 63.50 56.60 63.04

4 Byagadadenahalli 46.50 55.20 51.15 55.20

5 Indalavadi 47.50 58.40 54.30 57.98

6 Bommasandra 44.50 55.80 48.04 55.25

7 Doddathoguru 52.60 62.58 58.36 62.50

8 Hullahalli 42.30 55.20 46.61 52.21

Figure 3-22: Trends of Measured Ambient PM10 Concentrations in the Study Area



Table 3-11: Ambient PM2.5 Monitoring Data

S.No LocationPM2.5 Concentration, µg/m3

Minimumµg/m3

Maximum,µg/m3

Average,µg/m3

98th

Percentile

1 Project Site 28.16 34.60 30.29 69.88

2 Jigani 23.20 29.54 27.19 63.46



5 Indalavadi 18.40 25.60 22.64 57.98

6 Bommasandra 13.10 23.10 19.53 55.25

7 Doddathoguru 23.20 27.46 25.29 62.50

8 Hullahalli 13.30 23.10 17.88 52.21

Figure 3-23: Trends of Measured Ambient PM2.5 Concentrations in the Study Area



Table 3-12 : Ambient SO2 Monitoring Data

S.No LocationSO2 Concentration, µg/m3

Minimumµg/m3

Maximum, µg/m3Average,

µg/m3

98thPercentile

1 Project Site 8.80 14.20 11.55 14.02

2 Jigani 5.00 13.80 11.15 13.62



5 Indalavadi 6.40 13.00 8.45 11.48

6 Bommasandra 6.10 13.45 8.70 13.24

7 Doddathoguru 7.80 12.60 10.60 12.42

8 Hullahalli 6.40 9.80 8.00 9.75

Figure 3-24: Trends of Measured Ambient SO2 Concentrations in the Study Area



Table 3-13: Ambient NO2 Monitoring Data

S.No Location

NO2 Concentration, µg/m3

Minimumµg/m3

Maximumµg/m3

Averageµg/m3

98th Percentile

1 Project Site 17.30 29.50 26.38 29.22

2 Jigani 21.20 28.60 24.90 28.28



5 Indalavadi 13.75 23.50 19.65 23.27

6 Bommasandra 11.60 26.80 17.66 25.33

7 Doddathoguru 15.60 23.80 21.68 23.74

8 Hullahalli 12.40 19.20 16.38 18.46

Figure 3-25: Trends of Measured Ambient NO2 Concentrations in the Study Area

Table 3-14: Ambient Lead (Pb) Monitoring Data



S.No LocationPb Concentration, µg/m3

Minimumµg/m3

Maximumµg/m3

Averageµg/m3

98th Percentile

1 Project Site BDL BDL BDL BDL

2 Jigani BDL BDL BDL BDL

3 Ramakrishnapura BDL BDL BDL BDL

4 Byagadadenahalli BDL BDL BDL BDL

5 Indalavadi BDL BDL BDL BDL

6 Bommasandra BDL BDL BDL BDL

7 Doddathoguru BDL BDL BDL BDL

8 Hullahalli BDL BDL BDL BDL

Note: - BDL = Below Detectable Limit

Table 3-15: Ambient Carbon Monoxide (CO) Monitoring Data

S.No LocationCO Concentration, µg/m3

Minimummg/m3

Maximummg/m3

98th Percentile

1 Project Site 0.010 0.018 0.014 0.018

2 Jigani 0.005 0.022 0.012 0.021


4 Byagadadenahalli 0.002 0.009 BDL(DL 0.005) 0.009

5 Indalavadi 0.010 0.210 0.111 0.201

6 Bommasandra 0.005 0.019 0.011 0.019

7 Doddathoguru 0.001 0.018 0.013 0.018

8 Hullahalli 0.001 0.013 BDL(DL 0.005) 0.011


Averagemg/m3



Figure 3-26: Trends of Measured Ambient CO Concentrations in the Study AreaTable 3-16: Ambient Ozone (O3) Monitoring Data

S.No LocationO3 Concentration, µg/m3

Minimumµg/m3

Maximumµg/m3

Averageµg/m3

98th Percentile

1 Project Site 8.20 19.80 14.18 19.52

2 Jigani 11.20 16.50 13.34 16.36


4 Byagadadenahalli 8.60 11.60 BDL(DL 10) 11.55

5 Indalavadi 9.40 12.20 10.67 11.92

6 Bommasandra 10.50 15.60 14.11 15.51

7 Doddathoguru 9.20 14.60 12.61 14.60

8 Hullahalli 8.60 13.60 BDL(DL 10) 12.96



Figure 3-27: Trends of Measured Ambient O3 Concentrations in the Study Area

Table 3-17: Ambient Ammonia (NH3) Monitoring Data

S.No LocationNO2 Concentration, µg/m3

Minimumµg/m3

Maximumµg/m3

Averageµg/m3

98th Percentile

1 Project Site 6.50 11.20 8.99 11.11

2 Jigani 5.40 7.28 6.45 7.27


4 Byagadadenahalli 4.20 6.50 BDL(DL 5) 6.36

5 Indalavadi 4.80 7.65 6.36 7.54

6 Bommasandra 4.50 7.60 5.60 7.42

7 Doddathoguru 4.20 7.50 5.89 7.39

8 Hullahalli 4.20 6.50 BDL(DL 5) 6.36



Figure 3-28: Trends of Measured Ambient NH3 Concentrations in the Study Area

Table 3-18: Ambient Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) Monitoring Data

S.No LocationBENZENE Concentration, µg/m3

Minimumµg/m3

Maximumµg/m3

Averageµg/m3

98th Percentile

1 Project Site 3.40 5.40 4.93 5.40

2 Jigani 2.10 5.40 3.60 5.31


4 Byagadadenahalli 0.02 0.90 BDL(0.1) 0.73

5 Indalavadi 0.02 0.90 BDL(0.1) 0.73

6 Bommasandra 0.02 0.90 BDL(0.1) 0.73

7 Doddathoguru 1.20 4.70 2.53 4.44

8 Hullahalli 0.02 0.90 BDL(0.1) 0.05


3.7.5.4 Observations

Maximum concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, Pb, O3 , NH3 , C6H6, C20 H12, As & Niare well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial andResidential areas at all monitoring locations during the study period.



3.8 Noise Environment

The prevailing ambient noise level at a particular location is nothing but the resultant (total) ofall kinds of noise sources existing at various distances around that location. The ambientnoise level at a location varies continuously depending on the type of surrounding activities.

Ambient noise levels have been established by monitoring noise levels at eight (08)locations in and around 10Km distance from project area during September to November,2016 using precision noise level meter. The noise monitoring locations in the study areawere selected after giving due consideration to the various land use categories. The land usecategories include commercial, residential, rural and sensitive areas. Noise levels wererecorded on an hourly basis for one complete day at each location using pre- calibratednoise levels. A map showing the monitoring locations is given as Figure FD0303.

3.8.1 Results and Discussions

Based on the recorded hourly noise levels at each monitoring location, the day equivalent(Ld) and night equivalent (Ln) were calculated;

Ld: Average noise levels between 6:00 hours to 22.00 hours. Ln: Average noise levels between 22:00 hours to 6.00 hours.

The Day-Night (Ldn) equivalent noise levels were calculated using the US EnvironmentalProtection Agency formula:

Ldn = 10 Log [0.0416 {16 (10Ld/10) + 8 (10Ln+10/10)}]

The comparison of day equivalent noise levels (Ld) and night equivalent noise levels (Ln) withthe respective CPCB stipulated noise standards for various land use categories are shown inthe Table 3-19.

Table 3-19: Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels

S.No Location Location

Code

Distance(km) from

Projectboundary

AzimuthDirection

Noise levelin dB(A) Leq CPCB Standard Environmental

SettingDay Night Lday (Ld) LNight (Ln)1. Project Site N1 55.0 50.1 75 70 Industrial2. Jigani N2 4.31 W 77.3 71.0 55 45 Industrial3. Ramakrishnapura N3 7.02 ESE 73.6 69.4 55 45

Residential

4. Byagadadenahalli N4 7.89 SE 78.0 73.6 55 455. Indalavadi N5 4.45 SSW 84.5 78.0 55 456. Bommasandra N6 5.63 E 67.2 61.4 55 457. Doddathoguru N7 5.45 N 78.1 73.5 55 458. Hullahalli N8 2.60 NW 83.9 78.9 55 45

3.8.2 Observations

It is observed that the day equivalent and night equivalent noise levels at all locations arewithin prescribed CPCB standards

Day equivalent noise levels (Ld) ranged between 55.0 dB(A) to 84.5 dB (A) Night equivalent noise levels (Ln) ranged between 50.1dB (A) to 78.9 dB (A).The field observations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise levels in theIndustrial area were slightly exceeded the prescribed standards except project site and inResidential noise zones noise levels are slightly exceeded the limit prescribed by MoEF&CC.



3.9 Water Environment

3.9.1 Surface Water Resources

There are about 118 water bodies including small and large natural/manmade within 10Kmradius from proposed BBIL project. Realignment of storm water drainage without disturbanceshall be made in accordance with existing natural drainage forming as grid type arrangementbased on the natural slope (gravity flow) which finally discharges into major water bodies.The study area consists of the Hennagara lake in the southern region, Ramakrishnapura lakein the part of East South Eastern region. The Hebbagodi and Kammasandra lake in the NorthEastern/North north Eastern part from the project site. The Bergur/Askhayanagara lake in thepart of North North West region. As the Bommasandra Industrial Area estate lies in theNortheastern region, the representative surface water sampling locations have been chosen.The List of major water bodies nearby project site is given in Table 3-20. Photographs ofExisting major water bodies are given in Figure 3-29 & Figure 3-30.

Table 3-20: List of Major Water Bodies within 10Km radius

S.No Name of the Water bodies Distance Direction

1 Hennagara lake 2.3 S

2 Chandapura lake 4.8 ENE

3 Kammasandra lake 3.9 NE

4 Hebbagodi lake 3.7 NE

5 Ramakrishnapura lake 4.5 ESE

6 Begur lake 8.6 NNW

7 Akshayanagara lake 9.1 NNW

8 Singasandra lake 9.2 N



Hennagara Lake Chandapura Lake

Kammasandra Lake Begur Lake

Figure 3-29: Photographs of existing major water bodies within the study area



Ramakrishnapura lake Hebbagodi lake

Singasandra Lake Akshayanagara Lake

Figure 3-30: Photographs of existing major water bodies within the study area



Table 3-21: Water bodies in 10km radius of Project area

S.NoName of Water body/Nearest

LocationDistance from

Project Site(Km) DirectionArea

Nearby villagesCentre of Water body

Acres Hectares Latitude Longitude

1 Near Chikka Begur 9.8 NNW 31.67 12.82 Devar Chikkanahalli

Gyanappanahalli

Begur

12053’ 5.94” 770 38’ 12.60”

2 Begur Lake 8.6 NNW 116.90 47.25 Ckikka Begur

Gyanappanahalli

Subash Nagar

120 52’ 25.25” 770 37’ 48.87”

3 Near Chikka Begur 8.66 NNW 11.7 4.75 Begur

Subash Nagar

Singasandra

Parappana Agrahara

120 52’ 40.64” 770 38’ 31.46”

4 Singasandra Lake 9.0 N 6.92 2.81 Parappana Agrahara

Ckikka Begur

Hallayout

120 52’ 54.81” 770 38’ 44.79”

5 Near Kudlu 9.2 N 47.30 19.14 Kudlu

Singasandra

Parappana Agrahara

Hallayout

120 53’ 3.92” 770 39’ 53.14”



6 Rayasandra 8.93 NNE 73.06 29.57 Naganathapura

Ghattihalli

Cudasandra

120 52’ 34.75” 770 41’ 27.05”

7 Naganathapura 7.77 NNE 77.53 31.36 Rayasandra

Dooda , ChikkaNagamangala

Chenna Keshavanagar

Singasandra

120 52’ 10.75” 770 40’ 36.55”

8 Chenna Keshavanagar 7.06 NNE 31.04 12.59 Dooda , ChikkaNagamangala

Naganathapura

120 51’ 56.77” 770 40’ 19.63”

9 Huskur Lake 8.67 NE 78.45 31.77 Chintalamadavala

Kaggalipura

Harohalli

Avalahalli

Ghattihalli

120 51’ 46.19’’ 770 42’ 46.43’’

10 Near Avalahalli 9.46 NE 10.87 4.41 Chintalamadavala

Kaggalipura

Harohalli

Ghattihalli

Huskur

120 51’ 58.79” 770 43’ 4.83”



11 Near Kaggalipura 8.37 NE 7.94 3.39 Chintalamadavala

Harohalli

Kommasandra

Gopasandra

120 51’ 25.77” 770 43’ 28.87”

12 Near Gulimangala 6.98 NE 25.65 10.37 Huskur

Chikka Nagamangala

Shantipura

120 51’ 18.73” 770 41’ 46.83”

13 Near Shantipura 6.98 NE 11.24 4.54 Chikka, DoddaNagamangala

Gulimangala

Govindachettipalya

120 51’ 14.52” 770 41’ 22.50’’

14 Near Govindachettipalya 6.1 NNE 15.88 6.41 Electronic City

Dodda, Chikka

Nagamangala

Konappana Agrahara

120 51’ 24.76’’ 770 40’ 20.25”

15 Near Govindachettipalya 6.335 NNE 11.74 4.76 Electronic City

Dodda, Chikka

Nagamangala

Konappana Agrahara

120 51’ 33.40” 770 39’ 59.56”

16 Near Chenna Keshavanagar 6.9 N 15.10 6.09 Singasandra 120 51’ 56.09” 770 39’ 37.66”



Basapura

Chikka Togur

17 Near Subhash nagar 7.5 NNW 9.54 3.82 Basapura

Singasandra

Chenna keshavanagar

Begur

120 52’ 10.91” 770 38’ 58.89”

18 Near Subhash nagar 7.5 NNW 11.03 4.47 Basapura

Singasandra

Chenna keshavanagar

Begur

120 52’ 07.49” 770 38’ 38.40’’

19 Near Tejeswininagar 9.24 NW 75.12 30.76 Hulimavu

Jambu Savari Dinne

Gyanappanahalli

Begur

120 52’ 10.81” 770 36’ 15.39”

20 Near Tejeswininagar 8.72 NW 1.42 0.53 Gyanappanahalli

Begur

120 51’ 58.96” 770 36’ 50.95”

21 Near Tejeswininagar 7.84 NW 7.4 2.98 Chikka Kammanahalli

Begur

120 51’ 33.19” 770 37’ 00.79”

22 Near Tejeswininagar 7.31 NW 20.35 8.20 Chikka Kammanahalli

Begur

120 51’ 28.77” 770 37’ 23.69”



Ittasandra

23 Near Chikka Kammanahalli 8.4 NW 16.12 6.29 Tejeswininagar 120 51’ 19.48’’ 770 36’ 13.84”

24 Near Weavers Colony 9.27 NW 28.32 11.42 Vaddarpalya

Chikka Kammanahalli

120 51’ 09.89” 770 35’ 24.47”

25 Near Chikka Kammanahalli 8.01 NW 4.93 2.02 Weavers Colony

Tejeswininagar

120 50’ 55.33” 770 36’ 11.48”

26 Near Chikka Kammanahalli 7.32 NW 9.70 3.95 Tejeswininagar 120 51’ 10.95” 770 37’ 00.69”

27 Near Chikka Kammanahalli 6.63 NW 4.30 1.73 Bettadasanapura 120 50’ 57.19” 770 37’ 19.80”

28 Near Ittasandra 6.27 NW 12.10 4.93 Vaddarpalya

Bettadasanapura

120 51’ 12.41” 770 37’ 58.75’’

29 Near Vaddarpalya 5.64 NNW 12.16 4.94 Ittasandra

Chikka TogurDoddaTogur

Konappana Agrahara

120 51’ 02.71” 770 38’ 39.27”

30 Near Konappana Agrahara 6.12 N 36.74 14.87 Chikka Togur

Basapura

Govindachettipalya,Dodda Togur

Electronic City

120 51’ 25.29” 770 39’ 32.84”



31 Near Govindachettipalya 5.3 NNE 5.87 2.38 Konappana Agrahara

Electronic City

Shantipura

Virsandra

120 50’ 51.49” 770 40’ 25.04”

32 Near Govindachettipalya 5.14 NNE 10.67 4.33 120 50’ 45.86” 770 40’ 26.65”

33 Near lakshminarayanapura 7.13 NE 29.49 11.87 Gottamaranahalli

Gulimangala

Shantipura

Chintalamadavala

120 50’ 49.13” 770 42’ 28.78”

34 Near Chintalamadavala 7.72 NE 124.51 50.35 Gottamaranahalli

Gulimangala

Vaddarpalya

Shingena Agrahara

Kaggalipura

Gopasandra

Chikka Timmasandra

120 50’ 46.11” 770 43’ 05.69”

35 Muttanallur Kere 6.45 EEN 244.49 98.96 Lakshmisagara

Hilalige R S

Ramasagara

Alibommasandra

Muttanallur

120 49’ 19.93” 770 43’ 42.05”



Bendiganahalli

Somanahalli

36 Near Hilaligi 4.89 EEN 24.89 10.07 Bommasandra

Lakshmisagara

Ramasagara

120 49’ 1.96” 770 42’ 9.15’’

37 Near Bangalapet

(Kammasandra)

4.98 EEN 50.33 20.38 Vidyanagar

Shree Ananthnagar

Vaddarpalya

Hilaligi

120 49’ 32.34” 770 41’ 39.62”

38 Hebgodi Lake 3.73 NE 3.64 1.46 Gollahalli

Virsandra

Shree Ananthnagar

Bangalapet

120 49’ 43.89” 770 40’ 49.09”

39 Near Gollahalli 3.35 NE 34.13 13.78 Virsandra

Hebgodi

Tirupalya

Bangalapet

Shinkaripalya

120 49’ 52.83” 770 40’ 20.73’’

40 Near Gollahalli 2.8 NE 16.94 6.84 Hebgodi

Tirupalya

120 49’ 35.45” 770 40’ 3.34”



Maragondanahalli

Virsandra

Shinkaripalya

41 Near Maragondanahalli 2.78 NNE 9.32 3.80 Shinkaripalya

Gollahalli

Hebgodi

Tirupalya

120 49’ 37.86” 770 39’ 44.46”

42 Near Shinkaripalya 3.55 NNW 18.30 7.41 Maragondanahalli

Electronic City

Bettadasanapura

Podu

120 50’ 00.71” 770 39’ 8.05”

43 Near Virsandra 4.38 NNE 13.69 5.49 Shree Ananthnagar

Shinkaripalya

Electronic City

120 50’ 22.61” 770 40’ 29.66”

44 Near Virsandra 4.55 NNE 10.12 4.11 Dodda Togur

Electronic City

Shinkaripalya

120 50’ 27.98” 770 40’ 14.19”

45 Near Podu 4.47 NW 22.43 9.03 Binjipura

Bettadasanapura

Chittikarepalya

120 49’ 58.06” 770 37’ 50.66’’



46 Near Bettadasanapura 6.2 NW 9.56 3.88 Chikka Kammanahalli 120 50’ 41.62’’ 770 37’ 20.83”

47 Near Chittekarepalya 6.0 NW 4.76 1.93 Dinne Palya 120 50’ 13.39’’ 770 37’ 1.44’’

48 Near Dinnepalya 6.61 NW 14.98 6.08 Chittikarepalya

Chikka Kammanahalli

120 50’ 15.25” 770 36’ 35.93’’

49 Near Kalkere R.F 9.71 WWN 5.52 2.24 Shanuboganahalli 120 49’ 54.21” 770 34’ 31.59’’

50 Near Timmayyanadoddi 8.01 WWN 3.42 1.39 Sampigeramanagara

Kalkere R.F

120 49’ 50.09” 770 35’ 29.34”

51 Near Chittekarepalya 6.07 NW 7.17 2.93 Dinnepalya

Timmayyanadoddi

Hakkibikki Colony

120 49’ 55.32” 770 36’ 42.26”

52 Near Chittekarepalya 5.39 NW 9.71 3.94 Binjipura

Hakkibikki Colony

120 49’ 48.13’’ 770 37’ 16.31’’

53 Near Hakkibikki Colony 6.12 WWN 21.32 8.65 Bodigrama

Salindra Doddi

Sampigeramanagara

120 49’ 35.88” 770 36’ 20.92”

54 Near Hakkibikki Colony 5.18 WWN 49.07 19.85 Salindra Doddi

Chittekarepalya

Bodigrama

Chinnagodanapalya

120 49’ 18.45” 770 36’ 48.79”



55 Near Sampigeramanagara 7.48 WWN 13.31 5.39 Bodigrama

Salindra Doddi

Lakshmipura

120 49’ 27.19’’ 770 35’ 34.36’’

56 Near Bingipura 4.11 WWN 10.35 4.19 Hulimangala

Chinnagodanapalya

Hakkibikki Colony

120 49’ 20.51” 770 37’ 38.86”

57 Near Hulimangala 4.5 NW 50.59 20.48 Kempapura

Binjipura

Chinnagodanapalya

120 49 7.05” 770 37’ 55.94”

58 Near nanjapura 1.89 NW 14.89 6.02 Vabsandra

Hulimangala

Kempapura

Kyalasanahalli

120 48’ 36.72” 770 38’ 34.10”

59 Near Kyalasanahalli 0.42 NW 17.84 7.14 Srirampura

Vabsandra

Tarandahalli

KachanayakanahalliColony

120 48’ 15.22” 770 39’ 18.09”

60 Near Yarandahalli 0.89 NE 8.26 3.35 Srirampura

Kachanayakanahalli

120 48’ 22.46” 770 40’ 4.10”



Colony

Vabsandra

61 Near Kachanayakanahalli Colony 1.6 EEN 21.92 8.84 Yarandahalli

Srirampura

Yellamana Mandira

Kachanayakanahalli

120 48’ 9.40” 770 40’ 35.24”

62 Near Bommasandra Industrial Area 3.18 EEN 23.26 9.39 Yarandahalli

Kachanayakanahalli

Bommasandra

Chandapura

120 48’ 31.50” 770 41’ 20.84’’

63 Chandapura Lake 4.82 E 23.83 9.67 Kittiganahalli

Bommasandra

Hale Chandapura

Lakshmisagara

120 48’ 20.05” 770 42’ 17.88”

64 Near Hale Chandapura 6.04 E 9.09 3.67 Chandapura

Kittiganahalli

Hilaligi

Bommasandra

Lakshmisagara

Guddehatti

120 48’ 18.64” 770 43’ 0.47”



65 Near Bendiganahalli 8.88 E 15.66 6.41 Ambedkar Colony

Hale Chandapura

Lakshmisagara

Guddehatti

120 48’ 38.53” 770 44’ 31.42”

66 Near Guddehatti 8.63 E 8.36 3.34 Ambedkar Colony

Hale Chandapura

Lakshmisagara

Bendiganahalli

Neralur

Yadavanhalli

120 47’ 98.58” 770 44’ 29.59”

67 Near Guddehatti 9.23 E 14.82 5.99 120 47’ 55.24” 770 44’ 41.87’

68 Near Neralur 6.62 E 43.03 17.32 Tirumagondanahalli

Chandapura

Hale Chandapura

Sainagar

Ambedkarnagar

120 47’ 49.51” 770 43’ 18.35’’

69 Near Tirumagondanahalli 6.2 EES 8.4 3.37 Neralur

Sainagar

Igaluru

Banahalli

120 47’ 29.22” 770 43’ 2.73’’

70 Near Sai nagar 8.12 EES 1.39 0.57 Neralur 120 47’ 16.47’’ 770 44’ 2.84’’



Tirumagondanahalli

Yadavanhalli

Ambedkarnagar

Baligaranahalli

71 Near Mastenahalli 0.78 SE 15.81 6.42 Hosahalli

Hennagara

Srirampura

Bandenalasandra

120 47’ 32.94’’ 770 39’ 47.98’’

72 Near Bandenalasandra 0.59 SW 21.36 8.64 Kyalasanahalli

Srirampura

Mastenahalli

Jigani market

120 47’ 41.58’’ 770 39’ 13.42”

73 Jigani Kere 2.54 WWS 194.56 78.70 Koppa

Kyalasanahalli

Bandenalasandra

Holamanchinahalli

Harapanahalli

120 47’ 45.19’’ 770 37’ 54.78’’

74 Bidarakere 4.8 W 74.06 30.01 Nalsandra

Koppa

Begihalli

120 48’ 2.17” 770 36’ 37.34”



75 Near Manatapa 6.2 WWN 40.53 16.4 Jangalpalya

Ramasandra

Nalsandra

Kariappanahalli

Hullakasavanahalli

120 48’ 35.77’’ 770 36’ 0.53’’

76 Near Jangalpalya 7.04 WWN 5.90 2.38 Ramasandra

Nalsandra

Kariappanahalli

Hullakasavanahalli

Manatapa

120 48’ 49.43” 770 35’ 42.95”

77 Near Sampigehalli 8.40 W 17.57 7.11 Vajarahalli

Kariappanahalli

Jangalpalya

Kempanayakanahalli

120 48’ 23.96’’ 770 34’ 54.44’’

78 Near Begihalli 5.49 WWS 6.73 2.69 Vaddarapalya

Harapanahalli

120 47’ 37.91’’ 770 36’ 29.60’’

79 Near Ramasagara 5.07 SW 3.96 1.60 Vaddarapalya

Harapanahalli

Bukkasagara

120 46’ 57.63” 770 36’ 55.12’’

80 Near Ramasagara 4.24 SW 11.58 4.70 Harapanahalli 120 47’ 1.30’’ 770 37’ 20.43’



Bukkasagara

Holamanchinahalli

81 Near Kallabalu 4.94 SW 8.83 3.54 Bukkasagara

Jigani Industrial Area

120 46’ 24.34” 770 37’ 16.01’’

82 Hennagara Kere 2.31 S 399.65 161.73 Mastenahalli

Hennagara

Rajapura

Sitanayakanahalli

Vaddarpalya

Holamanchinahalli

Bandenalasandra

120 46’ 38.80’’ 770 39’ 40.59’’

83 Near Rajapura 3.28 SE 69.90 28.29 Hinnakki

Sitanayakanahalli

Lingapura

Hennagara

120 46’ 23.58” 770 40’ 38.55”

84 Ramakrishnapura Lake 4.50 ESE 12.80 5.09 Hinnakki

Igaluru

Naganayanahalli

120 46’ 40.06” 770 41’ 45.54”

85 Near Ramakrishnapura 5.15 SE 17.39 7.06 120 46’ 51.31” 770 42’ 15.67”

86 Near Adesonatti 6.94 SE 22.29 9.01 Bandapura

Madivala

120 46’ 23.48” 770 43’ 9.61”



Marasur

Naganayanahalli

Ramakrishnapura

87 Near baligaranahalli 8.59 SE 29.01 11.72 Ichanguru

Veddarayapalya

Krishnasagara

Ambedkarnagar

Bandapura

120 46’ 35.15” 770 44’ 14.70”

88 Near Kambalipura 9.22 SE 96.24 38.92 Madivala

Mutsandra

Shettihalli

Maisandra

120 45’ 25.93” 770 44’ 6.66”

89 Near Shettihalli 7.64 SE 121.97 49.37 Marasur

Byagadadenahalli

Haleuru

Avadenahalli

Tattanahalli

120 45’ 12.57” 770 42’ 50.38”

90 Near Shettihalli 8.5 SE 55.73 22.53 120 44’ 57.51” 770 43’ 18.30”

91 Near Murasur 6.64 SE 11.63 4.79 Haleuru

Naganayakanahalli,Byagadadenhalli

120 45’ 39.34” 770 42’ 29.08”



92 Near Naganayakanahalli 4.7 SE 16.59 6.72 Hinnaki

Lingapura

Dodda Hagade

Marasur

120 46’ 10.68” 770 41’ 29.32”

93 Near Dyavasandra 4.04 SSW 45.38 18.37 Haragadde

Vaddarapalya

Wayanahalli

Bommandahalli

120 45’ 30.70” 770 39’ 8.30”

94 Near Konasandra 4.63 SSW 15.29 6.20 Dyavasandra

Bommandahalli

Vaddarapalya

120 45’ 36.88” 770 38’ 31.34”

95 Near Konasandra 4.39 SSW 17.43 7.04 Vaddarapalya

Jigani Industrial Area

Mahanthalingapura

120 45’ 54.56” 770 38’ 19.09”

96 Near Jigani Industrial Area 4.22 SSW 15.22 6.16 Mahanthalingapura

Vaddarapalya

Konasandra

120 46’ 13.44” 770 37’ 57.79”

97 Near Mahanthalingapura 6.08 SW 6.51 2.69 Kallabalu

Giddanehalli

Goninayakanadoddi

120 45’ 55.56” 770 36’ 52.46”



Kasinakuntedoddi

98 Near Kunmadiwala 7.09 SE 41.47 16.81 Byagadadenhalli

Chennaha Agrahara

Avadenahalli

120 44’ 51.43” 770 42’ 4.07”

99 Near Yellamnanapalya 5.97 SE 12.97 5.22 Kun Madiwala

Dodda Hagade

Byagadadenhalli

120 45’ 9.21” 770 41’ 20.53”

100 Near Sappanalli 5.3 SSE 19.59 7.89 Dodda Hagade

Yellamnanapalya

Wayanahalli

120 45’ 11.74” 770 40’ 30.06”

101 Near Kumbarnahalli 5.20 S 8.56 3.43 Nosenuru

Haragadde

Dyavasandra

120 45’ 6.42” 770 39’ 40.14”

102 Near Krishnanadoddi 7.50 SW 4.89 1.99 Ragihalli 120 45’ 0.85” 770 36’ 41.06”

103 Near Jekkanahalla 9.55 SW 14.62 5.91 Hebbala

Huruganadoddi

120 43’ 44.64” 770 36’ 26.79”

104 Near Nosenuru 6.08 S 25.62 10.36 Nosenuru Gollahalli

Kumbarnahalli

Suragijakkanahalli

120 44’ 35.18” 770 39’ 26.78”



105 Near Yellamnanapalya 5.94 SSE 12.76 5.18 Dodda Hagade

Byagadadenhalli

Kunmadiwala

120 45’ 8.73’’ 770 41’ 20.83”

106 Near Chikka hagade 7.45 SE 200.38 81.02 Chennena Agrahara

Vaderahalli

Hosakote

Kempu Vedarahalli

120 44’ 13.69” 770 41’ 35.90”

107 Near Dodda Hagade 6.86 SE 10.82 4.40 Soppanalli

Kempu Vedarahalli

Chennena Agrahara

Chikka hagade

120 44’ 34.78” 770 41’ 1.75”

108 Near Medihalli 9.30 SE 108.26 43.79 Gourenahalli

Bodrahalli

Anekal

Kaval Hosahalli

120 42’ 56.25” 770 41’ 5.16’

109 Near Kembu Vedarahalli 7.62 SE 18.60 7.5 Suragijakkanahalli

Vaddarapalya

Chikka hagade

120 44’7.56” 770 40’ 52.51”

110 Near Suragijakkanahalli 6.24 SSE 12.36 5.02 Vaddarapalya

Chikka hagade

120 44\ 4.55” 770 40’ 30.21”



Kembu Vedarahalli

Honnakalasapura

111 Near Honnakalasapura 8.38 SSE 21.99 8.89 Sidi Hosakote

Siddanapalya

Gourenahalli

120 43’ 31.20” 770 40’ 39.45”

112 Near Gourenahalli 9.08 SSE 12.73 5.11 Medihalli

Siddanapalya

Aaiyanapalya

120 43’ 7.10” 770 40’ 18.96”

113 Near Aduru 7.67 SSW 16.70 6.72 Vaddarapalya

Sonnayakanapura

Nosenuru Gollahalli

120 43’ 54.51” 770 39’ 7.95”

114 Near Sonnayakanapura 8.37 SSW 9.06 3.66 Siddanapalya

Aaiyanapalya

Timmasandra

Nagaiyanadoddi

120 43’ 25.03” 770 39’ 19.00”

115 Near Chikkanahalli 9.06 SSW 7.24 2.98 Timmasandra

Nagaiyanadoddi

Indlavadipura

120 43’ 4.94” 770 38’ 52.48”

116 Near Indlavadipura 9.47 SSW 5.85 2.3 Timmasandra

Nagaiyanadoddi

120 42’ 54.69” 770 38’ 34.00”



Nallaiyanadoddi

117 Near Indlavadi 8.05 SSW 9.12 3.68 Nallaiyanadoddi

Sonnayakanapura

Aduru

Kadujakkanahalli

120 43’ 46.72’’ 770 43’ 46.72”

118 Near Kadujakkanahalli 7.12 SSW 12.04 4.80 Nosenuru Gollahalli

Aduru

Indlavadi

120 44’ 15.45” 770 38’ 23.96”

3791.10 1533.8



3.9.1.1 Surface Water Quality Assessment

To establish the baseline status of water environment, the existing representative samplinglocations for surface water within a radial distance of 10Km from project site have beenselected as per CPCB guidelines of Water Quality Monitoring through an adequate survey ofthe project area. Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters is given inTable 3-22.

Table 3-22: Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parametersS. No Parameter Measured Test Method1. pH (at 25°C) IS:3025 (Part - 11): 1983 (Reaff: 2006)2. Electrical Conductivity IS:3025 (Part - 14): 1983 (Reaff: 2006)3. Color IS:3025 (Part- 4) 1983 (Reaff 2006)4. Total Hardness as CaCO3 IS:3025 (Part - 21) 1983 (Reaff 2006)5. Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 IS:3025,1 (Part - 23) 1986 (Reaff 2009)6. Cadmium IS:3025 (Part 41) 19917. Chloride as Cl IS:3025 (Part - 32) 1988(Reaff 2009)8. Total Dissolved Solids IS:3025:1(Part - 16) 1984 (Reaff 2006)9. Aluminium as Al IS:3025 (Part - 55) 2003 (Reaff 2009)10. Chromium as Cr IS:3025 (Part - 52) 2003 (Reaff 2009)11. Lead as Pb IS:3025 (Part - 47) 1994 (Reaff 2009)12. Zinc as Zn IS:3025 (Part - 49) 1994 (Reaff 2009)13. Sodium as Na IS:3025,5(Part - 45) 1993 (Reaff 2006)14. Temperature IS:3025 (Part - 9) 1983 (Reaff 2006)15. Chemical oxygen demand as O2 IS:3025 (Part-58)-200616. Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l) IS:3025 (Part - 38)1989 (Reaff 2009)17. Salinity -18. Copper as Cu IS:3025 (Part - 42)1992 (Reaff: 2009)19. BOD,5 days @200C as O2 5210B APHA22nd Edn 201220. Total coliform bacteria (MPN/100ml) IS:1622 1981 (Reaff: 2009)21. F-Coli IS:1622, 1981 (Reaff: 2009)

The prevailing status of water quality at eight sampling locations each for ground water andsurface water has been assessed during September – November 2016 are presented inTable 3-23.Surface water quality results are provided in Table 3-24. A map showing themonitoring locations is given as Figure FD0304.

Table 3-23: Details of Surface water sampling locations

S.No Name of the Water body Distance from ProjectBoundary

Direction fromproject boundary

1 Hennagara lake 2.30 S2 Chandapura lake 4.80 ENE3 Kammasandra Lake 3.90 NE4 Hebbagodi lake 3.70 NE5 Ramakrishnapura lake 4.50 ESE6 Begur Lake 8.60 NNW7 Akshayanagara Lake 9.10 NNW8 Singasandra Lake 9.20 N



Table 3-24: Surface Monitoring Results

S.No Parameters Units SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 SW-6 SW-7 SW-8

1 Colour Hazen BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

2 pH at 25°C - 7.16 7.22 7.30 7.11 7.34 7.16 7.80 7.23

3 Turbidity NTU 2.1 1.8 2.8 25.4 13.3 BDL(DL 0.1)

BDL(DL 0.1)

BDL(DL 0.1)

4 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6.2 6.4 4.8 6.1 5.8 5.8 6.2 5.8

5 BOD, 3 Days @27°C mg/l 2.4 2.5 4.1 3.1 2.1 3.2 3.1 3.1

6 COD mg/l 5.1 5.2 48 5.2 4.8 4.8 5.2 4.57 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 545 1140 1475 1190 210 485 232 330

8 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 4 4 8 36 25 BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

28

9 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 169 301 905 805 119 238 122 179

10 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 64 342 442 380 54 170 55 98

11 Chloride as Cl mg/l 194 174 180 335 49 112 33 73

12 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 22 43 48 55 26 38 20 48

13 Fluoride as F mg/l 3.41 6.41 1.96 5.16 2.55 2.26 4.51 1.29

14 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l BDL(DL1.0)

BDL(DL1.0) 2.4 36 BDL

(DL1.0) 1.62 BDL(DL1.0) 1.34

15 Dissolved Iron mg/l 0.224 0.086 0.160 0.032 0.236 0.154 0.30 0.164

16 Sodium as Na mg/l 86 65 78 70 13 41 33 3017 Potassium as K mg/l 8.0 27.9 18 17 6.0 17 4.0 11.018 Calcium as Ca mg/l 40.1 67.0 180 148 20.0 40.1 33 3219 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 16.8 32.6 110 106 16.8 33.6 10 24



20 Cyanides as CN mg/l BDL(DL 0.01)

BDL(DL 0.01)

BDL

(DL 0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL(DL 0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

21 Zinc mg/l 1.55 1.34 0.675 2.62 0.65 0.76 1.23 2.77

22 Chromium as Cr mg/l BDL(DL 0.01)

BDL(DL 0.01)

BDL(DL 0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL 0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

23 Copper as Cu mg/l 0.045 0.032 BDL(DL 0.01)

0.045 0.046 BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

24 Manganese as Mn mg/l BDL(DL 0.01)

BDL(DL 0.01)

BDL(DL 0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL 0.01)

BDL(DL 0.01)

BDL(DL 0.01)

BDL(DL 0.01)

25 Cadmium as Cd mg/l BDL

(DL 0.01)

BDL

(DL 0.01)

BDL

(DL 0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL 0.01)

BD

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

26 Lead as Pb mg/l BDL

(DL 0.01)

BDL

(DL 0.01)

BDL

(DL 0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL 0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

27 Selenium as Se mg/l BDL

(DL 0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL 0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL 0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

28 Phosphate mg/l BDL

DL 0.02)

BDL

DL 0.02)

BDL

DL 0.02)

BDL

DL 0.02)

BDL

DL 0.02)

BDL

DL 0.02)

BDL

DL 0.02)

BDL

DL 0.02)

29 Nickel as Ni mg/l BDL

( DL 0.01)

BDL

( DL 0.01)

BDL

( DL 0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

( DL 0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)




Summary of analytical results

In the surface water the pH varied between 7.11-7.80 which are meeting the IS: 2296

1982 for inland surface water. The pH value for all the samples in the study area during

study period found to be within the limits.

The Total Dissolved Solids ranges is varied between 210-1475 mg/l for the surface water

The TDS value for all the samples meeting the class E standards of IS: 2296 1982.

The surface water is minimum 33mg/l and maximum 335mg/l which are meeting the

class C standards of IS: 2296 1982.

The sulphate content of the surface water meeting the minimum range of 20mg/l and

maximum range of 55mg/l. The surface water samples meeting the class E standard of

IS: 2296 1982

The surface water indicates its range varied between 122-905 mg/l.

Surface water quality standards are provided in Table 3-25.

Table 3-25: Surface Water Quality Standards

S.No Parameters Unit A B C D E

1 Colour Hazen 10 300 300 --- ---2 Turbidity NTU --- --- --- --- ---3 pH -- 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.54 Conductivity µS/cm --- --- --- 1000 22505 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 --- 1500 --- 21006 Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l --- --- --- --- ---7 Total Hardness as CaCo3 mg/l 300 --- --- --- ---8 Calcium as Ca mg/l 80.10 --- --- --- ---9 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 24.28 --- --- --- ---

10 Sodium mg/l --- --- --- --- ---11 Potassium mg/l --- --- --- --- ---12 Chloride as Cl mg/l 250 --- 600 --- 60013 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 400 --- 400 --- 100014 Phosphate mg/l --- --- --- --- ---15 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 20 --- 50 --- ---16 Fluorides as F mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 --- ---17 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 --- ---18 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 0.2 0.2 --- ---19 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 --- 0.01 --- ---20 Chromium, Total mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 --- ---21 Copper mg/l 1.5 --- 1.5 --- ---22 Iron mg/l 0.3 --- 50 --- ---23 Lead mg/l 0.1 --- 0.1 --- ---24 Zinc mg/l 15 --- 15 --- ---25 Manganese mg/l 0.5 --- --- --- ---26 Selenium mg/l 0.01 --- 0.05 --- ---27 Mercury mg/l 0.001 --- --- --- ---28 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6 5 4 4 ---29 COD mg/l --- --- --- --- ---



30 BOD mg/l 2 3 3 --- ---

Class A – Drinking water without conventional treatment but after disinfection.

Class B –Water for outdoor bathing.

Class C – Drinking water with conventional treatment followed by disinfection.

Class D – Water for fish culture and wild life propagation.

Class E – Water for irrigation, industrial cooling and controlled waste disposal.

3.9.2 Ground water resources

Ground Water Department is monitoring the changes in groundwater regime continuouslythrough a network of Piezometer wells fitted with Automatic water level recorders in differenthydro geological and geomorphic units. Ground water level behaviour is analysed based onmonitoring of ground water level from the network hydrograph stations (NHS) established byCGWB.

Groundwater resource of the district has been assessed keeping in view, the sustainable andoptimum development of the resource. The estimation has been done based Ground WaterEstimation methodology (GEM)-1997. Assessment is done taking into consideration ofvarious hydrologic units viz. Command, non command hilly area with more than 20% slopeand poor quality area.

The groundwater potential of the gross geographical area of the basin is estimated on pro-rata basis from the district-wise groundwater resources-2012 published by the CentralGroundwater Board (CGWB) as given in Table 3-26. Ground water level fluctuation decadalmeans (May 2001 – May 2010) with May 2011 for Bangalore Urban District, Karnataka isgiven in Figure 3-31.Table 3-26: Groundwater Potential in Bengaluru Urban PIA District1

Attribute Potential /QuantityArea of the district 2190 Sq.KmNet Annual groundwater availability of thedistrict 11723 ha-m

Total groundwater draft for irrigation, domesticand industrial uses 3794 ha-m

Existing gross ground water draft for all uses 16703 ha-mDraft Exceeding the total available groundwater resources leaving Nil

Balance Available for Exploitation Nil

1 http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/karnataka/2012/BANGALORE_URBAN-2012.pdf



Figure 3-31: Ground water level fluctuation decadal mean (May 2001 – May 2010) withMay 2011 for Bangalore Urban District, Karnataka

Project Site



3.9.2.1 Ground water Quality

Total Eight (08) ground water monitoring locations were identified for assessment in differentvillages around the project site based on the usage of sub surface water by the settlements/villages in the study area. The groundwater results are compared with the desirable andpermissible water quality standards as per IS: 10500 (2012) for drinking water. Groundwaterquality monitoring locations and results are given in Table 3-27 and Table 3-28. A mapshowing the monitoring locations is given as Figure FD0304.

Table 3-27: Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring Locations

Station Code Location Distance (km) fromProject boundary

AzimuthDirections

GW1 Near Project Site 2.60 -GW2 Jigani 4.31 WGW3 Ramakrishnapura 7.02 ESEGW4 Byagadadenahalli 7.89 SEGW5 Indalavadi 4.45 SSWGW6 Bommasandra 5.63 EGW7 Doddathoguru 5.45 NGW8 Hullahalli 2.60 NW



Table 3-28: Ground Water Monitoring Results

S.No Parameters UNIT GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW-5 GW-6 GW-7 GW-8

1.Colour Hazen BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

2.Turbidity NTU BDL

( DL 0.1) 0.7

BDL

( DL 0.1)

BDL

( DL 0.1)

BDL

( DL 0.1)

BDL

( DL 0.1)

BDL

( DL 0.1)

BDL

( DL 0.1)

3.pH - 7.78 7.18 7.23 7.96 7.73 7.56 7.43 7.46

4.Dissolved Oxygen mg/l NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

5.BOD 3days @27°C mg/l BDL

( DL 1.0)

BDL

( DL 1.0)

BDL

( DL 1.0)

BDL

( DL 1.0)

BDL

( DL 1.0)

BDL

( DL 1.0)

BDL

( DL 1.0)

BDL

( DL 1.0)

6.COD mg/l BDL

( DL 4.0)

BDL

( DL 4.0)

BDL

( DL 4.0)

BDL

( DL 4.0)

BDL

( DL 4.0)

BDL

( DL 4.0)

BDL

( DL 4.0)

BDL

( DL 4.0)

7.TSS mg/l BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

8.Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 1165 895 390 502 712 815 1260 360

9.Total Hardness as CaCo3 mg/l 385 372 133 223 295 417 686 147

10.Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 265 215 132 190 278 230 204 132

11.Calcium as Ca mg/l 77 95 28 46 64 95 153 33



12.Magnesium as Mg mg/l

47 33 15 26 33 44 74 16

13.Chlorides as Cl- mg/l 232 233 62 107 185 160 417 66

14.Sulphate (SO4) mg/l 121 98.6 18.57 33.35 42.8 42.96 143 29.5

15.Nitrates(NO3) mg/l 10.3 23.9 2.88 1.4 22.4 72 12.1 2.68

16.Fluoride as F- mg/l

4.23 3.26 4.99BDL ( DL

0.1)2.53 1.28 6.69 1.93

17.Sodium as Na mg/l 97.9 95.9 34.8 42 54.9 47 84.9 42.8

18.Potassium as k mg/l 24.5 23.8 8.3 2.0 13.5 4.0 16.3 12.5




A summary of analytical results are presented below:

The ground water results of the study area indicate that the average pH ranges is varied

between 7.18-7.96,

The Total Dissolved Solids ranges is varied between 390-1290mg/l for the ground water

and its meets the permissible limits of IS 10500: 2012

The desirable limit of the chloride content is 250mg/l and permissible limit is 1000 mg/l.

The chloride content in the ground water for study area is ranges between 66mg/l –

417mg/l.

The desirable limit of the sulphate content is 200mg/l and permissible limit is 400mg/l. the

sulphate content of the ground water of the study area is varied between 19 mg/l -

122mg/l meeting the desirable limit of the IS 10500: 2012.

The Total hardness ranges is between 133-686 mg/l for ground water its meeting the

permissible limit of the IS 10500: 2012.

3.10 Soil as a resource and its Quality

The predominant soils in the PIA district are red loamy and sandy soil and laterite soil.Laterite soil is mostly red in color and yellow loamy, pale to bright red colours are also seen.Laterite soil is suitable for Paddy, Sugarcane, Areca nut and Plantation crops, viz.crops likeCardamom & Plantains. Loamy red soils are distributed in the lower reaches of valleys. Redlateritic soil is the most dominant soil type in the area. The texture of the soil varies from fineto coarse. The soil in valleys and intermediate slopes is rich in loam whereas in upper slopesit is much coarse in nature. The soil responds well to irrigation and other soil-managmentpractices. Silty and Loamy soils are of transported origin and are found mostly along riverbanks and in valley plains. They have good infiltration capacity and are well suited foragriculture due to their fertility.

3.10.1.1 Soil quality

In order to assess the quality of soil at different locations in the study area, various land usecategories were taken into account. Soil sampling was carried out at Eight (08) locations inthe study area. Soil analysis was carried as per IS: 2720 methods. Soil quality monitoringlocations & results are given in Table 3-30. map showing the monitoring locations is given asFigure FD0305.



Table 3-29: Soil Quality Monitoring LocationsLocation

CodeLocation

Distance (Km)w.r.t project site

Directionw.r.t. project site

S1 Project Site - -

S2 Jigani 4.31 ES3 Ramakrishnapura 7.02 ESES4 Byagadadenahalli 7.89 SES5 Indalavadi 4.45 SSW

S6 Bommasandra 5.63 W

S7 Doddathoguru 5.45 NS8 Hullahalli 2.60 NW



Table 3-30: Soil Quality Monitoring Results

S.No Parameters Units S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1 Colour - Brown Brown LightBrown Brown Brown Reddish Brown Light Brown Dark Brown Reddish

Brown

2 Soil Texture -SandyClayLoam

Sandy Clay Loam Sandy ClayLoam

Sandy ClayLoam

Sandy ClayLoam

SandyLoam

SandyLoam Loam

3 Sand % 49 65 67 63 66 72 72 46

4 Silt % 22 7 12 12 7 18 16 295 Clay % 29 28 21 25 27 10 12 256 pH - 7.26 7.35 7.56 7.74 7.53 6.8 5.26 8.66

7 ElectricalConductivity

µmhos/cm 71 46 72 598 48 51 19 719

8 Infiltration Rate cm/hr 1.12 1.1 1.14 1.16 1.14 1.13 1.12 1.189 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.28 1.38 1.27 1.28 1.28 1.28 1.27 1.15

10 Cation ExchangeCapacity

meq/100gm 17.9 19.9 15.9 16.9 17.9 8.9 11.9 21.3

11 Moisture content % 5.46 10.46 5.95 13.09 11.6 9.92 9.81 4.92

12 Water HoldingCapacity % 28 26 30 28 27 25 24 22

13 Organic Carbon % 0.617 0.59 0.543 0.599 0.555 0.510 0.938 1.66

14 Organic matter % 1.065 1.018 0.936 1.03 0.956 0.879 1.61 2.87

15 Nitrogen as N kg/ha 338 648 769 466 397 478 335 314



16 Phosphorus kg/ha 0.500 0.636 0.583 0.500 0.316 0.571 0.648 0.800

17 Potassium kg/ha 1.400 0.771 0.943 1.350 1.200 1.200 1.086 0.750

18 Calcium % 0.016 0.008 0.008 0.044 0.012 0.012 0.004 0.01219 Magnesium % 0.014 0.017 0.014 0.010 0.068 0.031 0.014 0.02020 Boron mg/kg 1.12 0.98 1.14 1.02 1.08 0.89 0.95 1.14

21 Cadmium mg/kg

BDLDl

0.001)BDL (Dl 0.001) BDL (Dl 0.001) BDL (Dl 0.001) BDL (Dl 0.001) BDL (Dl

0.001)BDL (Dl0.001)

BDL (Dl0.001)

22 Chromium mg/kg 0.04 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.011 0.028 0.021 0.025

23 Copper mg/kg 10.6 8.54 7.39 11.8 21.6 10.4 11.6 6.724 Iron mg/kg 1212 1334 778 2316 1638 1430 6410 1016

25 Lead mg/kg 398 BDL( DL 0.001) 5.39 5.96 9.67 BDL( DL0.001)

BDL( DL0.001) 1.62

26 Manganese mg/kg 2.5 4.5 6.2 1.14 5.6 2.4 1.1 0.9827 Zinc mg/kg 15.8 22.3 18.3 33.5 53.2 31.9 20.01 20.01




Summary of analytical results

The pH of the soil samples ranged from 5.26- 8.66 indicating that the soils are almost

neutral in nature.

Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 19-716 μS/cm. As the EC value is less

than 2000 μS/cm, the soil is found to be non-saline in nature

The water holding capacity of the soil samples varied from 22-30 (%).

Nitrogen content ranged from 314 kg/ha to 769 kg/ha

Phosphorous ranged from 0.316 to 0.800 kg/ha

Potassium content ranges from 0.750 to 1400 kg/ha

3.11 Flora & Fauna

The study of terrestrial ecology within the study area of 10 Km radius has been carried outthrough field investigation and satellite imagery data as discussed earlier. The area can beclassified into the following ecological zone.

3.11.1 Flora

The field investigation and satellite imagery data show, that the study area is a mixture ofagricultural, wasteland and get irrigated by the tanks and tube wells. The Evergreen isobserved within the study area. The experimental finding of the pre monsoon season showsthe dominance of Scrubs like Anogeisses latifoila followed by Chloroxylon Swieritenia, Aacialeucophloeatrees like Termila spp, Pterocarpus marusupium, Dalbergia latifolia, Serata,Dendroca lamus Strictus within the study area. The List of Flora within the study area isgiven in Table 3-31.

Table 3-31: The List of Flora within the Study area.

S.No Botanical Name Family Name Vernacular Name

1 Anogeisses latifoila Combretaceae Dinduga2 Chloroxylon Swieritenia Rutaceae Kloroksilan Svaiteniya3 Acacia leucophloea Mimosaceae Bellada, bili-jali4 Acacia Catechus Fabaceae Karungali5 Santalum album Santalaceae Agarugandha,bavanna, bhadrasr6 Shorea Talura Dipterocarpaceae aragina mara, bile bovu7 Terminalai Spp Combretaceae Beḷḷi būdu marada8 Pterocarpus marusupium Fabaceae Honne9 Dalbergia latifolia Fabaceae beete

10 Dendrocalamus Strictus Poaceae Bidiru, Kirubidiru, & Konkani11 Tectona Grandia Lamiaceae Saguvani12 Terocarpus santalinus Fabaceae Agslue,Rakta Chandana& Honne13 Pterocarpus Fabaceae Banga, Bange mara. Bengali14 Lagerstroemia speciosa Lythraceae Holenandi15 Plantago lanceolata Plantaginaceae Esabakolu, Esabgolu



3.11.1.1 Aquatic Vegetation

Aquatic plants are found in the littoral zone, which are ideal habitats for fish and migratorybirds. The status of aquatic vegetation in various wetlands has been mapped, on the basis ofwhich it is broadly divided into completely vegetated (CV), partially vegetated (PV),vegetation on fringes (VF) and no vegetation (NV). Of the total 682 wetlands, 517 do notsupport any vegetation, of these 417 are tanks. There are 83 tanks partially vegetated, 54with vegetation on fringes and 7 are completely vegetated.

3.11.1.2 Planktons

Phytoplanktons surveyed are considered under five major groups:

S.NO Planktons Name

1 Bacillariophyceae (Diatoms):

2 Chlorophyceae:

3 Desmidiaciae (Desmids):4 Dinophyceae:5 Myxophyceae:

6 Ostracoda:

3.11.2 Fauna

Domestic – The domestic animals are mainly mammals like cow, goat, cat, dog etc arefound common in the study area.

Wild Animals – Since the natural forests constitute negligible of the forest area and sincethey are in isolated pockets, the wild life does not offer a wide spectrum of species. Wildanimals are seen in Bannerghatta National Park with native and non native species. Otherthan these, some reptiles and amphibians can also be seen with a number of bird species.

A List of birds, reptiles, amphibians and rodents based on information gathered from localinquiries is presented. Wild Fauna in the study area is given in Table 3-32 to Table 3-34.

Table 3-32: List of Wild Fauna in the Study Area

S.No Zoological Name Family Name Common Name

1 Ahaetullanasuta Colubridae Green whip snake

2 Athenebrama Strigidae Spotted owlet

3 Felischaus Felidae Jungle cat

4 Funambulu palmarum Sciuridae Palm squirrels

5 Francolinuspondicerianus Phasianidae Patridge

6 Pantheratigristigris Felidae Bengal tiger

7 Pantheraleo Felidae Lion



8 Pantheratigris Felidae Tiger

9 Maniscrassicaudata Manidae Pangolin

10 Milvusmigransgovinda Accipitridae Pariya kite

11 Najanaja Elapidae Cobra

12 Ursusthibetanus Ursidae Beer

Table 3-33: Amphibians

S.NO Zological Name Common Name

1 Bufom lanostictus Toad

2 Rana cyanophlyctis Frog

3 Rana tigrina Frog

4 Rhacophorus bi maculates Tree frog

Table 3-34: Rodents

S.NO Zological Name Common Name

1 Bandicota indica Badicoot

2 Musmusculus Mouse3 Rattusrattus Rat4 Ratufaindica Squirrel

3.11.2.1 Birds

Wetland and water birds make use of a variety of conditions, from dry zones and meadowsbordering lakes to open water zones. On the basis of their size, the availability of food andsuitable foraging conditions, different birds can occupy different parts of the lake. InBengaluru there are five major groups of water birds found based on the wetland zones theyfrequent. List of birds are given below:

S.NO List of Birds

1 Open water birds,

2 Waders and shoreline birds,3 Waders and shoreline birds

4 Birds of reed bed

5 Birds of open air space above wetlands

3.12 Socio-economic profile of the Project Influence Area

Bangalore district is located in the sour eastern corner of Karnataka State. It has ageographical area of 2196 sq.km. The district is land locked and shares its borders withBengaluru Rural district on the north and the east, Ramanagaram on the west, and with the



state of Tamil Nadu in the south. The population of the district is 96,21,551. Of the totalpopulation,50,22,661 are males and 45,98,890 are females as per 2011 Census. Thedistrict’s share of total Karnataka’s population is 15.75 percent.

3.12.1 Socio economic Profile of the district

The district is unique in nature as more urbanized with rural flavours. The district is thehighest contributor to the State Economy with 33.3% contribution to GDDP (2012-13). Theper capita annual income in the district is INR 2,02,340 (2012-13).

The tertiary sector contributing 39.5% and secondary sector is contributing 36% and primarysector is contributing 2.3% to GDP.

Paddy, Ragi, Maize, oil seeds, Horticulture crops are main crops of the district. The districthas good agricultural in infrastructure like Ware houses, Cold storage facilities, transportfacilities for domestic and international markets. District social indicators are given in Table3-35.

Table 3-35: Bengaluru Urban District Social Indicators

S.No Social Indicators Value

1 Decadal variation 47.18%

2 Urban population 90.94%

3 Sex ratio 916

4 Sex ratio for 0-6 age group 944

5 Population density 4358

6 Scheduled caste population 22.93%

7 Scheduled tribe population 3.26%

8 Literacy rate 87.67%

9 Work Participation rate 44.14%

10 Main Workers 40.10%

11 Marginal Workers 4.04%

12 Maternal maternity rate 45 (2011-12)

13 Infant Mortality rate 3 (2011-12)

Source: Census 2011 & Economic Survey 2015-16



3.12.2 Socio economic Profile of the study area

The project is located in the Jigani KIADB, Jigani of Anekal taluk of Bangalore District. The10 Km radius covers almost a major portion of Anekal taluk and some portion of BangaloreCorporation.

The project area comprises of urban and rural background. The taluk Anekal ispredominantly rural as 68% population in rural part of the taluk. Agriculture is one of themain occupation in rural apart from Industries and Service sector. The area has more semiand unskilled labour forces go to the other part of the district. Socioeconomic detail of thestudy area is given in Table 3-36. Consultation photographs are given in Figure 3-32.

Exhibit 1: Govt. Primary School atRajapura

Exhibit 2: Interaction with people, atRajapura

Exhibit 3: Interaction with public atRamakrishnapura

Exhibit 4: Socio economic survey atBommasandra



Exhibit 5: With a shop owner at Hullahalli Exhibit 6: Primary Agri. Credit CoopSociety, Bukkasagara

Figure 3-32: Informal Consultation with LocalsTable 3-36: Socioeconomic details of the study area.

Name of Villages Number of Household Total Population Male FemaleWithin 5 Km radiusBanahalli 1673 5819 3164 2655Bande Nalla Sandra 426 1348 836 512

Bommasandra 4334 15254 8826 6428Gollahalli 2160 7433 4631 2802Haragadde 2010 7735 4839 2896

Harapanahalli 817 3040 1670 1370Hebbagodi 9623 34827 20771 14056Hennagara 658 2801 1453 1348

Hinnakki 311 1384 695 689Hosahalli 191 875 456 419

Hulimangala 643 2787 1479 1308Jigani 4437 17036 9990 7046Kachanaikanahalli 1468 5606 2961 2645

Kammasandra 2749 9912 5685 4227Kittaganahalli 2064 7280 3983 3297Koppa 337 1474 753 721

Koppa Gate 369 1415 721 694Kyalasanahalli 547 1892 1039 853



Lingapura 174 895 444 451Mada Patna 1092 4076 2569 1507

Maragondahalli 2145 8824 4943 3881Masthena Halli 368 1506 775 731Nanjapura 103 405 194 211

Rajapura 200 912 473 439Ramakrishnapura 73 339 178 161Ramasandra 73 343 176 167

S.Bingipura 463 1851 981 870Seethanaikana Halli 82 337 169 168Thirupalya 4251 14762 9433 5329

Vaderamanchanahalli 778 2599 1735 864Veerasandra 2595 9190 5397 3793Yarandahalli 1472 5732 3465 2267

Total 48686 179689 104884 748055 to 10 KmA Medihalli 105 451 236 215

Adigondanahalli 324 1354 676 678Adur 150 717 368 349Agasa Thimmanahalli 5 22 14 8

Ali Bommasandra 162 700 355 345Amani Doddakere 8 32 18 14

Andapura 524 1769 951 818Aravantigepura 54 247 138 109Avadadenahalli 148 680 339 341

Avalahalli 106 551 291 260Bagganadoddi 93 386 203 183Balagaranahalli 1464 5447 3358 2089

Bandapura 207 853 421 432Bannerughatta 2092 8054 4160 3894Begihalli 364 1412 731 681

Bendiganahalli 183 658 342 316Bhovi Palya (Shanthi Pur) 1195 4379 2489 1890Bommandahalli 191 798 404 394

Bukkasagara 435 1748 897 851Byagadadenahalli 272 1435 1004 431



Byrappanahalli 121 486 252 234Chandapura 1240 4562 2461 2101

Chandrapura -Chatrakane 1695 5934 3031 2903Chikkanahalli 64 293 154 139Gollahalli 34 137 72 65

Gowrenahalli 450 2226 1123 1103Guddahatti 380 1635 801 834Gulimangala 194 849 446 403

Halesampigehalli 249 928 468 460Harapanahalli 817 3040 1670 1370Hasaruvani 4 17 10 7

Honnakalasapura 105 494 253 241Hullahalli 825 3510 1795 1715Huskur 612 2598 1317 1281

Iggalur 1272 4702 2454 2248Indlawadi 439 1933 1000 933Itchangur 365 1347 832 515

J.Bingipura 17 75 39 36Jangal Palya 141 520 247 273Kadajakkanahalli 125 566 293 273

Kaggalipura 60 232 126 106Kalbalu 554 1979 1230 749

Kalkere 770 2793 1761 1032Kammasandra Agrahara 153 664 316 348Kempavaderahalli 62 287 144 143

Konasandra 151 684 354 330Krishnasagara 141 594 324 270Laxmi Sagara 216 1007 512 495

Madivala 634 2792 1399 1393Mahanthalingapura 622 2751 1429 1322Mantapa 343 1438 717 721

Marasur 770 3034 1641 1393Marasur Agrahara 30 136 63 73Muthanallur Amanikere 66 239 115 124

Nallasandra 183 803 427 376Neralur 1500 5608 3217 2391



Ragihalli 402 1655 852 803Ramasagara 520 2199 1087 1112

Sakalawara 204 827 424 403Sidihosakote 331 1591 830 761Sonnanayakanapura 277 1240 615 625

Soppahalli 117 489 258 231Sriramapura 284 1162 595 567Suragajakkanahalli 308 1311 729 582

Thattanahalli 220 923 490 433Thimmasandra 41 194 97 97Thirumagondanahalli 567 2107 1095 1012

Vaddara Palya 1231 4686 2835 1851Vaderahalli 19 57 35 22BBMP (M Corp.) part 21322 80037 42157 37880

Total 49329 191064 101987 89077

Source: Census 2011

The child sex ratio of the project area is 968 but for the district it is 944. There is a need forsocial intervention is required to balance the gender inequality. Child population details withinthe study area are given in Table 3-37.

Table 3-37: Child population within the study area

Village Name Child Population(0-6) Male Female

Banahalli 669 329 340Bande Nalla Sandra 111 52 59

Bommasandra 1722 881 841Gollahalli 671 356 315Haragadde 772 395 377

Harapanahalli 398 216 182Hebbagodi 3850 1904 1946Hennagara 367 190 177

Hinnakki 171 80 91Hosahalli 115 52 63Hulimangala 320 163 157

Jigani 2101 1114 987Kachanaikanahalli 637 332 305Kammasandra 1216 632 584

Kittaganahalli 815 439 376



Koppa 201 107 94Koppa Gate 230 116 114

Kyalasanahalli 191 100 91Lingapura 110 52 58Mada Patna 467 232 235

Maragondahalli 1294 648 646Masthena Halli 169 91 78Nanjapura 45 20 25

Rajapura 105 53 52Ramakrishnapura 63 34 29Ramasandra 36 13 23

S.Bingipura 242 107 135Seethanaikana Halli 39 19 20Thirupalya 1251 646 605

Vaderamanchanahalli 253 144 109Veerasandra 1029 532 497Yarandahalli 733 386 347

Total 20393 10435 99585 to 10 Km radiusA Medihalli 39 19 20

Adigondanahalli 133 67 66Adur 77 31 46

Agasa Thimmanahalli 3 2 1Ali Bommasandra 78 41 37Amani Doddakere 3 2 1

Andapura 262 134 128Aravantigepura 16 8 8Avadadenahalli 81 37 44

Avalahalli 58 29 29Bagganadoddi 55 30 25Balagaranahalli 583 270 313

Bandapura 82 45 37Bannerughatta 992 469 523Begihalli 154 75 79

Bendiganahalli 92 46 46Bhovi Palya (Shanthi Pur) 496 257 239



Bommandahalli 111 64 47Bukkasagara 224 114 110

Byagadadenahalli 95 63 32Byrappanahalli 61 27 34Chandapura 584 290 294

Chandrapura -Chatrakane 700 335 365Chikkanahalli 23 15 8Gollahalli 15 7 8

Gowrenahalli 392 193 199Guddahatti 184 88 96Gulimangala 92 48 44

Halesampigehalli 120 55 65Harapanahalli 398 216 182Hasaruvani 4 3 1

Honnakalasapura 55 23 32Hullahalli 421 210 211Huskur 281 138 143

Iggalur 530 270 260Indlawadi 223 120 103Itchangur 161 78 83

J.Bingipura 6 2 4Jangal Palya 31 14 17

Kadajakkanahalli 69 34 35Kaggalipura 19 13 6Kalbalu 217 103 114

Kalkere 281 151 130Kammasandra Agrahara 108 48 60Kempavaderahalli 34 15 19

Konasandra 83 42 41Krishnasagara 29 19 10Laxmi Sagara 146 74 72

Madivala 318 164 154Mahanthalingapura 376 196 180Mantapa 182 96 86

Marasur 344 173 171Marasur Agrahara 12 7 5



Muthanallur Amanikere 21 8 13Nallasandra 87 53 34

Neralur 694 325 369Ragihalli 190 89 101Ramasagara 240 126 114

Sakalawara 84 35 49Sidihosakote 164 89 75Sonnanayakanapura 183 86 97

Soppahalli 62 31 31Sriramapura 189 99 90Suragajakkanahalli 153 81 72

Thattanahalli 70 34 36Thimmasandra 19 7 12Thirumagondanahalli 247 126 121

Vaddara Palya 597 292 305Vaderahalli 2 0 2BBMP (M Corp.) part 10334 5306 5028

Total 23469 11857 11612

Source: Census 2011

The majority of the population in the project area belongs to General Category (80.23%). Thescheduled caste and scheduled tribe population are 17.08% (22.93% of the district) and2.07% (3.26% of the district). Social group details within the study area are given in Table3-38.

Table 3-38: Social group details within the study area

Village Name General Scheduledcaste Scheduled Tribe

With 5 KmBanahalli 5104 558 157Bande Nalla Sandra 987 355 6

Bommasandra 13468 1512 274Gollahalli 6561 552 320Haragadde 5790 1846 99

Harapanahalli 2454 445 141Hebbagodi 29799 4134 894Hennagara 1995 753 53

Hinnakki 915 377 92Hosahalli 443 411 21



Hulimangala 1669 1065 53Jigani (CT) 14036 2480 520

Kachanaikanahalli 4941 542 123Kammasandra 8859 891 162Kittaganahalli 6211 868 201

Koppa 883 579 12Koppa Gate 599 721 95Kyalasanahalli 1288 580 24

Lingapura 392 154 349Mada Patna 3526 437 113Maragondahalli 8196 494 134

Masthena Halli 1253 240 13Nanjapura 219 180 6Rajapura 583 319 10

Ramakrishnapura 132 182 25Ramasandra 126 217 0S.Bingipura 1016 826 9

Seethanaikana Halli 251 61 25Thirupalya 11639 2486 637Vaderamanchanahalli 2032 368 199

Veerasandra 7822 1028 340Yarandahalli 4613 923 196

Total 147802 26584 53035 to 10 Km radiusA Medihalli 185 239 27

Adigondanahalli 988 363 3Adur 340 377 0Agasa Thimmanahalli 22 0 0

Ali Bommasandra 405 283 12Amani Doddakere 32 0 0Andapura 1704 20 45

Aravantigepura 80 166 1Avadadenahalli 320 310 50Avalahalli 118 431 2

Bagganadoddi 163 179 44Balagaranahalli 4837 489 121



Bandapura 461 392 0Bannerughatta 6109 1835 110

Begihalli 884 467 61Bendiganahalli 341 258 59Bhovi Palya (Shanthi Pur) 3468 729 182

Bommandahalli 569 214 15Bukkasagara 999 636 113Byagadadenahalli 1013 353 69

Byrappanahalli 434 50 2Chandapura 4000 502 60Chandrapura -Chatrakane 5409 429 96

Chikkanahalli 232 20 41Gollahalli 132 5 0Gowrenahalli 1922 304 0

Guddahatti 719 837 79Gulimangala 543 278 28Halesampigehalli 851 59 18

Harapanahalli 2454 445 141Hasaruvani 17 0 0Honnakalasapura 331 154 9

Hullahalli 1299 2143 68Huskur 1777 747 74

Iggalur 3715 900 87Indlawadi 1504 345 84Itchangur 1015 324 8

J.Bingipura 69 3 3Jangal Palya 514 6 0Kadajakkanahalli 375 95 96

Kaggalipura 155 23 54Kalbalu 1304 551 124Kalkere 2073 694 26

Kammasandra Agrahara 291 302 71Kempavaderahalli 135 147 5Konasandra 477 200 7

Krishnasagara 460 132 2Laxmi Sagara 777 201 29



Madivala 1621 1144 27Mahanthalingapura 1020 1475 256

Mantapa 739 686 13Marasur 2206 791 37Marasur Agrahara 121 15 0

Muthanallur Amanikere 234 1 4Nallasandra 466 324 13Neralur 4938 542 128

Ragihalli 929 485 241Ramasagara 1394 765 40Sakalawara 462 363 2

Sidihosakote 1004 579 8Sonnanayakanapura 175 1065 0Soppahalli 159 329 1

Sriramapura 797 308 57Suragajakkanahalli 1021 284 6Thattanahalli 519 393 11

Thimmasandra 10 0 184Thirumagondanahalli 1426 598 83Vaddara Palya 2943 1666 77

Vaderahalli 36 21 0BBMP (M Corp.) part 71400 7262 1375

Total 149642 36733 4689

3.12.2.1 Employment and Livelihood

An important dimension to understand the employment scenario is through the main andmarginal workers data provided by the Census. Of the total working population, the majority(91.20%) is the main workers i.e they have study job more than six months per annum. It isdue to the industrialization in the area. The job vibrancy is due to the secondary and tertiarysectors. Only 10.25% of working population involved in the agriculture and allied occupation(primary). Workers group distribution in the study area is given in



Table 3-39.



Table 3-39: Workers group distribution in the study area

Village Name TotalWorkers

MainWorkers

MarginalWorkers

AgricultureMain

HouseholdMarginal

HouseholdMain

OthersMarginalOthersMain

CultivatorsMain

Agri.LabourMarginal

CultivatorsMarginal

Agrilabors

Within 5 Km radius

Banahalli 3032 2495 537 131 35 17 10 61 7 2268 503

Bande Nalla Sandra 809 773 36 105 81 8 6 5 3 582 19

Bommasandra 7993 7359 634 48 151 17 11 76 25 7084 581

Gollahalli 5151 4988 163 56 40 24 3 43 2 4849 134

Haragadde 4303 4215 88 180 143 8 4 27 1 3865 75

Harapanahalli 1441 1389 52 86 39 12 0 14 1 1250 39

Hebbagodi 20240 18863 1377 93 96 21 16 122 10 18552 1330

Hennagara 1319 1275 44 207 184 7 6 69 2 815 29

Hinnakki 514 224 290 24 14 8 29 9 80 177 173

Hosahalli 407 397 10 44 6 1 0 11 5 336 4

Hulimangala 1177 1139 38 74 53 7 6 13 1 999 24

Jigani (CT) 8557 7923 634 83 473 11 28 225 48 7142 547

Kachanaikanahalli 3646 2883 763 136 130 17 7 70 22 2547 717

Kammasandra 5267 4671 596 180 407 42 51 108 18 3976 485

Kittaganahalli 4073 3678 395 88 50 11 4 91 5 3449 375

Koppa 631 601 30 110 72 5 6 16 2 403 17

Koppa Gate 639 517 122 8 24 8 51 2 0 483 63

Kyalasanahalli 922 824 98 120 98 1 20 46 21 560 56

Lingapura 370 317 53 226 46 8 15 27 4 18 26



Mada Patna 2396 2331 65 23 13 4 4 4 0 2291 57

Maragondahalli 3777 3526 251 19 123 4 12 144 37 3240 198

Masthena Halli 630 624 6 85 8 0 1 13 0 518 5

Nanjapura 151 145 6 46 5 1 1 3 0 91 4

Rajapura 479 326 153 32 137 9 87 4 2 153 55

Ramakrishnapura 187 162 25 4 2 1 1 4 0 152 23

Ramasandra 169 156 13 22 48 0 7 16 0 70 6

S.Bingipura 916 912 4 56 145 0 1 0 0 711 3

Seethanaikana Halli 135 135 0 33 4 0 0 0 0 98 0

Thirupalya 10726 9676 1050 155 67 38 27 84 74 9370 911

Vaderamanchanahalli 1779 1741 38 51 14 4 0 6 1 1670 33

Veerasandra 5726 5561 165 64 73 15 6 21 1 5403 143

Yarandahalli 3392 3146 246 42 67 6 47 8 3 3029 190

Total 100954 92972 7982 2631 2848 315 467 1342 375 86151 6825

5 to 10 Km

A Medihalli 247 201 46 44 13 14 28 2 0 142 4

Adigondanahalli 595 582 13 211 36 2 0 5 0 330 11

Adur 257 232 25 57 49 3 13 4 0 122 9

Agasa Thimmanahalli 13 13 0 1 5 0 0 1 0 6 0

Ali Bommasandra 257 193 64 89 27 0 35 14 3 63 26

Amani Doddakere 21 20 1 15 1 1 0 0 0 4 0

Andapura 723 655 68 102 20 7 9 176 15 357 37

Aravantigepura 200 199 1 47 126 0 0 3 0 23 1

Avadadenahalli 292 292 0 61 15 0 0 0 0 216 0



Avalahalli 239 220 19 37 92 2 7 4 0 87 10

Bagganadoddi 212 168 44 97 61 3 40 0 1 10 0

Balagaranahalli 3145 2987 158 62 18 8 1 1 1 2906 148

Bandapura 416 276 140 116 81 8 17 8 14 71 101

Bannerughatta 3491 3301 190 74 171 17 59 212 16 2844 98

Begihalli 666 641 25 66 74 3 8 37 0 464 14

Bendiganahalli 317 311 6 56 21 1 0 2 0 232 5

Bhovi Palya (Shanthi Pur) 2617 2545 72 33 13 4 4 6 2 2493 62

Bommandahalli 352 352 0 91 135 0 0 2 0 124 0

Bukkasagara 909 834 75 58 62 8 6 26 1 688 60

Byagadadenahalli 1028 853 175 41 37 12 17 7 23 768 123

Byrappanahalli 204 185 19 13 3 0 0 2 0 167 19

Chandapura 2252 2133 119 131 265 18 13 70 16 1667 72

Chandrapura -Chatrakane 2529 2396 133 74 24 17 0 16 4 2282 112

Chikkanahalli 176 89 87 84 3 2 81 1 0 1 4

Gollahalli 76 68 8 0 0 7 0 0 0 68 1

Gowrenahalli 951 936 15 30 28 1 0 106 3 772 11

Guddahatti 1040 658 382 125 107 14 51 51 27 375 290

Gulimangala 438 249 189 59 27 37 62 12 19 151 71

Halesampigehalli 427 408 19 26 16 2 0 0 0 366 17

Harapanahalli 1441 1389 52 86 39 12 0 14 1 1250 39

Hasaruvani 11 9 2 9 0 2 0 0 0 0 0

Honnakalasapura 241 230 11 85 57 1 4 13 0 75 6

Hullahalli 1672 1540 132 103 178 13 7 172 39 1087 73

Huskur 1070 896 174 195 45 16 30 15 1 641 127



Iggalur 2226 1970 256 192 309 15 15 100 15 1369 211

Indlawadi 740 735 5 305 36 1 0 2 1 392 3

Itchangur 823 737 86 128 105 1 0 1 0 503 85

J.Bingipura 52 50 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 49 2

Jangal Palya 357 226 131 194 3 3 2 7 37 22 89

Kadajakkanahalli 243 229 14 93 17 1 10 3 0 116 3

Kaggalipura 75 29 46 21 0 5 9 0 0 8 32

Kalbalu 1201 1171 30 35 14 4 2 1 0 1121 24

Kalkere 1204 787 417 12 8 14 6 6 1 761 396

Kammasandra Agrahara 389 389 0 62 69 0 0 1 0 257 0

Kempavaderahalli 123 122 1 27 84 0 0 0 1 11 0

Konasandra 397 366 31 97 14 1 2 37 0 218 28

Krishnasagara 457 443 14 2 0 0 0 0 0 441 14

Laxmi Sagara 445 444 1 83 9 0 0 3 1 349 0

Madivala 1072 1042 30 446 317 12 14 5 0 274 4

Mahanthalingapura 1387 1175 212 154 98 12 18 62 124 861 58

Mantapa 684 658 26 89 44 2 7 60 4 465 13

Marasur 1578 1559 19 179 132 2 2 11 0 1237 15

Marasur Agrahara 54 38 16 22 3 1 0 2 0 11 15

Muthanallur Amanikere 83 76 7 30 9 0 5 3 0 34 2

Nallasandra 338 298 40 85 26 2 6 7 0 180 32

Neralur 2797 2646 151 133 51 15 22 9 1 2453 113

Ragihalli 765 564 201 229 124 35 97 4 2 207 67

Ramasagara 1138 840 298 165 53 15 16 9 13 613 254



Sakalawara 421 389 32 95 21 3 3 11 4 262 22

Sidihosakote 923 713 210 392 127 9 192 15 1 179 8

Sonnanayakanapura 542 534 8 100 155 2 1 4 3 275 2

Soppahalli 221 221 0 68 120 0 0 0 0 33 0

Sriramapura 484 332 152 3 0 4 2 3 1 326 145

Suragajakkanahalli 592 582 10 98 83 1 1 13 0 388 8

Thattanahalli 496 354 142 174 116 2 29 6 9 58 102

Thimmasandra 101 65 36 62 1 0 25 0 6 2 5

Thirumagondanahalli 1064 862 202 140 90 17 61 23 4 609 120

Vaddara Palya 2675 2487 188 36 82 12 3 109 3 2260 170

Vaderahalli 44 43 1 3 0 1 0 17 0 23 0

BBMP (M Corp.) part 39729 35988 3741 266 1175 147 215 1183 94 33364 3285

Total 94445 85225 9220 6598 5345 574 1257 2699 511 70583 6878



3.12.2.2 Industries within the study area

The area has more industrial estates with many leading industries are situated. Industrialestates located within the study area are given in Table 3-40. List of Industries are given inTable 3-41.

Table 3-40: Industrial estates within the study area

S.No Industrial Area Extent (Acres)

1 Jigani I 18

2 Jigani II 16

3 Veerasandra Phase I 14

4 Veerasandra Phase II 10

5 Bommasandra Phase I 25

6 Bommasandra Phase II 10

7 Dyavasandra 30

Source: PWC

Table 3-41: List of major Industries within the study area

S.No. Industries Location1 Mallik Engineering Jigani2 PS Paints & Coats Pvt Ltd Jigani3 Shashi Bio-energy Products Jigani4 Shree Shiv Granites Jigani5 J’Pan Tubular Components Jigani6 Aron Universal Ltd. Jigani7 Hikal Ltd. Jigani8 OTIS Jigani9 Kirloskar Toyota textile machinery Pvt. Ltd. Jigani

10 Bill Forge Pvt Ltd Jigani11 Kumar Organics Pvt. Ltd. Jigani12 Cipla Limited Jigani13 Mylan Limited Jigani14 Micropack Jigani15 HCL Technologies Jigani16 Microbabs Jigani



S.No. Industries Location17 Rich core Life sciences Pvt Ltd Jigani - Bommasandra Link Road18 BIOCON Jigani19 Strides Shasun Limited Suragajakkanahalli20 Apotex Pharmachem Jigani – Bommasandra Link Road21 Sigma Aldrich Jigani – Bommasandra Link Road

22 Anthem Bioscience Pvt Ltd Bommasandra

23 Ansell Jigani – Bommasandra Link Road24 Sansera Engineering Pvt Ltd Jigani – Bommasandra Link Road

3.12.2.3 Health Facilities within the study area

The advantage of being near to Bengaluru city and urbanisation, the public and privatehealth facility is accessible. Health facilities available in Anekal taluk is given in Table 3-42.

Table 3-42: Health facilities available in Anekal Taluk

Taluk Hospitals CommunityHealth Centre PHCs

Anekal Anekal AnekalAttibeleDommasandra

JiganiSarjapuraMarsur

ChandapuraHaragaddeHebbgodi

MahantalingapuraSource: Health & family welfare department, Govt. of Karnataka

Rural health facilities like sub centers and primary health centers are available apart from atPrivate health services at accessible distance. The ambulance services are availed inemergency situations.

But the bigger issue is that the area is more vulnerable to pollution related diseases likePneumonia, Tuberculosis, etc. The occupational and pollution causing diseases are the mainproblem in any urbanized and industrialized environment. The air pollution due to the vehiclemovement is more intense than the industrial pollution.

Accident is another issue due to the growing vehicular movement.



It has been observed that the ground water is depleted due to the over exploitation fordomestic and industrial purpose. So the groundwater is contaminated with more toxicchemicals in addition to the pollution caused by the industries. Consumption of untreatedwater will create water-borne disease like Diarrhea, Typhoid, Filariasis.

Sexually transmitted diseases (STI), HIV/AIDS are responsible for an enormous burden ofmorbidity and mortality in the industrial area as migrants from different locations andavailability of opportunities. The uncared and uncontrolled behavior change is causing a bigsocial stigma in the industrial area. The concerned authority and industries are responsiblefor intervention and counseling.

The other major health issue is mental health due to the stress, migration, unable toadaptability of new environments, windfall gain from assets. Also it increases the crime rate.

The accessibility of maternity centers and awareness made people use institutional deliverysystem. For understanding health profile of Anekal taluk, the health indicators are given inTable 3-43.

Table 3-43: Health profile of Anekal Taluk

Indicators for Composite Taluk Development Index

Indicators Anekal Taluk District

Sex ratio 835 916

Infant Mortality rate 11 15

Child Mortality rate 36 17

Maternal Mortality rate 73 73

Percentage of Institutional delivery 100 99.95

Percentage Children fullyimmunised

78.6 100

Availability of Doctors per 1000people

0.74192 0.0912

Source: Human Development report 2014

3.12.2.4 Sanitation Facilities & Drinking water facilities within the Study Area

The main source of drinking water is from Tap water and Bore well. The consumption of safedrinking water is fully followed. In case of sanitation, access to the sanitary facility (toilets) isnot fully available. Village wise sanitation & drinking water facilities within the study area aregiven in Table 3-44.



Table 3-44: Village wise sanitation & drinking water facilities within the study area

Village Name

Tapw

ater

from

trea

ted

sour

ce

Tapw

ater

from

un-tr

eate

d so

urce

Cove

red

well

Un-c

over

ed w

ell

Hand

pum

p

Tube

well/B

oreh

ole

Sprin

g

Rive

r/Ca

nal

Tank

/Po

nd/

Lake

Othe

r sou

rces

No. o

f Toi

let

Within 5 Km

Banahalli 62.5 9.1 0.8 0.9 13.7 9.7 0.4 0.1 0 2.8 91.5

Bande Nalla Sandra 0.6 99.2 0.2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 98

Bommasandra (CT) 38.3 4.4 1.3 0.1 1.4 54.2 0 0 0 0.1 90.8

Gollahalli 24 32.3 0 0 0 43.6 0 0 0 0 93.1

Haragadde 31.7 25.7 0.1 0 0 41.8 0.1 0 0 0.6 92.5

Harapanahalli 13.2 31.7 0 0 3.8 44.6 0 0.6 0 6 94.9

Hebbagodi (CT) 31.6 31.8 0.4 0 0.1 29.6 0 0 0 6.4 98.8

Hennagara 23.8 22.5 0 0 0.2 53.6 0 0 0 0 74.4

Hinnakki 74.9 22 0.7 0 2.1 0.3 0 0 0 0 67.2

Hosahalli 0 0 0 0 0 98.9 0 0 0 1.1 55.2

Hulimangala 49.1 12.4 0.5 0 0 37.7 0 0 0 0.3 50.4

Jigani (CT) 43.2 25.2 1.1 0.6 1.1 26.3 0 0 0 2.4 96.3

Kachanaikanahalli 72.1 8.8 0.1 0.1 0 18.7 0.1 0.1 0 0.1 90.5

Kammasandra 43.7 18.5 0.3 0 0.1 22.3 0 0.1 0 14.9 97.4

Kittaganahalli 52.8 9 0.1 0.1 0.7 37 0.1 0 0 0.4 96.4

Koppa 4.3 93.3 0 0 0 1.8 0.6 0 0 0 81.2

Koppa Gate 0.3 98.7 0 0 0 0.5 0 0 0.5 0 52.8

Kyalasanahalli 4 4.8 5.9 3 5.7 75.6 0 0.2 0 0.8 48.7

Lingapura 89 9.8 0 0 0.6 0 0 0 0 0.6 29.3

Mada Patna 19.6 35.6 0 0.1 0 21.6 0 0 0 23 95.9

Maragondahalli (CT) 25.2 42.2 10.5 0.1 0.1 22 0 0 0.1 0 94.3

Masthena Halli 71.2 10.4 3 0 0 9.3 0 0 0 6 79.4

Nanjapura 8.6 81 0 0 0 10.5 0 0 0 0 39

Rajapura 0 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47.1

Ramakrishnapura 12.1 87.9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 39.4

Ramasandra 73.4 17.2 0 0 0 9.4 0 0 0 0 39.1

S.Bingipura 8.9 1.4 0.2 0 3.8 81.6 0 0 0 4.1 43.3

Seethanaikana Halli 62.7 1.2 10.8 0 0 22.9 0 0 0 2.4 47

Thirupalya 31.2 39.6 0.5 0 0.1 22.5 0.1 0 0 5.9 79.8

Vaderamanchanahalli 4.1 23.3 0 3.3 6.8 61.9 0 0.1 0 0.5 90.4

Veerasandra 40 28.7 0 0 1.3 29.6 0.1 0 0 0.2 94

Yarandahalli 34.9 1.3 0.2 0.1 4.1 51.6 5.5 0.1 0 2.3 91.7

5 to 10 Km

A Medihalli 31.2 40.5 0.7 0.2 1.1 23.1 0.1 0 0.1 3 16.3

Adigondanahalli 29.5 41.5 0.5 0.3 1.5 23.5 0.1 0 0.1 3 53.9

Adur 34.8 38.4 1 0.1 0.4 22.2 0 0 0 3 34.4



Agasa Thimmanahalli 1 87.5 0 0 0 11.5 0 0 0 0 60

Ali Bommasandra 76.6 10.9 0 0 0 12.1 0 0 0 0.3 48

Amani Doddakere 65.6 30.6 0 0 0.6 3.2 0 0 0 0 59.8

Andapura 0 0 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 95.8

Aravantigepura 0 76.9 0 0 0 23.1 0 0 0 0 49.1

Avadadenahalli 0 66.7 0 0 0 33.3 0 0 0 0 30.1

Avalahalli 94.9 1.6 0.9 0.5 0 2 0 0 0 0 80.2

Bagganadoddi 9.1 43.6 34.5 0 10.9 1.8 0 0 0 0 12.9

Balagaranahalli 0 58.3 0 0 0 41.7 0 0 0 0 93.9

Bandapura 0.9 94.3 0 0 0 4.7 0 0 0 0 60.9

Bannerughatta 2 94.1 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 85.4

Begihalli 6.1 68.3 0.1 0 0 25.2 0 0.1 0.1 0.1 57

Bendiganahalli 0 95.3 2.6 0 0 1.7 0 0 0 0.4 58

Bhovi Palya (Shanthi Pur) 40.7 41.7 0 1.1 0 15.7 0.1 0 0 0.8 85.8

Bommandahalli 77.5 6 0.6 0.6 7.1 7.1 0 0 0 1.1 47.1

Bukkasagara 0 82.3 0 0 0 16.6 0 0 0 1.1 78

Byagadadenahalli 27.3 55.8 0.1 0 3.3 2.6 0 0 0 10.8 48.1

Byrappanahalli 3.4 78.7 0.6 0 0 17.2 0 0 0 0 96

Chandapura 66.4 19.4 0 0 0.2 13.7 0.2 0 0 0 92.3

Chandrapura -Chatrakane 78.6 9.1 0 0 0 11.8 0 0 0 0.5 96.5

Chikkanahalli 97.2 1.7 0 0.6 0.6 0 0 0 0 0 5.8

Gollahalli 34.6 5.2 0 0.2 0.3 59.4 0 0.2 0 0 44.7

Gowrenahalli 11.9 15.9 0.1 0.1 0 39.7 0 0.1 3.4 28.8 82

Guddahatti 1.4 98.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 60.5

Gulimangala 19.1 10.6 0 0 0 14.9 0 0 0 55.3 64.2

Halesampigehalli 0.9 96.9 0 0 1.8 0.4 0 0 0 0 89.6

Harapanahalli 2.4 51.6 0 0 0 46 0 0 0 0 94.9

Hasaruvani 35.2 19.9 1.7 0 0.6 42.6 0 0 0 0 0

Honnakalasapura 88 5 0 0 0 6.9 0 0 0 0 37.5

Hullahalli 13.2 31.7 0 0 3.8 44.6 0 0.6 0 6 57.2

Huskur 0 0 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 87.2

Iggalur 2.9 83.7 0 0 12.5 1 0 0 0 0 79.2

Indlawadi 18.4 54.5 0.4 0.3 20.2 4.4 0.3 0.1 0.1 1.3 43.6

Itchangur 30.3 31.3 0 0 1.2 36.9 0 0 0 0.3 62.6

J.Bingipura 38.4 42.8 0.2 0 0 18.4 0 0 0 0.1 100

Jangal Palya 1.8 93.1 0 0 0 5.1 0 0 0 0 100

Kadajakkanahalli 0 0 0 0 0 99.7 0 0.3 0 0 28.7

Kaggalipura 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64.7

Kalbalu 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 51.4

Kalkere 13.9 0 0 0 0 84.4 0 0 1.6 0 68.7

Kammasandra Agrahara 1.7 46.6 0 0 0 51.7 0 0 0 0 32.4

Kempavaderahalli 6.6 86.7 0 0 6.4 0.2 0 0 0 0 52.6

Konasandra 30.2 1.1 0 0 0 68.7 0 0 0 0 56.7

Krishnasagara 0 86.3 0 0 0 13.7 0 0 0 0 66.5



Laxmi Sagara 75.6 24.4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 35.5

Madivala 0 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 51

Mahanthalingapura 35.3 47.6 0 0 0 15.9 1.2 0 0 0 47.6

Mantapa 94.4 0.4 0 0 0 5.2 0 0 0 0 71.3

Marasur 12.2 38.7 0 0 0 48.3 0 0.2 0 0.6 72.2

Marasur Agrahara 28.7 62.9 0 0 0 5.6 0 0 0.3 2.5 100

Muthanallur Amanikere 30 53.2 0 0 1.4 11.6 0 0 0 3.9 92.1

Nallasandra 25 61.1 0 0 0 13.9 0 0 0 0 66.1

Neralur 26.9 69.2 3.8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 88.7

Ragihalli 0 83.1 0 0 0 16.9 0 0 0 0 38.2

Ramasagara 29 54.3 0.5 0 0 16.1 0 0 0 0 79

Sakalawara 10.2 11.6 1.5 0 0.1 76.5 0 0.1 0 0.1 54.9

Sidihosakote 61.6 4.8 1.2 0 0 32.2 0 0.2 0 0 39.1

Sonnanayakanapura 19.5 54.7 0.2 1.1 0 23.3 0 0 0.4 0.8 32.1

Soppahalli 19.4 69.9 0.5 0 0 8.7 0 0.5 0 1 31.4

Sriramapura 0.9 92.6 0 0 0 6.1 0 0 0 0.4 94.8

Suragajakkanahalli 64.8 26.3 1.7 1.4 3.1 1.7 0 0 0 1 86.2

Thattanahalli 99.2 0.8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 25.5

Thimmasandra 4.3 47.4 0.9 0 42.2 4.3 0 0.4 0.4 0 5

Thirumagondanahalli 10.6 59.5 0 0 0 28 0 0.3 0 1.6 58.7

Vaddara Palya 0 87.7 0.4 0 0 9.1 0 0 0 2.9 84.8

Vaderahalli 0 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 71.4

BBMP part 24.7 43.9 0 0 0 31.1 0 0 0 0.3 96.4

3.12.2.5 Education facilities

The study area has a higher literacy rate due to the urbanization and industrialization of thearea. The main reasons are the accessibility to the primary education and higher education.The literacy rate of the area is 77.50. The dropout rate is low due to the awareness of theimportance of the education. The dropout rate in elementary education is 0.2 (Anekal taluk).Literacy details within the study area are given in Table 3-45.

Table 3-45: Literacy details within the study area

Village name Male Female % ofliterate

Within 5 Km radius

Banahalli 2609 1867 86.91

Bande Nalla Sandra 711 321 83.43

Bommasandra 7417 4687 89.45

Gollahalli 4086 2150 92.22

Haragadde 4016 1860 84.39

Harapanahalli 1275 943 83.95

Hebbagodi 17821 10437 91.22

Hennagara 1131 917 84.14



Hinnakki 476 350 68.10

Hosahalli 323 230 72.76

Hulimangala 1051 789 74.58

Jigani 8093 4766 86.10

Kachanaikanahalli 2345 1876 84.95

Kammasandra 4737 3153 90.73

Kittaganahalli 3135 2330 84.53

Koppa 557 465 80.28

Koppa Gate 460 363 69.45

Kyalasanahalli 795 513 76.90

Lingapura 331 269 76.43

Mada Patna 2103 997 85.90

Maragondahalli 3529 2377 78.43

Masthena Halli 576 451 76.81

Nanjapura 121 98 60.83

Rajapura 358 276 78.56

Ramakrishnapura 93 65 57.25

Ramasandra 133 99 75.57

S.Bingipura 625 445 66.50

Seethanaikana Halli 125 91 72.48

Thirupalya 7985 3780 87.08

Vaderamanchanahalli 1420 572 84.91

Veerasandra 4466 2690 87.69

Yarandahalli 2839 1501 86.82

Total 85742 51728 86.30

5 to 10 Km

A Medihalli 181 126 74.51

Adigondanahalli 500 425 75.76

Adur 284 190 74.06

Agasa Thimmanahalli 10 5 78.95

Ali Bommasandra 252 215 75.08

Amani Doddakere 13 6 65.52

Andapura 653 513 77.37

Aravantigepura 88 56 62.34

Avadadenahalli 221 177 66.44

Avalahalli 215 149 73.83

Bagganadoddi 106 65 51.66

Balagaranahalli 2807 1408 86.66



Bandapura 307 269 74.71

Bannerughatta 3185 2560 81.35

Begihalli 515 393 72.18

Bendiganahalli 229 185 73.14

Bhovi Palya (Shanthi Pur) 1905 1243 81.07

Bommandahalli 245 188 63.03

Bukkasagara 659 545 79.00

Byagadadenahalli 865 290 86.19

Byrappanahalli 174 119 68.94

Chandapura 1934 1494 86.17

Chandrapura -Chatrakane 2544 2278 92.13

Chikkanahalli 85 62 54.44

Gollahalli 42 36 63.93

Gowrenahalli 601 568 63.74

Guddahatti 580 484 73.33

Gulimangala 338 258 78.73

Halesampigehalli 361 307 82.67

Harapanahalli 1275 943 83.95

Hasaruvani 6 4 76.92

Honnakalasapura 144 121 60.36

Hullahalli 1127 853 64.10

Huskur 1018 801 78.51

Iggalur 1980 1627 86.46

Indlawadi 680 506 69.36

Itchangur 640 290 78.41

J.Bingipura 32 25 82.61

Jangal Palya 162 149 63.60

Kadajakkanahalli 211 138 70.22

Kaggalipura 95 75 79.81

Kalbalu 951 425 78.09

Kalkere 1443 652 83.40

Kammasandra Agrahara 184 159 61.69

Kempavaderahalli 89 69 62.45

Konasandra 268 198 77.54

Krishnasagara 250 195 78.76

Laxmi Sagara 353 288 74.45

Madivala 977 869 74.62

Mahanthalingapura 818 599 59.66



Mantapa 528 469 79.38

Marasur 1268 902 80.67

Marasur Agrahara 47 53 80.65

Muthanallur Amanikere 96 82 81.65

Nallasandra 307 237 75.98

Neralur 2657 1635 87.34

Ragihalli 507 360 59.18

Ramasagara 822 731 79.28

Sakalawara 309 237 73.49

Sidihosakote 593 451 73.16

Sonnanayakanapura 315 265 54.87

Soppahalli 155 106 61.12

Sriramapura 434 375 83.14

Suragajakkanahalli 541 352 77.12

Thattanahalli 357 233 69.17

Thimmasandra 61 50 63.43

Thirumagondanahalli 841 667 81.08

Vaddara Palya 2155 996 77.06

Vaderahalli 26 13 70.91

BBMP (M Corp.) part 33276 27822 87.65

Total 77897 59636 82.06

The available education infrastructure (Block level information about schools in the AnekalBlock based on DISE 2015-16 data is given in Table 3-46.

Table 3-46: Schools in Anekal Block including both public and private management

Prim

ary

only

Prim

ary

with

Upp

erPr

imar

yPr

imar

ywi

th U

pper

Prim

ary

Sec

and

H.Se

cUp

per

Prim

ary

+Se

c an

dH.

Sec

Prim

ary

with

Uppe

rPrim

ary

&S

ec.

Uppe

rPri

mar

ywi

thSe

c

Sec

only

Hr.S

ecO

nly/

Jr.C

olle

ge Tota

l

190 179 17 1 80 4 39 2 512

3.12.2.6 Other infrastructure facilities

Due to urbanization, parks, gardens and playgrounds not given importance due to the landvalue. The open space required for the children and elder citizens to move around and foroutdoor activity. It is very important for maintaining human health, so that it will strengthenthe foundation of the society. Industries can contribute in developing and maintaining theparks, garden and open space as environmental and social activity. The area hastraditionally enjoying open space and space for playing, but the haphazard developments willdeter such facility. There are ample opportunities in the study area for developing treeavenues.



As the urbanization is happening, the same time the road infrastructure is being developedfor the man and materials being transported from up country area. The issue is the roads aregetting damaged as the high vehicular movement. The length of the roads in Anekal taluk isgiven in Table 3-47.

Table 3-47 : Details of roads in Anekal taluk

National Highway State Highway Major District Road

26 67.8 109.37

The area needs more passenger shelters at bus stops and appropriate road signs to beplaced at conspicuous places.

Summary of socioeconomic indicators within the study area is given in Table 3-48.

Table 3-48: Summary of socioeconomic Indicators within the Study areaS.No Particulars Study Area

1 Number of villages in the Study Area 1022 Total Households 98015

3 Total Population 370753

4 Children Population (<6 Years Old) 43862

5 SC Population 63317

6 ST Population 9992

7 Total Working Population 195399

8 Main Workers 178197

9 Marginal Workers 17202

10 Agricultural Workers 17422

11 Household Industries 4041

12 Other Workers 156734

13 Institutional Birth Rate 100

14 Childhood Immunization 78.6

15 Literates 275003





Figure 3-33 Map Showing the Study area of the Project in Figure FD 0301



Figure 3-34 Map Showing the Air monitoring locations in FigureFD0302



Figure 3-35 Map Showing the Noise monitoring locations in FigureFD0303



Figure 3-36 Map Showing the Ground Water & Surface Water monitoring locations in FigureFD0304



Figure 3-37 Map Showing the Soil monitoring locations in Figure FD0305


Page 184

Chapter 4Anticipated Environmental Impacts and

Mitigation Measures


Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation MeasuresPage 185

Chapter 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation

Measures

4.1 General

The potential impacts on the environment from the development of BBIL project have beenidentified considering the nature and extent of the activities associated with the projectimplementation and operation. The proposed facility is for manufacturing of BiologicalAntibodies and its derivatives.

In this chapter, likely impacts of these activities on environmental attributes have beenidentified, assessed and presented. In order to mitigate likely environmental impacts duringconstruction and operation phases due to the proposed development suitable mitigationmeasures are framed and incorporated as a part of planning process. The impacts havebeen assessed both quantitatively and qualitatively for various environmental componentsand impact specific mitigation measures are proposed.

4.2 Land Environment

4.2.1 Potential Impact due to Location

4.2.1.1 Impacts due to Land Acquisition

As stated in Chapter 2 (Project description) BBIL is proposed within BSEZ to be developed inan area of about 1.19 Ha (2.95 Acres), which is part of Biocon SEZ. The complete land fordevelopment of BBIL is in possession of Biocon Ltd for more than a decade. The completeland was acquired in the year 2005 from KIADB. The land is devoid of any settlements andthere will be no land acquisition and Resettlement or Rehabilitation for development of theproposed project. Details of survey numbers and area as per land possession certificates aregiven in Annexure A. Therefore there will not be any direct impact due to land acquisition.

4.2.1.2 Impacts due to changes in land use pattern

The project site 1.19 Ha (2.95 Acres) is comprised predominantly scrub land and is devoid oflarge trees. The land use of the existing area is already for industrial use which results in lossof existing vegetation. Also it will have impact on the existing drainage pattern in the projectfoot print area and altered drainage in the adjoining BSEZ area if the development is notproperly planned.

4.2.1.3 Mitigation Measures

The change in land use pattern shall be as per requirement of the proposed projectdevelopment plan which is for Industrial use.

The development within the designated area (1.19 Ha) shall be carried out in such away to ensure proper drainage by providing surface drainage systems including stormwater network etc., and all the altered drainage in the foot print area need to beproperly connected to the existing natural drainage system of the region.

Also during site preparation care shall be taken to avoid any disturbances to existingdrainage systems within BSEZ.



The planning shall be in accordance with the standard landscape planning conceptsadequate provision for green areas.

4.2.2 Potential Impact due to construction

4.2.2.1 Impact due to site grading/levelling

The project site is relatively flat with minimum undulations and gradually sloping from SW toNE with ground levels varying from 1 to 6 m over a distance of approximately 500 m. Theproject site is with minimum undulation and most of the area within the BSEZ is classified as“Land with scrub”. The soil composition mainly covered with Sandy clay loam. During theconstruction phase site levelling would be required which involves site preparation work, thesoil and rock debris etc.,achieved as cut material from the higher gradient shall be utilised toelevate the low level areas within project premises.

The land disposal of solid wastes such as construction rubble, camp site garbage anddiscarded topsoil may impact soil quality. There might be a temporary phase of dumping theconstruction materials and wastes in the BBIL marring the aesthetics of the site. Apart fromthe localized construction impacts confined to the site, the impact is likely to be insignificantand no long term adverse impacts on topography are envisaged. This could meet most of theearthen material required at site/ therefore no additional construction material (Borrowmaterial) is required at site. Hence there could be a reduction in transportation/conveyanceof earth material to and from the site.


The earth material will be balanced by cut and fill quantities within the site. The cutquantity will be required at the site to fill areas within the construction site.

4.2.2.3 Impact on local infrastructure

Transportation of Construction Material: Transportation of huge quantities of constructionmaterial (quarry material, cement, steel bitumen, paint bricks etc) during construction phaseof BBIL results in use of public infrastructure like roads, railways, drainage, water and powersupply which in turn results in extra burden on the existing infrastructure.

Construction Workers Camp: During the construction phase of the project there will belarge-scale short term employment generation (around 100 to 150 personnel) in the form ofskilled and semi-skilled labours. This could be for a period of three years but the daily wageun skilled labours employed locally will get job only for less than half of the constructionperiod. Also, majority of the works will be sub-contracted. As the construction period isanticipated to span nearly 2-3 years, temporary workers camps is planned to be set up forsemi-skilled labourers in the project area. There could be several impacts due to the locationof construction camp in the area where in local area will receive people from most part of thecountry.


Existing road network is adequate to mitigate impacts from transportation of constructionmaterial.

Construction material shall be sourced from nearby Approved &Licensedquarries/vendors



Trucks with construction material susceptible for fugitive suspension will be covered withtarpaulin covers during transport of construction materials

Transportation management will be adopted for movement of dumpers transportingquarry stones and construction materials and traffic will be regulated

Vehicles deployed will conform to emission norms (air/noise) of CPCB and have validPollution Under Control (PUC) certificates

Very old vehicles ( more than 20 years) will not be allowed at construction site Dumpers and trucks will comply with standards for exhaust emissions and noise levels

To avoid/minimise impact/strain on the existing infrastructure, the worker camps will be self-sufficient and would not rely on any local resource. This would help to avoid any conflict withthe local population. To mitigate impacts from health hazards, sanitation facilities will beprovided. Further, the worker camp siting will be planned away from habitations.

Following additional mitigation measures shall be followed:

The camps will be adequately equipped with all the necessary facilities such as watersupply, LPG supply, power supply, wastewater collection, solid waste collection andsanitation.

The domestic wastes generated from the camps will be disposed at approved disposalsites.

Periodic health check-ups will be undertaken for early detection and control ofcommunicable diseases.

Medical facilities including first aid will be available in the workers camps for attending toinjured workers.

4.2.3 Potential Impact due to operation

4.2.3.1 Discharges on land-Impact

The wastewater generated in BBIL will be mainly sewage and process effluent. Sewagegenerated will be treated in proposed STP. Effluent generated from various processes will betreated in proposed ETP followed by RO. Rejects from RO will be treated in existing MultipleEffect Evaporator of BSEZ. Salts generated from MEE will be disposed to TSDF (Agreementcopy made with TSDF is enclosed as Annexure P). Treated wastewater from STP & ETPwill be used for green belt development/Toilet Flushing within BBIL & BSEZ and balance willbe reused as non potable water for various applications (mostly utilities). Discharge ofwastewater on land is not permitted and there will not be any impacts due to contaminationof soil, ground and surface water (canals & numerous village ponds) in and around theproject sites, so that the proposed system will be Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) system.


Periodic maintenance and check of wastewater conveyance pipelines Attempt to restore by replacing a part or putting together the torn or broken parts of the

conveyance pipeline in case of any leakage is detected. Necessary preventive measures for spillage from pipelines, such as surface RCC

channels along the pipelines shall be adopted Lining of effluent collection tank/ETP common guard pond Treated wastewater quality shall be ensured as per standards before using for greenbelt

application.



With regards to ETP-There will be institutional arrangement to check the efficiency ofZero waste discharge.

4.2.3.3 Impacts- Soil Contamination

Potential impacts on land environment are envisaged due to hazardous and non-hazardouswastes generated due to various operations of BBIL. Sludge generated during productionprocess, chemical waste including toxic waste, burnt fuel waste, oil slurry, Salts from MEEetc are the source of hazardous waste. Sludge from STP & ETP will be generated from BBILproject. Poor management of such materials/wastes from the operations is potential risk ofsoil contamination.

4.2.3.4 Soil – Mitigation Measures

Excavated soil will be stockpiled in a corner of the site in bunded area to avoid run offwith storm water.

Excavated stock piled top soil will be reused for horticultural/ agricultural/Green beltpurposes.

Good housekeeping and best practices of waste handling shall be adopted toeliminate/minimise the risks of soil contamination. The wastes generated will be stored intemporary storage facility and then it has to be transferred to nearby Treatment, Storageand Disposal Facility (TSDF) and also to the approved vendors of Karnataka StatePollution Control Board (KSPCB) landfill or compost facility. However, waste minimisationtechniques will be adopted in order to minimise the generation of wastes.

4.3 Water Environment

4.3.1 Potential Impact due to Location

4.3.1.1 Impact on existing water resources

There are 118 water bodies including small and large natural/manmade within 10Km radiusfrom proposed project acting as groundwater resources in surrounding villages. Details ofwater bodies in the PIA are given in Table 3-21.

The water requirement during the construction phase for proposed BBIL is 0.5 – 1.0 MLDwhich will be met from BSEZ through BMWSSB. During operation phase, water requirementof proposed units will be mainly for process, condenser cooling water, DM water for steamgeneration, service water, domestic use, fire water, green belt etc.

A total of 130 KLD of water will be withdrawn from BSEZ to meet the requirement of BBIL.Wastewater generated from proposed BBIL project will be treated in proposed STP & ETPand Zero Liquid Discharge will be maintained, hence impact due to the proposed project isvery minimal.

4.3.1.1.1 Impacts to surface water bodies

The surface water and groundwater are the life line of the villages. The 118manmade/natural ponds very well indicate how the water resources system in this areaworks for the villagers who are primarily engaged in agriculture activities. All the ponds in thearea are working as recharge sites for the under lying groundwater and hence the surfacewater groundwater system is acting like a single unit and therefore cannot be seen inIsolation.



Any contamination in surface drainage due to construction and operation of BSEZ & BBILcould collapse the system and will have serious impacts to the water resources especiallythe availability of potable water in the PIA area. The impacts will be high in the core areaespecially the 5.0 km radius area. Therefore the efficiency of the Zero waste discharge needto be ensured with proper regulatory and institutional arrangements.


Though the proposed development will not draw Groundwater, the following measuresproposed as a part of development to improve the ground water scenario and also to ensurethat ground water is not contaminated.

Strategic plans such as implementing following structures for rainfall harvesting andgroundwater recharging purposes in project site.

Recharge pits Only roof-top rain water harvesting Rainwater storage ponds/tanks Storage cum recharge ponds Proposed to create awareness among villagers/farmers in the study area on advanced

management methods in conjunctive use of groundwater and surface water for irrigationand other purposes integrating to the above mentioned water harvesting and rechargemeasures.

Monitoring of water quality and groundwater level variations in and around the projectsite.

4.3.2 Potential Impact during Construction

4.3.2.1 Impact due to Wastewater Generation

During construction phase of the proposed project, sewage will be generated fromconstruction workers camp and from the project site. Wastewater generation at constructionsite includes surface runoff also which may contain pollutants and traces of solvents, paints,metal compounds etc. which may impact the groundwater and nearby surface waterresources if not managed properly.


Water quality of nearby villages will be monitored during construction phase An adequate drainage system will be provided at the site with separate collection streams

to segregate the storm run-off from roads, open areas, material storage areas, vehiclewash water and other wastewater streams. Suitable measures will also be taken toprevent the washing away of construction materials into the drainage system. Sewage generated at site and at construction workers camp will be collected in

holding tank and periodically transferred to existing Sewage Treatment Plants (STP)within BSEZ.

No wastewater shall be disposed directly on land or on existing surface waterresources without appropriate treatment

Institutional arrangement in addition to monitoring arrangement for the Zero wastedischarge systems and other impact mitigation measures that could endanger theavailability of potable water in quantity and quality.



4.3.2.3 Impact on existing drainage pattern

The existing drainage pattern in and around proposed project site is shown in Figure 3-14. Itmay be noticed that there are 118 water bodies including small and large natural/manmadewithin 10Km radius from proposed BBIL Table 3-21 acting as groundwater resources insurrounding villages.

Due to project development, there will not be any change/obstruction to the natural drainagepattern.


Storm water drainage network was already designed by BSEZ. Outlets were proposed for the storm water towards natural sloping which can be used

during monsoon. Outlets will be connected to existing drainage network with a mechanism to avoid

contamination of groundwater. Grading within the project site will be planned in such a way that there shall be negligible

impacts on the existing natural drainage system/pattern. The local communities are worried over the disruption of drainage and blocking of water

to certain Ponds. This could generate much more impact to an already non perennialsystem.

4.3.3 Potential Impact during Operation

4.3.3.1 Impact due to Wastewater Generation

The source of wastewater generation from BBIL is as follows:

Industrial process wastewater/effluent Boiler and cooling water blow down Domestic wastewater/Sewage Equipment cleaning and floor washings, etc.

The details of wastewater quantities to be generated from BBIL are discussed in Section2.6.1.4.The untreated wastewater if discharged into nearby surface water may affect thesurface water and/or if disposed off on land without treatment may pollute the ground andsurface water.

4.3.3.2 Mitigation measures:

Various mitigation measures are proposed to be adopted to minimise the impact if any on thewater environment due to the wastewater/runoff generation during the operation phase of theproject.

Institutional arrangement for monitoring of water by pollution Preventive measures as well as after, measures in case any contamination Monitoring should ensure early determination of any threats to water resources in

terms of contamination If contaminated proper expertise need to be brought in to schematise the various

recharge mechanism to reduce or nullify the impact effects.



4.3.3.3 Wastewater Quality and Quantity

The ETP will be mainly catering to the industrial effluents generated from proposed BBILproject. Low TDS wastewater volume is expected to be 103 KLD and the Sewage isexpected to be 25 KLD. Domestic effluent will not be mixed with LTDS wastewater. There isa separate STP proposed for treating domestic effluent generated due to the proposedproject. Effluent generated from proposed project will be treated in conventional ETPfollowed by RO. Reject from RO will be sent to existing MEE at BSEZ. Salts generated fromMEE will be disposed to TSDF. The break up in terms of volumetric contribution (for effluent& sewage) is as given in Table 4-1.Table 4-1: Details of break up in terms of volumetric contributionS.

No. Details Unit For 4500 KLDEffluent Sewage Total

1. Domestic KLD - 25 252. Process KLD 103 - 103

Total KLD 103 25 128

Treated effluent & Sewage will be used for green belt/toilet flushing and utilities within BBIL &BSEZ project.

Expected Characteristics of effluent & Sewage is given in Table 4-2 & Table 4-3. ETP &STPLayout is provided in Annexure Q.Table 4-2: Expected Characteristics of effluent generated from BBIL

S. No. Parameter Concentration*

InletCharacteristics

Concentration*

OutletCharacteristics

1 pH 6.75 -8.5 6.5-8.5

2 TDS 1500 – 1600 <2100

3 TSS 500 – 600 <100

4 BOD 1200 – 1300 <10

5 COD 4000 - 5000 <30

* All parameters except pH are expressed as mg/l

Table 4-3: Expected Characteristics of Sewage generated from BBIL



Concentration*


1 pH 6.2 -7.0 6.8-7.2

2 TDS 500 – 600 <500

3 TSS 300 – 400 <10

4 BOD 300 – 400 <10

5 COD 350 - 500 <50





Concentration*


* All parameters except pH are expressed as mg/l

4.3.3.4 Conveyance of Wastewater to ETP & STP

The wastewater will be conveyed to ETP & STP through pipeline. The ground slopesnaturally to the NE corner of the processing area where the ETP & STP is proposed.Tentatively, it is expected that the invert level at the ETP (as and when conveyance is put inplace) shall be 2.5 to 3.0 m below the existing ground level. This shall be considered in thedesign of the ETP & STP.

4.3.3.5 Wastewater Collection at BBIL

BBIL shall have a minimum of two tanks for each type of wastewater generated and theholding capacity of each tank shall be for a flow of one day.

Once a tank (for a particular type of waste stream) is filled, the ETP cum STP operator shallbe informed, who shall check the effluent quality (finger print test) and assign the path wayfor onward conveyance and treatment at the ETP and STP.


ETP to treat low TDS homogenous nature of effluents. STP to treat sewage generated from proposed industry ETP & STP proposed is Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) System. Treated wastewater

will be used for maintaining the green belt within the BBIL/BSEZ and the balance will bereused at the units as non-potable water for various applications.

A storm water drainage system in BSEZ is already developed for the entire project site. The runoff from uncontaminated areas will be used for irrigation of greenbelt area. The oil contaminated water, if any will be sent to oil water separator; separated oil will be

sent to KSPCB approved vendors and water will be sent to ETP for further treatment. Thetreated water will be re used for various applications within BSEZ/BBIL.

4.4 Biological Environment


The impacts caused by construction activities include the following:

Exhaust emissions from diesel run engines, construction machinery and vehicles Dust suspension during site preparation, construction and material transport Noise caused by vehicles transporting construction material Noise caused by handling of construction materials Noise & exhaust emissions from diesel run engines of construction machinery

During construction the transport of construction material will cause dust emission, emissionof exhaust gases from vehicles such as CO2, CO and NOx. The fugitive dust may coat theleaves of plants and trees. Fauna that occur in the project area and surroundings may bedisturbed by the sound of vehicles, construction and construction equipment.



The impacts caused by construction to fauna are temporary and not long term and most (ifnot all) the observed and documented flora and fauna of the project area will adapt to theseimpacts.


Spraying of construction materials like sand and gravel with water will minimise dustemission.

Properly maintained vehicles will produce reduced noxious emission. And the temporary labour camps must have proper sanitation facilities.

4.4.1.2 Impacts on Flora

There are no national parks, wildlife sanctuaries or biosphere reserves within 10 km radiusfrom the plant site. Except Bannerghatta National Park, which is 9.59Km away fromproposed project in west direction.

Baseline status of vegetation clearly suggests thatproject area is mainly barren land devoidof large trees and mainly consists of scattered and sparse vegetation. However, theirpopulation is quite small and isolated in the buffer area. The proposed project constructionactivities may involve removal or thinning of some vegetation. Under the Green Beltdevelopment plan suitable species of herbs and trees will be used for plantations based on“Guidelines for Developing Greenbelt” published by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB)by involving local forest department or local community people.

4.4.1.3 Impacts on Fauna

The large scale construction activities in the proposed core area and related roads andtransmission lines would involve movement of vehicle and people, digging of soil, materialloading, and erection of towers and stringing of conductors etc. may impact on existingFauna.

It is observed that there are 118 small to medium seasonal water bodies present in 10.0 Kmperiphery of the proposed project and therefore envisaged that during winter season flocks ofmigratory birds may move between these water bodies.

In the project area only domestic and feral animals such as cattle, goats, crows, dogs andcats were observed.

Power lines/Towers are often known to be the main reason for bird collision and death. Thebird collision incidences are normally species specific and vary seasonally. It is thereforerecommended that transmission lines for evacuation of the power shall be laid carefully. Thepower lines shall be kept at a safe distances from general bird habitats such as water bodiesand forest plantation areas in the buffer area in order to avoid bird mortalities due tocollisions.

It is suggested that maximum precautions should be taken during construction phase and aswell as during operational phases so that the waterholes/water bodies present in the projectsite, are also not disturbed.

4.4.1.4 Mitigation measures

Ensure no pollutants discharged into water bodies, No power lines be laid near or overwater bodies.



Do not cause any direct or indirect disturbances to plantation and water bodies located inbuffer areas

Efforts need to be taken to avoid fatal traffic accidents leading to the death of livestock. If livestock deaths are frequently reported from same place adequate Preventive

measures need to be taken at such places (awareness building/ signage’s andprecautionary signs or even repair of road works with fencing etc)

4.4.1.5 Impact on Migratory Paths for Wildlife and Forest Blocks

There are no identified migratory paths for major and minor wildlife in the project site and thestudy area. The identified fauna which are observed at the project site and in the study areaare local migrants only. Therefore the proposed BBIL project operations are not likely to haveany adverse impact on the paths for avi-fauna.

In case BSEZ wanted to create water bodies/pools the efforts need to be made to avoidadverse impacts to avi fauna.


Discharge of wastes/wastewater without treatment into the water bodies during theconstruction and operation would not be allowed

Awareness will be given to workers about the importance and conservation of terrestrialecology and biodiversity

Avoid adverse impacts to faunal species in case creation of water pools.

4.5 Air Environment


4.5.1.1 Impact due to Transportation of Construction Material

Transportation of construction material results in use of public infrastructure like roads andduring material transportation, there is a possibility of impact on air quality along the routedue to exhaust emissions, fugitive dust suspension and traffic congestion. The windblowndust during the material movement could impact the road users and also habitations enroute.Fugitive dust could arise during material unloading. This can contribute towards slight build-up of pollutant concentration over the baseline levels. In case of requirement of quarrymaterial, same will be sourced from nearby approved/licensed quarries; the environmentalmanagement at the quarry site will be taken care by the quarry agencies.

4.5.1.2 Emission during Construction at Site

During the construction activities, the sources of potential impacts on the air quality at theconstruction site can be categorised as:

Exhaust emissions from diesel run engines, construction machinery and vehicles Dust suspension during site preparation, construction, trenching and material transport Soil grading and compaction will be involved as part of site preparation by using

mechanical shovels and earthmovers for site clearance, cut and fill and other sitelevelling activities.

These activities could generate dust particles and affect the ambient air quality.



Fugitive dust is expected particularly during dry weather conditions due to the sitepreparation and movement of transport vehicles for materials and personnel. Emissions fromdiesel power generators, construction equipment and transport vehicles will affect the airquality within the work areas, if not adequately managed. Movement of materials such ascement, steel, sand, etc. will cause disturbance to the adjoining BSEZ site andcommunities/communities enroute.

With the present background concentrations of air quality parameters, it is expected thatthere will only be a mild build-up of air pollutants.

The impacts during construction are short-term in nature and will cease on completion of theconstruction. Further, adoption of suitable mitigation measures will ensure that these impactsare rendered insignificant.


Equipment and vehicles will be regularly maintained in accordance with themanufacturer's recommendations to maximise fuel efficiency and help minimiseemissions and also will use fuel that has low sulphur content as per prevailing standardsspecified.

A strict speed limit of 30 km/hr will be enforced for vehicles using unmade tracks and theRoW.

Water spraying the running track within the ROW and/or the surface of the access roadwith water;

Vehicles transporting soil and aggregate to be covered for example using tarpaulins orcovers that prevent the escape of dust, and prohibiting such vehicles from stopping nearBSEZ area and settlements

Keeping site roads and approaches to watercourse crossings free from deposits of mudand silty material

Using windbreaks, netting screens or semi-permeable fences to reduce dust emissionsfrom working areas close to sensitive residential or agricultural locations or naturalhabitats.

In order to ameliorate the fugitive dust suppression, the surfaces near the proposed siteand transport roads will be sprinkled with water to reduce dust generation.

The earth material generated during excavation will be used in levelling, makingembankments and landscaping the area.

On-site vehicle speeds will be controlled to reduce excessive dust suspension in air anddispersion by traffic. However, such an impact can be minimized by restricting entry onlyto PUC certified vehicles. The construction equipment and transport vehicles will beperiodically washed to remove accumulated dirt.

Alignment connecting the construction material procurement site and the project site shallbe selected to ensure that the impacts on the receptors en route the material movementare minimised to a large extent.

The baseline data will be used as reference to aid in selection of the leastenvironmentally damaging alignment.

To reduce impacts from exhausts, emission control norms will be enforced/ adhered. Adequately sized construction yard will be identified at the site for storage of construction

materials, equipment tools, earthmoving equipment, etc. Fuel tanks adequately designed to minimize fugitive emissions and welding gas cylinders

will be stored in a secluded area within project site.



Welding personnel will be properly trained and will wear necessary Personal ProtectionEquipment

4.5.2 Potential Impact due to Operation

The impacts on air environment due to the operation of BBIL project within the BSEZ hasbeen carried out.

The AAQ model studies carried out covering the following:

Impact covering the process emissions such as Point Sources of the individual stacks Impact covering the DG sets Point Sources of the proposed BBIL industry in BSEZ.

4.5.2.1 Details of Sources of Emission considered for Air Quality Modelling

Following sources of emission are identified as a part of proposed development of BBILconsidered in the air quality modelling study.

1. BBIL Point Sources:-

Following are the point source emissions proposed as a part of development for the BBIL.

16 TPH Boiler (natural gas/ Diesel) 4X3000 KVA DG sets etc,Emissions of these sources were estimated based on fuel used with Air Pollution Control(APC) Measures through available Primary/Secondary data. The estimated emission detailsfor the proposed BBIL point sources are given in Table 4-4. The DG Set emissions areestimated based on DG capacity & fuel. These DGs will be operated during power failureonly. The estimated emission details from DG sets are given in Table 4-5.Table 4-4: Boiler Stack & Emission detailsStack Details Fuel Emissions DetailsStackConnected

StackHeight(m)

StackVelocity(m/sec)

StackDiameter(mm)

ExitTemp.(0C)

Fuelused

Source PM(g/s)

CO(g/s)

SO2(g/s)

NOX(g/s)

HC(g/s)

VolumetricFlow(m3/hr)

Boiler(16TPH)

48 9 Internal –3500

Top- 1000

140-150

NaturalGas

GAILGas

NilNil Nil Nil Nil 25000

250-280

Backupfuel-

Diesel

IOCL/BPCL/HPCL/MRPL

0.2618 0.935 0.2805 3.06 0.3825 30000

Table 4-5: DG Stacks & Emission detailsStack Details Emissions Details

Stack Connected to DGStackHeight

(m)

StackVelocity(m3/sec)

StackDiameter

(mm)

ExitTemp.

(0C)PM10(g/s)

CO(g/s)

HC(g/s) SOx

(g/s)NOX(g/s)

DG 30 8.5 500 400 0.0884 1.045 0.44 0.255 3.485

2. Other Emission Sources:-

Other emissions include process fugitive emissions from chemical/PoL handling, storage andtransfer operations etc. Fugitive emissions can be controlled by selecting suitableequipments/Storage, appropriate handling methods etc., and hence no emissions wereconsidered.



4.5.3 AERMOD Model

AERMOD is a ‘near-field, steady-state’ Gaussian model. It uses boundary-layer similaritytheory to define turbulence and dispersion coefficients as a continuum, rather than as adiscrete set of stability classes. Variation of turbulence with height allows a better treatmentof dispersion from different release heights. AERMOD requires Surface as well as Upper Airdata as meteorological input.

4.5.3.1 Model Assumptions

The following are the assumptions for the air quality modelling;

Uses rural dispersion Stack-tip downwash Model assumes receptor on flat terrain Used calms processing routine Used missing data processing routine No exponential decay No Dry and Wet Depletion

Input Data: The following technical details are considered for Air Quality Modelling studies:

Point Source: The Point source inputs are given in Table 4-4 & Table 4-5 for all thesources identified in the study area.

4.5.3.2 Meteorological Data Considered

For the purpose of carrying out the air quality modelling study, site specific meteorologicaldata (pre-processed from MM5) for the complete year from January to December 2015obtained from IMD was used. The raw met data have been processed in AERMET view tocreate surface and upper air data which can be used as inputs to AERMOD.

4.5.3.3 Wind Speed and Wind Direction

The wind roses were drawn for the met files obtained on a sixteen-point compass (N, NNE,NE, ENE; E, ESE, SE, SSE; S, SSW, SW, WSW; W, WNW, NW, and NNW). Wind patternrepresenting 24 hours for the year of January to December 2015 is discussed. The frequencyoccurrence of wind at various speeds was calculated on the basis of total number ofobservations recorded in the respective wind speed category. The overall wind patternrecorded for 24 hours during the year January to December 2016 is collected from IMD and



is given in

Figure 4-1. The predominant wind directions observed were from E, W to E, SW, calmconditions prevailed for 1.93% of the total time.

Figure 4-1: Annual Wind Rose Diagram (January – December 2015)

4.5.3.4 Receptors Locations

The details of the receptors are given in Table 4-6.

Table 4-6: Receptor Details



Location No. Receptors Distance (km) Azimuth DirectionsA1 Project Site - 2.60A2 Jigani 4.31 WA3 Ramakrishnapura 7.02 ESEA4 Byagadadenahalli 7.89 SEA5 Indalavadi 4.45 SSWA6 Bommasandra 5.63 EA7 Doddathoguru 5.45 NA8 Hullahalli 2.60 NW

4.5.3.5 Model Results

The 1st 24-hour average incremental, Predominant wind direction incremental and resultantconcentrations and Annual average incremental and resultant concentrations of PM, CO,SO2 and NO2 due to proposed BBIL and due to overall development of the project are givenin Table 4-7 to Table 4-36.Scenario-1: Boiler- 16TPH with natural Gas

Scenario-2: Boiler – 16TPH with backup fuel Diesel

Scenario-3: DG - 4*3000KVAScenario-1: Boiler- 16TPH with natural Gas:

Table 4-7: 1st 24-hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of NO22

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

1st 24-hour Concentration in µg/m3 of NO2

Baseline value(µg/m3)

Incremental –concentrationdue to BBIL

(µg/m3)

Resultant –Concentration

(µg/m3)

A1 Project Site 29.50 0.5 30A2 Jigani 28.60 0.3 28.9A3 Ramakrishnapura 23.60 0.3 23.9A4 Byagadadenahalli 23.60 0.1 23.7A5 Indalavadi 23.50 0.05 23.55A6 Bommasandra 26.80 0.1 26.9A7 Doddathoguru 23.80 0.03 23.83A8 Hullahalli 19.20 0.10 19.3

Table 4-8: Predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016)Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of NO2

3

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

Concentration in µg/m3 of NO2



(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)

A1 Project Site 29.50 0.7 30.2A2 Jigani 28.60 0.4 29A3 Ramakrishnapura 23.60 0.5 24.1A4 Byagadadenahalli 23.60 0.2 23.8A5 Indalavadi 23.50 0.10 23.6A6 Bommasandra 26.80 2 28.8A7 Doddathoguru 23.80 0.1 23.9A8 Hullahalli 19.20 0.2 19.4

Table 4-9: Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of NO24

2 NAAQS for 24-Hour Average Concentration of NO2 - 80 µg/m3


4 NAAQS for Annual Average Concentration of NO2 - 40 µg/m3



LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

Annual Concentration in µg/m3 of NO2



(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)

A1 Project Site 29.50 2 31.5A2 Jigani 28.60 0.6 29.2A3 Ramakrishnapura 23.60 0.6 24.2A4 Byagadadenahalli 23.60 0.3 23.9A5 Indalavadi 23.50 0.1 23.6A6 Bommasandra 26.80 2 28.8A7 Doddathoguru 23.80 0.1 23.9A8 Hullahalli 19.20 0.3 19.5

Table 4-10: 1st 24-hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of CO 5

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

1st 24-hour Concentration in µg/m3 of CO

Baseline value(mg/m3)


(mg/m3)


(mg/m3)

A1 Project Site 0.018 0.1 0.118A2 Jigani 0.022 0.02 0.042A3 Ramakrishnapura 0.018 0.05 0.068A4 Byagadadenahalli 0.009 0.02 0.029A5 Indalavadi 0.210 0.002 0.212A6 Bommasandra 0.019 0.02 0.039A7 Doddathoguru 0.018 0.006 0.024A8 Hullahalli 0.013 0.002 0.015

Table 4-11: Predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016)Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of CO 6

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

Predominant Concentration in µg/m3 of CO



(mg/m3)


(mg/m3)


Table 4-12: Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of CO7

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

Annual Concentration in µg/m3 of CO



(mg/m3)


(mg/m3)


5 NAAQS for 24-Hour Average Concentration of PM2.5 - 60 µg/m3


7 NAAQS for Annual Average Concentration of PM2.5 - 40 µg/m3



Scenario-2: Boiler 16TPH – Backup Fuel DieselTable 4-13: 1st 24-hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of PM8

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

1st 24-hour Concentration in µg/m3 of PM



(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)


Table 4-14: Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of PM9

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

Annual Concentration in µg/m3 of PM



(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)


Table 4-15: Predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016)Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of PM10

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

Predominant Concentration in µg/m3 of PM



(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)



LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor




(mg/m3)


(mg/m3)

A1 Project Site 0.018 0.3 0.318A2 Jigani 0.022 0.01 0.032

8NAAQS for 24-Hour Average Concentration of PM10 - 100 µg/m3

9 NAAQS for Annual Average Concentration of PM10 - 60 µg/m3





LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor




(mg/m3)


(mg/m3)

A3 Ramakrishnapura 0.018 0.05 0.068A4 Byagadadenahalli 0.009 0.01 0.019A5 Indalavadi 0.210 0.009 0.219A6 Bommasandra 0.019 0.05 0.069A7 Doddathoguru 0.018 0.01 0.028A8 Hullahalli 0.013 0.005 0.018


LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor




(mg/m3)


(mg/m3)



LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor




(mg/m3)


(mg/m3)


Table 4-19: 1st 24-hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of SO214

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

1st 24-hour Concentration in µg/m3 of SO2



(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)




14 NAAQS for 24-Hour Average Concentration of SO2 - 80 µg/m3



Table 4-20: Predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016)Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of SO2

15

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

predominant Concentration in µg/m3 of SO2



(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)


Table 4-21: Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of SO216

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

Annual Concentration in µg/m3 of SO2



(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)



LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor




(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)



18

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor




(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)

A1 Project Site 29.50 2.00 31.50A2 Jigani 28.60 0.50 29.10A3 Ramakrishnapura 23.60 0.50 24.10

15 NAAQS for Annual Average Concentration of SO2 - 50 µg/m3






LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor




(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)

A4 Byagadadenahalli 23.60 0.20 23.80A5 Indalavadi 23.50 0.07 23.57A6 Bommasandra 26.80 0.20 27.00A7 Doddathoguru 23.80 0.10 23.90A8 Hullahalli 19.20 0.10 19.30


LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor




(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)


Scenario-3: DG - 4*3000KVATable 4-25: 1st 24-hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of PM20

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

1st 24-hour Concentration in µg/m3 of PM



(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)


Table 4-26: Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of PM21

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

Annual Concentration in µg/m3 of PM



(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)



20NAAQS for 24-Hour Average Concentration of PM10 - 100 µg/m3




Table 4-27: Predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016)Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of PM22

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

Predominant Concentration in µg/m3 of PM



(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)



LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor




(mg/m3)


(mg/m3)



LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor




(mg/m3)


(mg/m3)



LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor




(mg/m3)


(mg/m3)

A1 Project Site 0.018 2.00 2.018A2 Jigani 0.022 0.50 0.522A3 Ramakrishnapura 0.018 0.40 0.418A4 Byagadadenahalli 0.009 0.10 0.109







LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor




(mg/m3)


(mg/m3)

A5 Indalavadi 0.210 0.09 0.30A6 Bommasandra 0.019 2.00 2.019A7 Doddathoguru 0.018 0.10 0.118A8 Hullahalli 0.013 0.20 0.213

Table 4-31: 1st 24-hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of SO226

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

1st 24-hour Concentration in µg/m3 of SO2



(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)


Table 4-32: Predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November 2016)Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of SO2

27

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

predominant Concentration in µg/m3 of SO2



(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)


Table 4-33: Annual Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of SO228

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor

Annual Concentration in µg/m3 of SO2



(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)


26 NAAQS for 24-Hour Average Concentration of SO2 - 80 µg/m3






LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor




(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)



30

LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor




(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)



LocationNo.

Name of theReceptor




(µg/m3)


(µg/m3)


4.5.3.6 Isopleths

The Isopleths for the predominant wind direction Concentration, Annual Average Conc. of allthe parameters for three Different Scenarios due to the emissions of BBIL are given inFigure 4-2 to Figure 4-21.

Scenario-1 Boiler 16TPH with Natural gas






Figure 4-2: Isopleth for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of NO2



Figure 4-3: Isopleth for predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November2016) Incremental Concentration of NO2



Figure 4-4: Isopleth for predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November2016) Incremental Concentration of CO



Figure 4-5: Isopleth for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of CO

Scenario-2: Boiler 16TPH with backup fuel Diesel



Figure 4-6: Isopleth for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of SO2






Figure 4-8: Isopleth for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of PM






Figure 4-10: Isopleth for predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November2016) Incremental Concentration of SO2






Figure 4-12: Isopleth for predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November2016) Incremental Concentration of PM




Scenario-3: DG - 4*3000KVA



Figure 4-14: Isopleth for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of SO2






Figure 4-16: Isopleth for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of PM






Figure 4-18: Isopleth for predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November2016) Incremental Concentration of SO2






Figure 4-20: Isopleth for predominant wind direction (September 2016 to November2016) Incremental Concentration of PM




4.5.3.7 Observations at Receptors

The 1st highest 24 Hour average, study period incremental and Annual Averageincremental and resultant concentrations of PM, SO2, CO and NO2 are well withinNAAQS for BBIL sources alone.

Though the results are within the prescribed NAAQS, the following measures areproposed to be adopted / followed.


All air pollution control measures like scrubbers/bag filters has to be provided by theindustry.

Ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out regularly at selected locations in order tocheck and compare the predicted concentrations with the measured concentrations.NAAQS Exceedance if any may be checked thoroughly and adequacy/Performance ofAir Pollution Control measures shall be reviewed.

Water sprinkling shall be carried out on road surfaces in the project area. Adequate Greenbelt width shall be developed within BBIL. Trucks with cargo susceptible for fugitive suspension will be covered with tarpaulin. All

the vehicles will be periodically checked to ensure compliance to the emission standards



In addition, EMC shall ensure that all the individual units shall be with essential pollutioncontrol measures as to be stated by KSPCB in their CTE/CTO.

4.6 Noise Environment


Construction activities increase ambient noise levels. There would be impact on noise levelsdue to the following:

Vehicles transporting construction material Handling of construction material Diesel run engines of construction machinery Welding and cutting operation of metal Pile driving activities during construction of heavy structure

Noise is an inherent part of construction activity and response of species / communitieswould be either attracted or diverted away from the region. Noise generated from dieselengines etc. could result in movement of mobile faunal species away from area of operation.

Noise generated from construction activities will be predominantly confined withinBBIL/BSEZ site area and will impact construction workers at site. Impacts due to theseactivities would be short-term in nature and localised.

Poorly trained drivers have the habit of horning at frequent intervals even of not required.Even in front of Silence zones and even in sleeping hours in the mid night.

4.6.1.1 Noise-Mitigation Measures

The following mitigation measures will be followed to minimise the noise generation and theassociated impacts.

Exercise of route selection as well as measures such as traffic regulation, timings oftransportation etc will be followed to avoid congested built up areas.

During construction, noise levels will be maintained below threshold levels stipulated byCentral Pollution Control Board (CPCB) by selecting appropriate equipment, machineryand using enclosures. Procurement of machinery/construction equipment will be done inaccordance with specifications conforming to source noise levels less than 75 dB (A).

Only well-maintained construction equipment; which meets the regulatory standards forsource noise levels, will be used. Any equipment producing high noise, whereverpossible, will be oriented so that the noise is directed away from sensitive receptors.

Noise attenuation will be practised for noisy equipment by employing suitable techniquessuch as acoustic controls, insulation and vibration dampers. The attenuation devices willbe properly maintained throughout the construction period.

High noise generating activities such as piling and drilling will not be scheduled duringnight time to minimise noise impacts.

Time bound noisy construction activities will be carried out; so as to avoid concurrenteffect from the construction site.

Personnel exposed to noise levels beyond threshold limits will be provided with protectivegears such as earplugs, muffs, etc. especially construction personnel involved in piledriving operations. Rotation of personnel will also be adopted.

Temporary noise barriers will be used to break the propagation of sound from theconstruction site.



Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental works will becarried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts will be lubricated tominimise noise emissions.

Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during construction phase ofthe project.

All haul roads (for truck transport and other vehicles) within the boundary and outside willbe sealed and maintained properly to avoid excessive noise levels from Engineacceleration and deceleration

Drivers need to be captioned or rained to avoid frequent horning unless otherwise it isrequired

Driver education for Silence zones and off hours between 12 mid night and mooring 6am.

Adequate PPE for noise mitigation need to be used for labours who are exposed to highnoise.


Major sources of noise generation in BBIL unit, noise generation sources during operationalphase are classified into two categories:

Stationary sources due to operation of heavy duty machinery at the project site likeBoilers, Compressors, DG sets, Pumps etc.

Mobile sources corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization, materials,material transportation, liquid fuel transportation to project site, etc.

Vibrations are expected to be generated by various activities associated with theproposed project during operational phase. The impact of vibrations beyond the sitewould be negligible during normal operation phase. However, the impacts on workersengaged in the plant area would be considerable due to occupational exposure. Theproposed fixed major equipment/units such as boiler house, compressors, pumps, DGsets etc., also generate vibrations during operational phase and may cause exposures tothe workers/operators engaged at these units.


The major noise generating equipment like Compressors, DG sets, Boiler Feed waterpumps etc. will be enclosed in an acoustic enclosure designed for an insertion loss of 25dB (A) and silencers to other equipment etc.

Major noise generating equipment will be designed with 85 dB (A) ensuring cumulativenoise at 1.0 m remains at 85 dB (A).

The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of eight hourly time weightedaverage will be maintained well within the prescribed Occupational Safety and HealthAdministration (OSHA) standard limits.

Adequate PPE need to be provided to the staff exposing to noise risks. Acoustic silencers will be provided in equipment wherever necessary. Acoustic design with sound proof glass panelling will be provided for critical operator

cabins / control rooms of individual modules as well as central control facilities. Use of personal protective equipments/devices such as ear-muffs, ear plugs etc. will be

strictly enforced for the workers engaged in high noise areas. Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental works will be

carried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts will be lubricated tominimise noise emissions.



Implementation of greenbelt for noise attenuation will be undertaken: shrub plantation;landscaping with horticulture; and Tree plantation at vehicle parking areas and alongapproach roads.

Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during operational phase of theproject.

Low vibration generating machines/equipment will be selected to meet internationalstandards and foundations will be so designed to minimise vibrations and securedproperly.

Vibration generating sources and their platforms should be maintained properly tominimize vibrations and related impacts.

Various standards pertaining to vibrations are formulated by statutory bodies like Bureauof Indian Standards (BIS) and Director General of Mines Safety (DGMS), which is beingpracticed would be continued to mitigate the workers’ health effects due to vibrations.

Vibration dampers shall be provided around the source of generation Transportation Management Plan will be prepared and the transportation of construction

materials will be planned in line with the same

4.7 Solid Waste Management

4.7.1 Potential Impact Due to Construction

4.7.1.1 Impact due to Solid Waste Generation

Solid waste such as metal debris, concrete blocks, plastic etc., is likely to be generated insignificant amount during the construction phase of the development. Appropriate measurestherefore need to be taken to cater for the adequate disposal of such solid wastes. Impropersolid waste disposal may also lead to skin diseases. Moreover solid waste will attractvermins, rats and deteriorate the general aspect of the site and its surroundings. Organicwastes will comprise mainly of domestic refuse like food and garden debris such as fallenleaves. During the construction phase, the inorganic waste likely to be generated will include:

Concrete rubbles and blocks Cement sheets Wooden and metallic beams Paper, plastic, cartons

Blocks, rocks, boulders Broken tiles, glass debris Metal debris, cans and tins Wood, straw and timber remains

Organic waste generated during the construction stage will be minimal and shall includeleaves, branches, food consumed by workers on site.

Poor construction procedures that generate excessive wastes increase construction costsand results in disposal of otherwise valuable resources. The solid waste generated duringconstruction phase may impact soil quality, water quality and public health if not regulatedproperly. Improper solid waste disposal may also lead to skin diseases. Moreover solid wastewill attract vermins, rats and deteriorate the general aspect of the site and its surroundings.Appropriate measures therefore need to be taken to cater for the adequate disposal of solidwastes generated during construction phase of the project.


Construction waste will be re-used within plant site for filling of low lying areas. Otherwastes which can be re-cycled will be sold. Recyclable wastes will be disposed throughapproved KSPCB vendors.



General refuse generated on-site will be collected in waste skips and separated fromconstruction waste.

A local authorised waste handler will be employed to remove general refuse from the site,separately from construction waste and municipal wastes, on regular basis to minimiseodour, pest and litter impacts.

Coordinating with local bodies such as KIADB, panchayaths and municipalities for jointoperation to minimise waste (Ref: Wastes to energy concept etc.)

The burning of refuse at construction sites will be prohibited. Appropriate fence should beused to prevent propagation of the debris via strong winds.

4.7.1.3 Hazardous Materials Management

Hazardous materials such as lubricants, paints, compressed gases, and varnishes etc.,will be stored as per the prescribed/approved safety norms.

Hazardous wastes will be disposed through approved KSPCB vendors. Hazardous materials will be stored as per prescribed safety norms in locations with

restricted entry and with fire-fighting facilities. Medical facilities including first aid will be available for attending injured workers


4.7.2.1 Impact due to Solid Waste Generation

During operation phase of BBIL, is likely to generate various types of solid waste which canbe broadly categorized as Hazardous Waste and Non-hazardous Waste. Further, thegenerated solid waste generation may include Biodegradable, Recyclable and Inertcompounds. The details of waste generation and its management proposed are discussed inSection 2.6.1.5. If the solid waste generated is not properly managed and disposed inunauthorised manner, it will impact on soil quality, groundwater and air quality.

4.7.2.2 Solid Waste Management during Operation Phase

Strict guidelines will be put in place in order to manage the solid waste generation during theoperational phase of the development. The main goals of the guidelines will be to ensureadopting recycling techniques and encouraging sorting of solid waste at source into organicand inorganic wastes. Due to the high volume of solid waste generated, recycling andcomposting techniques will be encouraged to reduce amount of solid waste which will becarted away.

The compost/Organic waste converter from the on-site facility (BSEZ) may be used for thelandscaped areas/green belt development and reduce the amount of fertilizers used. Wastemanagement propose at BBIL is given in Figure 4-22.


Page 232

Hazardous Waste TSDF

Bio Degradable WasteComposting/Organicconverter andGreenbelt application/Local Municipalbins/composting etc.

Recyclable Waste KSPCB approvedrecycling units/vendors

Figure 4-22: Waste Management Concept in BBIL


Page 233

Chapter 5Analysis of Alternatives


Analysis of Alternatives SitesPage 234

Chapter 5 Analysis of Alternatives Sites

5.1 History and Background of site selection

The proposed site and the land in question have been acquired in the year 2005 underBSEZ. The area was kept idle for a long period and then efforts were made recently by theBIOCON for development of Biocon Biologics India Limited on a fast-track basis.

The efforts made for site analysis during the pre-acquisition time is nowhere documentedand hence not discussed in this chapter.

5.2 Current proposal

As the proposed BBIL is part of the land identified for industrial unit by BSEZ, there are noalternative sites analysed.

However based on the current set up the following are the advantages of the site:

100% Land is under possession of Biocon The project site is located within KIADB’s Bommasandra Industrial Area, which is notified

industrial area No R&R Issues No public hearing is required as per EIA notification Existing infrastructure of BSEZ can be utilised for the BBIL project Site is well connected by road & rail Nearest Highway Located at ~4km distance towards NE, connecting Bengaluru and

Hosur

Moreover this is now identified as one of the most important identified KIADB industrial area.This Industrial is a focused area for major development and also for future investment.

5.3 Results of the Analysis

The current site is an earmarked industrial area by Biocon. Therefore no further siteanalysis has been carried out under this EIA.


Page 235

Chapter 6Environmental Monitoring Programme


Environmental Monitoring ProgrammePage 236

Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Programme

In this chapter, environmental monitoring programme for the proposed BBIL is formulated.Environmental Monitoring Programme is an important component during environmentalmanagement of the project. The institutional mechanism to implement the planned mitigationand monitoring measures during all stages of the project is discussed in Chapter 9. Theproject management especially the Environmental Management Cell (EMC) (described inChapter 9) should always go for a rational approach with regards to environmentalmonitoring. This includes judicious decision making in consultation with institutionalstakeholders (e.g. Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB) or reputedenvironmental consultants for appropriate changes in the monitoring strategy, i.e., changesin the sampling frequency, sampling location, monitoring parameters and any new/additionalrequirements.

Considering the water resources system for irrigation and drinking water, any contaminationof the surface water could endanger the portability of drinking water. Therefore it is for thebest interest of the project that Biocon consider a workable the institutional mechanism forenvironmental monitoring especially to preserve and conserve the surface water andgroundwater component in this region from industrial contamination. Referring to thebaseline details in Chapter 3, water resources in PIA has as many as 110 water bodies allnon-perennial and acting as recharge sites for the groundwater. Groundwater being the mostimportant poor man’s resources the protection of this system from contamination is theresponsibility of the Biocon and GoK.

Therefore environmental monitoring of this project is very important with higher number ofwater quality monitoring station in an industrial area within an area of five square kilometres.

The following are the main objectives of the environmental monitoring program:

Ensure zero discharge from ETP&STP for the protection of water resources Provide information for documentation of monitoring of mitigation measures and impacts Tool for the statutory authority of unanticipated adverse impacts or sudden changes in

the environmental condition due to the proposed project Provides information that could be used for evaluating the effectiveness of implemented

mitigation measures Provides information that could be used to verify predicted impacts and thus validate

impact prediction techniques The efficacy of the mitigation measures being followed during construction and

operational phases can be assessed and the measures can be revised, made morestringent and reinforced based on the monitoring results

Environmental Monitoring can also serve a basic component of a periodic environmentalregulatory auditing program for the proposed project

Coordination with local bodies with regards to solid waste management

The following programme as detailed in the environmental monitoring programme forconstruction as well as operation phases shall be implemented by the BBIL authority.Besides the monitoring, the compliances to all environmental clearance conditions andregular permits from KSPCB /MoEF&CC shall be monitored and reported periodically. Thelikely significant impacts and mitigation measures will also be monitored.

The environmental attributes to be monitored during construction and operational phases ofthe project, specific description along with technical details of environmental monitoring



including the monitoring parameters, methodology, sampling locations and frequency ofmonitoring are presented in Section below.

The environmental monitoring programme proposed to be followed by BBIL authority hasbeen formulated in Section 6.1. In addition to this Environmental Monitoring Programme,other member industries shall monitor all environmental parameters such as air quality, noiselevels, treated wastewater, water quality, etc., within their industry premises as per thestipulations laid by SEIAA/MoEF&CC/CPCB/KSPCB in their respective EnvironmentalClearance/Consent for Establishment (CFE)/ Consent For Operation (CFO).



6.1 Environmental Monitoring ProgrammeEnvironmental

AttributesParameters to be

monitored No. of Sampling Locations Frequency ofMonitoring Standards Methods for Sampling & Analysis Compliance

Construction Phase

Air Quality PM10, PM2.5, SO2,NO2, and CO

Six (06) Project Site Jigani Ramakrishnapura Bommasandra Doddathoguru Hullahalli

Once a monthduring construction

Fine Particulate Samplers for PM10, PM2.5,Respirable Dust Sampler fitted with Gaseoussampling arrangements for SO2, NO2, , COanalyser /portable CO meter for CO.

National Ambient Air QualityStandards released duringNovember, 2009 is given asAnnexure T

Noise Levels Day and night noiselevels


Once a monthduring construction Portable hand-held noise level meter.

National Ambient NoiseStandards is given as AnnexureT

Water Quality

Physical, Chemicaland Biological

In addition to theabove, Alpha, Betaemitters (surfacewater)

Groundwater (03) Project Site/nearby project

site Jigani RamakrishnapuraSurface water (03) Hennagara Lake Hebbagodi Lake Kammasandra Lake

Once a monthduring construction

Grab sampling and analysis by using standardmethods.

IS10500, 2012 drinking waterstandards for Groundwater whichis given as Annexure T

Designated Best UseClassification of Inland SurfaceWater of National RiversConservation Directorate,MoEF&CC for Surface Water isgiven as Annexure T

Soil

Soil texture, type,electricalconductivity, pH,infiltration, porosity,etc.,


Once a year duringconstruction

Collection and analysis of samples as per IS2720

Baseline data, Soil standards byIndian Council of AgriculturalResearch, New Delhi is given asAnnexure T

Meteorology Wind speed, wind Project Site Hourly IMD/CPCB manual -



EnvironmentalAttributes

Parameters to bemonitored No. of Sampling Locations Frequency of

Monitoring Standards Methods for Sampling & Analysis Compliance

direction, rainfall,temperature,humidity.

measurementduring construction

Operation Phase

Air Quality PM10, PM2.5, SO2,NO2, O3 and CO


Twice a weekFine Particulate Samplers for PM10, PM2.5,Respirable Dust Sampler fitted with Gaseoussampling arrangements for for SO2 and NO2,O3, CO analyser /portable CO meter for CO

National Ambient Air QualityStandards released duringNovember, 2009 given asAnnexure T

Noise Levels Day and night noiselevels


Once a month Portable hand-held noise level meter. National Ambient NoiseStandards, given as Annexure T

Water Quality


In addition to theabove, Alpha, Betaemitters (surfacewater)

Groundwater (03) Project Site/nearby project

site Jigani RamakrishnapuraSurface water (03) Hennagara Lake Hebbagodi Lake Kammasandra Lake

Once a month Grab sampling and analysis by using standardmethods.

IS10500, 2012 drinking waterstandards for Groundwater whichis given as Annexure T

Designated Best UseClassification of Inland SurfaceWater of National RiversConservation Directorate,MoEF&CC for Surface Watergiven as Annexure T

Soil

Soil texture, type,electricalconductivity, pH,infiltration, porosity,etc.,


Once a year Collection and analysis of samples as per IS2720 Baseline data



EnvironmentalAttributes

Parameters to bemonitored No. of Sampling Locations Frequency of

Monitoring Standards Methods for Sampling & Analysis Compliance

MeteorologyWind speed, winddirection, rainfall,temperature,humidity.

Project Site Hourlymeasurement IMD/CPCB manual -

Treated WastewaterQuality


One (01) ETP & STP Inlet ETP & STP outlet

Daily Grab sampling and analysis by using standardmethods.

Environment ProtectionAmendment Rules, 2015 given asAnnexure T



6.2 Monitoring by Biocon

The environmental monitoring shall be carried out by Biocon within their industry premises.Monitoring guidelines should clearly indicate the conditions of discharge and theconsequences with regards to the penal action and the impact to ground water resources ofthe region. Groundwater is the sole water source for millions of people in the adjoining areas.Biocon should not only limit the environmental monitoring as stated above, environmentalmonitoring programme in terms of parameters, location and frequency shall be formulated asper the stipulations laid by KSPCB/CPCB/MoEF&CC/SEIAA in their respectiveEnvironmental Clearance/Consent To Establish (CTE)/Consent To Operate (CTO).

6.3 Compliance Reports

As a part of environmental monitoring programme, following compliance reports shall besubmitted to KSPCB and Regional Office of MoEF&CC.

Half yearly compliance reports in respect of the stipulated prior environmental clearanceterms and conditions on June 01 and December 01 of every calendar year

Environmental statement (Form-V) for the financial year ending March 31 to KSPCB onor before September 30 every year

Format for maintaining records of hazardous waste if any in Form-3 as per HazardousWaste (Management, Handling and Transboundary movement) Rules, 2008

Format for maintaining hazardous waste imported and exported in Form-10 as perHazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary movement) Rules, 2008

Safety data sheet for hazardous chemicals shall be maintained as per schedule-9 ofMSIHC rules, 1989 (amended 2000)

Format for maintaining notification of major accident in schedule-6 as per MISHC rules,1989 (amended 2000)

Water Cess returns in Form-1 as per Rule 4 (1) of Water (Prevention & Control ofPollution) Cess Rules 1978 on or before the 5th of every calendar month

6.4 Plantation Monitoring Programme

Environmental Management Cell/team will monitor the following activities of greenbelt andlandscape development:

Development of nursery (if possible) Treatment and sowing of seeds Watering Transport of seedlings Planting of seedlings

Fencing of plantation area Weeding and soil working Pruning (trimming of plant) Replacement/Inter planting Watch and ward of plantation

During operation phase periodic monitoring of plantation growth, manuring, watering,pruning, and replacement will be performed in order to properly maintain vegetation,greenbelt, landscape and green cover. It is suggested to plant shrubs or plants with 1 or 2 mheight in utility corridor to avoid bird nesting/resting on the plants.

6.5 On-site Mock Drills Requirements

On-site mock drills are very important as it helps employees to be aware of the safetyprocedures and how to react during the time of crisis. Conducting mock drills at regular



intervals enhances preparedness and checks the viability of environmental/disastermanagement plan. Mock drills are essential for the following reasons:

Helps in revising/improving the environmental/disaster management plan Helps to evaluate whether the responsible officials are trained efficiently for the

unforeseen event Helps in evaluating whether the emergency equipment are being maintained at BBIL

premises

To ensure efficient environmental/disaster management, BBIL authority/EHSdepartment/EMP cell shall conduct periodic on-site mock drills in case of occurrence of thefollowing activities:

Fire, Natural calamities (cyclones, floods, earthquakes) Power break down Oil spill Bomb threats; War alerts/terrorist attacks

Mock drills should also involve fire department, police, municipal authorities, hospitals andother department/agencies that are mandated to provide emergency support. Documentingthe outcome of mock drills is an important aspect as this helps in revising the existing planmore efficiently. In all safety programmes the right personnel need to be employed and this isof utmost importance.


Page 245

Chapter 7Additional Studies


Additional StudiesPage 246

Chapter 7 Additional Studies

7.1 Risk Analysis

According to the specific items 7 and xiv of the Terms of Reference (ToR) issued for theproject, preliminary hazard identification and risk assessment was undertaken to quantify thepossible fire and occupational health risks associated with the operation of the project at thedesignated location. The good engineering practices suggested by the Central PollutionControl Board (CPCB) for risk assessment in industries (CPCB document Probes/133/2009-10) and CPR-18 E risk assessment procedures guidelines which are widely accepted by theMinistry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF & CC) India, have been adoptedwhile assessing the residual risks associated with the operations of the project with specificreference to fire hazards, chemical exposure hazards, occupational hazards and naturalhazards.

As part of the risk assessment, a preliminary review on the hazardous materials andchemicals proposed to be handled at the site were reviewed and the storage capacities anddesign features of such hazardous materials were also reviewed while assessing the residualrisks. Occupational health hazards such as exposure to dust emissions, thermal stress andwork-zone levels were also studied. Qualitative analysis of risks associated with naturalhazards such as earth quakes, floods and cyclones were also undertaken.

Based on the findings of the risk assessment study, a preliminary risk management plan hasbeen developed as per the applicable rules and guidelines; wherever possible, goodengineering and management practices are suggested to minimise any intolerable risks.

7.2 Fire Hazards and Risk Mitigation Plan

7.2.1 Fire Hazards

Unlike other process industries, the proposed project does not handle any major flammablematerials. BBIL has not proposed any solvent storage for the proposed project, since there isno usage of solvent in the process. There is no proposed storage tank for any kind of fuelsince the proposed 1 x 16 TPH boiler is powered by natural gas and diesel for 4 x 3000 KVADG sets will be catered from existing BSEZ diesel storage tank.

7.2.2 Fire Risk Assessment of Natural Gas

Based on the preliminary analysis, the major fire hazards envisaged are from Natural gaspipe line and handling at the project site, as Natural Gas is extremely flammable with anyleak, always anticipate and except that ignition will occur.

In order to assess the risks due to proposed failure of NG pipeline, consequence modelingwas undertaken using PHAST software, which is recommended by Ministry of Environment,Forests & Climate Change, India. For the purpose of the consequence modeling, it has beenassumed that due to mechanical failure of the pipeline.

The predicted heat radiation levels due to pipeline failure of NG scenario are presented inTable 7-1. Radiation contours are presented in Figure 7-1 and Figure 7-2.

Table 7-1: Estimated Heat Radiation Levels due to failure of NG pipeline



Heat Radiation Level(Kw/m2)

Possible Physical Effectdue to Heat Radiation (ref)

Jet fire Distance for NG pipelinefailure

37.5 Sufficient to cause damage toprocess equipment

Not reached

25.0 Minimum energy required toignite wood

Note reached

12.5 Melting of cables and plastic Not reached

9.5 Second degree burns in 20seconds

Not reached

4 Zero percent lethality, butmay cause blisters

12.64 m

1.6 Will cause no discomfort onprolonged exposure

-

S.No Description Event Impact criteria

Consequence Distance (m)

Category1.5/F

Category1.5/D

Category5/D

1. Rupture ofNatural GasPipeline

Dispersion of vapourcloud

UFL (165000) ppm 2.59906 2.05628 2.58791

LFL (44000) ppm 7.60516 5.06071 7.50128

LFL Frac (22000)ppm

11.007 7.34547 10.83

Jet fire 4 kW/m2 9.5744 12.6462 9.5744

12.5 kW/m2 NR NR NR

37.5 kW/m2 NR NR NR

Flash Fire 22000 ppm 11.007 7.34547 10.83

44000 ppm 7.60516 5.06071 7.50128



Figure 7-1 : Jet Fire radii due to Accidental Fire of NG pipeline



Figure 7-2 : Flash Fire radii due to Accidental Fire of NG pipeline

It may be inferred from the model heat radiation contours with 4 Kw/m2 would occur withinthe facility boundary and hence the overall impacts due to fire accidents will be lesssignificant. Hence the overall risk due to handling of such quantity of NG at site will beinsignificant.

7.3 Electrical Hazards and Safety Measures

Energised equipment and power lines can pose electrical hazards for workers.Recommended measures to prevent, minimise, and control electrical hazards include

Consider installation of hazard warning lights inside electrical equipment enclosuresto warn inadvertent energisation

Use of voltage sensors prior to and during personnel’s entrance into enclosurescontaining electrical components

Deactivation and proper grounding of live power equipment and distribution linesaccording to applicable legislation and guidelines whenever possible before work isperformed on, or proximal to, them

Provision of specialised electrical safety training to those personnel working with oraround exposed components of electric circuits. This training should include, but notbe limited to, training in basic electrical theory, proper safe work procedures, hazardawareness and identification, proper use of PPE, proper lockout/tagout procedures,first aid and proper rescue procedures.



7.4 Occupational Health and Noise Management Plan

Based on the noise mapping data presented in Chapter 4 of this report, the major noisegenerating sources are vacuum pumps, air compressors, standby diesel generators, Boilerfee water pumps etc.

Biocon will be procuring the equipment with guaranteed noise levels less than 85 dB (A) atone (1) metre distance from the respective machines/equipment. The predicted noise levelsindicate that noise levels outside the process rooms and DG sets will be maintained wellwithin the acceptable levels. In addition to the noise control programme proposed to beadopted by Biocon as stated in Chapter 9 of this report, the following occupational noisemanagement plan shall be adopted:

1. Noise abatement measures inside the site shall be undertaken, if noise levels areabove 85 dB (A); measures must be taken and assessed by a competent person.Such measurements should be repeated at appropriate intervals.

2. If noise level is above 85 dB (A) then the following procedures shall be adopted.

Inform employees of the noise levels present and measures taken to reduceexposure

Make ear protection available and provide training in its use

Hearing checks must be made available to employees exposed to noise levelsin excess of 85 dB (A) over an 8 hour period

Although ear-plugs and ear muff will be provided to the persons working in theproject area/high noise area, as a part of the good management practices,work rotation scheme will be adopted for the persons working in the high noisegenerating areas.

3. If noise levels near the machinery exceed 90 dB (A), then the following correctiveprocedure shall be adopted:

Identify reasons for excess noise and draw up a plan in place to reduce

Identify and clearly designate hearing conservation zones

Ear protection must be worn and its use supervised

Employees must be trained in the hazards of noise and the correct use ofhearing protection

7.5 Occupational Safety Management and Surveillance Programme

The Ministry of Labour and Employment, Government of India has a nodal organisation, viz.Directorate General Factory Advice Service and Labour Institutes (DGFASLI), in dealing withOccupational Safety and Health issues in Industries. The DGFASLI is the technical arm ofthe Ministry on matters connected with Occupational Health in the manufacturing and portsectors.

The Factories Act, 1948, provides for appointment of qualified Medical Practitioners andCertified Surgeons to examine young persons engaged in dangerous manufacturingprocesses and to ensure medical supervision in case of illness due to the nature ofmanufacturing processes. The Factories Act, 1948, also provides for notification of certainoccupational diseases as listed in the Third Schedule of the Act. As per section 90 of the



Factories Act, 1948, the State Government is vested with the powers to appoint a CompetentPerson to conduct inquiry into the causes of any accident or notifiable diseases.

The following measures need to be implemented in the work places to enhance occupationalhealth:

Identify and involve personnel in assessing workplace risks

Assess and consider employees' needs when planning and organising work

Provide advice, information and training to employees, as well as mechanisms foremployee feedback such as a suggestion scheme

Occupational health surveillance and Occupational health audit

To develop a system of creating up to date data base on mortality, and morbiditydue to occupational diseases and use it for performance monitoring of the same

Extending support to the state government for effective enforcement of the healthprovisions stipulated under section 41F of the Factory Act by equipping them withwork environment monitoring technologies.

The occupational health safety system should be headed by a competent and qualifiedsafety office that will be supported by a team of safety volunteers from each plant anddepartment within the project site. The safety team will take up a detailed task based riskassessment studies and will develop task based safety procedures and work permit systems.The safety team should record the near misses in the plant and take necessary correctiveaction to minimise the occupational risks.

A dedicated existing occupational health centre consist the following facilities:

A full time doctor is appointed to monitor the day-to-day occupational health aspectsand also to provide medical advice to the workers, employees

Minimum facilities such as an oxygen cylinder for emergency medical use, clean roomwith two (2) beds for first aid applications, with first aid kits as per the Factories act

ECG facilities

Peak expiratory flow meter to check the lung function

As a part of the surveillance programme, the following minimum medical examination may beundertaken during the pre-employment phase:

General physical examination and blood pressure, X-Ray of chest & ECG

Sputum examination, Detailed routine blood & urine examination

Audiometry

Spirometry

Eye tests for the workers and drivers



As part of the routine and annual medical examinations on the persons working in the highnoise generating areas, stress areas and dust exposure areas, a comprehensive surveillanceprogramme may be adopted. Some of the good management practices are suggested inTable 7-2 and Table 7-3.Table 7-2: Suggested Frequency of Medical Examination under Occupational HealthSurveillance Programme.

Age (Years) Periodicity Duration of Exposure Periodicity

< 30 Years Once in five years < 10 Years Once in five years

31 – 40 Once in Four years 10 to 20 Once in four years

41 – 50 Once in three years 21 – 30 Once in three years

> 51 Once a year > 31 Once a year

Table 7-3 :Suggested Medical Tests under Occupational Health SurveillanceProgramme

S. No Disorder Tests to be conducted

1 Heart Diseases ECG, Blood for Lipid Profile, Stress Test, 2D – Echo and other requiredTests

2 Anemia Hb%, TC, DC, ESR & Stool for Occult Blood, Ova and Cyst

3 Lung Diseases Sputum, X-Ray Chest, Spirometery

4 Diabetes Random Blood Sugar, Urine sugar, If positive, BSL – Fasting/PPBSdiabetic profile

5 Hypertension Blood pressure reading; if required, renal profile + ECG and stress test

6 Urine Examination Routine and Microscopic

Medical records – A record –keeping system for holding the results of medical examinationsand reports of symptoms will be maintained as part of the health surveillance scheme. Theseare confidential medical records relating to individuals. As part of the health surveillanceprogramme, employees should be informed of the confidential results of each assessmentand of any implications of the finding, such as the likely effects of their continuing to work.

7.6 Fire Protection and Fire Fighting Systems

Fire fighting systems shall be designed based on the National Building Codes. Since theproject falls under low-hazard category, the fire fighting system shall be designed accordingto chapter 9 (Environmental Management Plan) in the National Building Codes and summaryof the minimum fire fighting systems’ requirements are presented in Table 7-4. It is proposedto install jockey pump, diesel pump and electrically operated centrifugal pump for fire waternetwork arrangements. Ring-main pipeline systems will be provided to cater to the firehydrant requirements across the site. Fire hose reels, fire buckets and fire extinguishers will



be provided as per the National Building Code requirements. Onsite & Offsite EmergencyPlan is enclosed as Annexure N.

Table 7-4: Minimum required fire protection systems as per National Building Code

R:

Req

uire

dN

R:

Not

re

quire

dN

ote

2:

Req

uire

d to

be

in

stal

led

in

base

men

t if

area

of

ba

sem

ent

exce

eds

200

m2

Not

e 3

:R

equi

red

to

be

prov

ided

if

base

men

t ar

ea

exce

eds

200

m2 .

Not

e 4

:A

dditi

onal

val

ue g

iven

in p

aren

thes

is s

hall

be a

dded

if b

asem

ent a

rea

exce

eds

200

m2 .

Not

e 7

:R

equi

red

to

be

prov

ided

fo

r bu

ildin

gs

with

he

ight

m

ore

than

15

m

.N

ote

20:

one

elec

tric

and

one

dies

el

pum

pof

ca

paci

ty

280

ltrs/

min

ute

each

an

d on

e

elec

tric

pum

p of

180

lpm


Page 254

Chapter 8Project Benefits


Project BenefitsPage 255

Chapter 8 Project Benefits

8.1 Preamble

The project area together with Biocon SEZ is classified as an important project for integratedover all development under the KIADB. This proposition is going to benefit the entire regionfor fast track development. Based on the past experience the export oriented investmentsare supposed to be doing good in the long run. The exports have been facilitated by thegrowth in a number of industries such as chemical industries, pharmaceutical, engineeringindustries, etc.

Although this EIA is only pertaining to BBIL & BSEZ, while describing the project benefits it isnecessary to describe all in totality. The overall development of the region could be is manyfolds and hence describing the project benefits in isolation is unfair and therefore cannot bejustified. More clearly the project benefits accrued when this project is planned andimplemented in a remote location could have been a much lower scale development thanthat all other developments within KIADB Industrial area.

More over in order to augment the growth, the state has planned multitude of developmentoptions in all sectors (tourism, Water resources, Agriculture, urban development, educationetc.,) including industrial sector. The proposed project is one such development to improveeconomy and employment generation in the region.

8.2 Induced Development

All the above developments described above together with the proposed project would bringseveral benefits in the nearby region of Bangalore and in turn lead to the faster developmentof the country. The various developments are as follows.

Skill development and Training to the local population Localizing the global/domestic value chain Technology transfer Foreign Direct Investment Improved working condition Shifting of manpower resources from low productivity to high productive activities Diversifying the local industrial base Shifting activities from unorganized to organized sector Convergence of population and thereby enhanced local consumption and spending

8.3 Improvement in local Infrastructure

The proposed BBIL project is expected to bring an improvement in the local infrastructure ofthe region. There will be probable increase in the infrastructure resources due to the projectin the region by the way of additional/improved transport, communication, health facilities andother basic facilities being created. The proposed project thus will cater to the growingdemand-supply gap of physical and social infrastructure further acting as catalyst toindustrialization and urbanization of the region. Implementation of the proposed project thusis expected to benefit the locals.



8.4 Improved solid waste management

Together with the national mood on solid waste management (Swatch Bharat Abhiyan) theentire country could benefit the various waste management facility. The Jigani Industrialestate is expected to benefit improved solid waste management facilities. The local electedrepresentative’s initiative is most significant in this case. As a part of this project, Biocon shallalso initiate activities towards proper solid waste management in the study area villages.

8.5 Improved water and sanitation facilities

8.5.1 Water resources

With regards to the water resources the area is very sensitive due to the over 118 Watertanks/water bodies that invariably act as recharge structures for the Regional ground water inquantity and quality. Groundwater is poor man’s (or common man) most important naturalresource. In this context the proposed ZLD concept by Biocon will ensure that the groundand surface water are not contaminated at any point of time.

It is also the responsibility of BIOCON to ensure that regional water resources unaffected bysuitable mitigation measures that includes proper solid waste management.

8.5.2 Provision for toilets

In addition to the BIOCON and local bodies in association with local elected representativesshould make sure that all people in the area have toilets and no one is resorting to opendefecation. The facilities should include improved common facilities at urban clusters as wellas in villages. This shall be taken up as a part of Sanitation facilities under CSR programmeby BIOCON.

8.6 Improved Socio-Economic Conditions

The project will have overall positive impact on the socio-economic conditions of the region.Proposed development will also create several direct and indirect employment opportunities.People will have higher earning and buying capacities and their standard of living willincrease.

The quality of life in the region is likely to improve due to the creation of direct and indirectjobs for the local people. This will result in more than one earning member in the family andreduce the dependency on a single earner and enable them with better economic freedom.

The industrial projects promoted earlier and the Industrial project under study has greatpotential to transform the lives of the villages around provided BIOCON uses this project as amedium to transfer the benefits to the communities around through proper CSR interventionssuggested in this report.

During consultation with villagers, it is understood that the communities around are not veryhappy about the employment generation for the youth in the area.

Pollution, canal water blockages by industries, ground water extraction from villages byindustries are serious negative impacts observed, as most of the industries in KIADBindustrial area is getting water through road tankers. Some industries have permission towithdrawal water from BWSSB.



The area is becoming focus for more investment by employees of industries looking forrented accommodation in the villages.

The villagers expect BIOCON guided CSR interventions could benefit the communities more.

8.6.1 Health Facilities

Considering the current inadequacy of health care facilities in the Study area villages, as apart of the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) initiatives, it is envisaged to create healthinfrastructure in the form of Mobile Medical Unit and Community Outreach Centres, which willbe beneficial to the employees and also to the local people living in the region as theirdependency on nearby towns and cities for quality medical treatment will be reduced. As partof CSR, it is also proposed to conduct periodic health camps and carryout health andnutrition related programmes which will create health awareness and lead to better healthconditions of the people.

8.6.2 Education Facilities

The baseline socio-economic condition reveals that the educational status among the overallpopulation in the study area is low to moderate and there are no proper higher andprofessional education facilities in the study area, except in Bangalore Urban. This degradesthe social development in the region and discourages the female education. This is true theother way also such that if the female education is lower, the parameters of social upliftmentof females and development of the region is affected negatively. Thus as a part of CorporateSocial Responsibility (CSR), the following activities have been proposed to be undertaken inthe area:

Education fund for subsidizing quality education Education improvement programmes for schools including teachers training Promoting girl child education through grants and scholarships Adult literacy training Mobile schools for construction labourers Maintenance of mobile school vans

Inspite of having numerous educational facilities, the ‘Education for All’ programme is notworking in the region. BIOCON need to take initiative to coordinate with the other industrieslocated within KIADB area to improve the education especially the girl child in associationwith National programme for enhancing girl child education.

8.6.3 Skill Development Activities

With globalization, Indian industries are now opening to the world, resulting in growingdemand for world-class quality workmanship and deployment of latest technologies toenhance technical skill and productivity. Intense training to workforce and equipping themwith required knowledge and skill will ensure quality and higher level of productivity of menand machines.

Realizing this, as part of CSR, it is proposed to provide vocational training in professionalmanner and to develop highly trained workforce that suits requirement of various industries.Structured training programmes will be conducted to enable both new entrants and lessexperience workers in order to improve their skill levels, knowledge and competency



8.7 Employment Opportunities

The project will have significant beneficial impacts on both urban and rural economy in theproject area. The proposed industry in the Biocon SEZ shall open up new and betteremployment opportunities for the local population. Farmers and their families will also benefitfrom expanded opportunities for seasonal employment elsewhere to earn supplementalincomes. Rural village level enterprises will also prosper, promoting local economic growth.Manufacturing spurs demand for a number of inputs from raw materials to intermediatecomponents. Robust manufacturing growth would provide an impetus to services andagriculture, and will act as source of gainful employment in the project region. This will resultin the higher standard of living of the local population.

It may be noted that the existing industries in the KIADB area and within BIOCON SEZ arealready providing good employment opportunities for skilled and unskilled categories. Hence,with the proposed additional development, it definitely is bound to bring in more benefits tothe local population and the overall region.

8.7.1 Employment during the Development Period

Construction activities generate temporary labour opportunities. It is assumed that about25% of the infrastructure development cost constitutes, the labour cost. With the investmentalready made by BSEZ within KIADB area and also the infrastructure investments yet to bemade by BBIL, the benefit in terms of job opportunities related to construction activitiesamounts to Rs.300 Crores, overall.

8.7.2 Direct Labour

Being one of the factors for the production, the proposed industrial unit will generate directlabour opportunities. It is assumed that a direct labour opportunities equivalent to 0.43persons will be generated against every million that will be invested by the industrial unit. Theaverage wages for the direct labour is considered at Rs. 35,000 per month.

8.7.3 Indirect Labour

Along with the direct labour, the industrial unit will also generate opportunities for indirectlabour. It is assumed that every single direct labour opportunity will create 1.75 timesadditional opportunities for indirect labour. Further, the average wages for the indirect labouris considered at Rs. 20,000 per month.


Page 259

Chapter 9Environmental Management Plan


Chapter 9 Environmental Management PlanPage 260

Chapter 9 Environmental Management Plan

The Environmental management plan assumed special significance in industries because ofthe pollution potential especially in terms of Air, Water, Soil, Noise and Solid wastemanagement. This chapter presents an overview of Environmental Management Plan.

The main objectives of Environmental Management Plan are to:

Identify key environmental issues envisaged to be encountered during construction andoperation phases of the project.

Provide guidelines for appropriate mitigation measures. Establish systems and procedures for implementing mitigation measures Ensure that the mitigation measures are being implemented Monitor the effectiveness of mitigation measures Institutional framework includes the responsibilities for environmental management as

well as responsibility for implementing environmental measures Take necessary prompt action when unforeseen impacts occur

The anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures for each likely impact on theprevailing environment have been discussed in detail at the respective sections in Chapter4. The Environmental Monitoring Programme and Budgetary provisions for implementation ofproposed mitigation measures have been discussed in Chapter 6. Following specificenvironmental management plan/measures are discussed:

Administrative and Technical Setup for Environmental Management Greenbelt development Solar power harnessing Rainwater harvesting Occupational health and safety Institutional arrangements/framework for environmental management

Summary of project activities, associated impacts and mitigation measures

9.1 Administrative and Technical Setup for Environmental Management

Highly qualified and experienced persons in the field of Environmental Management ofsimilar kind of industry shall be considered for the positions of General Manager (GM) foroverall Environmental management for Biocon Limited. Well qualified personnel withminimum qualification of graduation in the respective discipline and minimum of seven (7)years of experience in relevant field shall be considered for the third level positions asmentioned in the organisation setup. However the right person for the right job with rightattitude need to be the focus while selecting such personnel as qualification criteria alonehas the potential to fail because of lack of concerns and negative attitude towardsenvironmental management,

BBIL industry shall appoint experienced persons for the position of Manager (Environment)for management of environmental aspects within the industrial plant premises andcoordination with BL (Biocon Limited) and BSEZ (Biocon SEZ) Environmental ManagementCell (EMC). Administrative relationship between BL, BSEZ and BBIL industrial unit is given inFigure 9-1.

The responsibilities of the Environmental Management Team/Cell shall be as follows:

Identify environmental aspects, normal, abnormal and emergency conditions


Environmental Management PlanPage 261

Ensure implementation of standard operating procedures as updated from time to time Evaluate any non-conformity to the environmental standards, as stipulated by different

regulatory agencies Ensure and implement necessary corrective actions Establish procedures for reporting, document and record control Establish and implement procedures for incident and near miss reporting, investigation

and root cause analysis and prescribe corrective action

BIOCONLTD

EMC

BSEZ BBIL

Figure 9-1: Coordination of EMC of BL and BSEZ with BBIL industry

9.1.1 Roles and Responsibilities for Environmental Management

The roles and responsibilities of Developer (Biocon Ltd) and BBIL (Proposed Industry) arebrought out in Table 9-1. These roles and responsibilities can be shared by developer as apart of agreement with BBIL industry and shall have clear terms on environmentalmanagement responsibilities.

Table 9-1: Roles and Responsibilities of Developer and IndustryS.No. Component Responsibility of Developer Responsibility of Industry

1. Generalagreement

Evolve very specific plot allotment guide lines withproper Environmental impact mitigation clausesespecially with regards to pollution minimisation efforts.Any violations need proper penal clauses with adequatenotice.

Strictly adhere to the plot allotmentguidelines and agreement.

No pollutant shall be released toNatural water systems that affect thecommon people of the region.

2. Water supply Required water for the BBIL industry for process, coolingand domestic usage shall be supplied by developerthrough BWSSB.The bulk water for the BBIL will be sourced from BSEZ.Water and respective pipelines shall be laid to Industry.

Groundwater shall not be withdrawn at any stage of theproject. Groundwater shall not be contaminated bydischarge of pollutants in to streams, ponds and other

Water requirement shall be met fromexisting water supply scheme atBSEZ.Groundwater shall not be withdrawnat any stage of the project.

Groundwater shall not becontaminated by discharge ofpollutants into streams, ponds and



S.No. Component Responsibility of Developer Responsibility of Industry

surface water bodies. other surface water bodies.3. Water

recycle/reuseZero discharge for ETP/STP is proposed in BBIL,Industry authority shall ensure the reuse of treatedwastewater from ETP & STP.

BBIL industry should adoptrecycle/reuse methodologies to themaximum extent possible.

4. Wastewatercollection/conveyance

Developer will provide the wastewater conveyancesystem through pipeline from the BBIL industry holdingtank to respective ETP & STP.

The wastewater conveyance(pipeline) within industry shall beprovided by Developer.

5. Wastewatertreatment anddisposal

Developer shall provide the ETP for treatment ofeffluents and STP for sewage as per the projectdevelopment plan.

BBIL shall be responsible to treatwastewater as per stipulatedstandards of CPCB/KSPCB.

6. Treatedwastewatermonitoringprotocol

i. BBIL authority shall monitor wastewater holdingtank.

ii. EMP cell shall monitor the treated wastewater atfollowing locations on daily basis: Respective ETP & STP holding tanks Treated WW Tanks

BBIL have to utilise the Developerexisting infrastructure facility.Monitoring of wastewater on dailybasis by BBIL shall be carried out asper SOPS and regulatory standards attheir respective holding tanks withonline monitoring facility for pH, TDS,TSS, BOD & COD etc.

7. Rainwaterharvesting

Rainwater harvesting pits/recharge wells shall beprovided at identified locations as per development plan.

Rainwater harvesting in industrypremises shall be adopted.

8. Wastemanagement

Sludge generated from ETP shall be disposed to TSDFand the same shall not be used as manure for greenbelt/green areas development.

Sludge generated from STP shall be used as manure forgreenbelt/green areas development

BBIL shall have their independentHazardous/Non-hazardous wastecollection and segregation systemand shall have a temporary storagefacility for 90 days detention which willbe designed as per the requirement.Wastes shall be periodically disposedto nearby TSDF.Industry shall follow “The HazardousWastes (Management, Handling andTrans boundary Movement) ThirdAmendment Rules, 2015”.

9. Post projectenvironmentalmonitoring

BL EMC shall conduct post project environmentalmonitoring as per the environmental monitoringprogramme suggested for construction and operationphases in Chapter 6.Specific requirement of monitoring shall be carried out asa part of compliance to EC/CTE/CTOEmissions/Discharges and Solid and Hazardous wastegeneration and the air quality results of BBIL area shallbe displayed at main entrances.

Industry specific critical pollutantsshall be monitored at industry level.Specific requirement of monitoringshall be carried out as a part ofcompliance to CTE/CTO.

10. Stackmonitoring

Developer need to ensure that all regulatory measuresare properly incorporated and all institutionalarrangements by developer.

Stack monitoring shall be carried outby BBIL

11. Greenbeltdevelopment

Greenbelt development along the boundary and greenareas in common areas and utility corridor shall bedeveloped.

Greenbelt and green areas shall bedeveloped in the industry level as perKSPCB norms.

12. Storm watermanagement

Storm water collection along roads, common areas andutilities shall be provided. Ensure no pollutants aredischarged to the fresh water streams by BBIL in aclandestine environment.

Storm water collection within theindustry shall be provided anddischarge facility into the commonstorm water drains shall be provided.

13. Truck parking Logistic zones meant for truck parking are providedwithin processing area. This parking space will serve thetrucks until custom clearance to enter the BBIL.

Iindustry shall provide on-site parkingspaces for trucks within the industrypremises.



9.2 Greenbelt Development

Trees play a vital role in the environment in preventing the horizontal dispersion of thepollutants to the surrounding areas. Trees are very suitable and effective for detecting,recognizing, reducing and controlling air pollution, minimising noise pollution and will alsocheck soil erosion, make the ecosystem more complete and functionally more stable andconducive.

Owing to their large surface area besides their bio-aesthetical values trees are to be used asindicators of biological effects of pollutant.

9.2.1 Objectives of Greenbelt Plan

The objectives of greenbelt development are as follows:

Mitigation of Fugitive dust Emissions and improve ambient air quality Provide a shelter belt around the project area for dust absorption and noise reduction Prevention of land degradation due to activities during construction phase Balancing Eco Environment Enhancement of the overall environmental quality Provide adequate shelter and habitat to the local fauna Enhancing the ecological equilibrium of the area Providing aesthetic value to the project area Prevention of negative impacts on reserve forests, sanctuary and wildlife Conserve soil quality and improve moisture level in ambient atmosphere Compliance of the conditions stipulated in the environment clearance Improving the forest cover and maintaining the biodiversity of the region Create awareness for environmental conservation and tree planting Generate employment for the local people

9.2.2 Plant Species for Green Belt development

Greenbelt/green area development will be carried out in and around the BBIL along theboundary, roadside and on the vacant areas in BSEZ with above objectives. Emphasis shallbe on native plant species on the basis of air pollution tolerance index of tree.

The selection of plant species for the development depends on various factors such asclimate, elevation and soil. The plant species should exhibit the following desirablecharacteristic in order to be selected for plantation.

While selecting the plant species for the proposed green belt in a designated area of 0.43 Ha(1.08 Acres) land, the following guidelines will be considered:

Tolerance to specific conditions or alternatively wide adaptability to eco-physiologicalconditions

Fast growing type and providing optimum penetrability Capacity to endure water stress and climate extremes after initial establishment Should be wind-firm and deep-rooted Should form a dense canopy and perennial green Species tolerant to air pollutants like PM, SOX and NOX should be preferred Be able to attenuate noise generated within the area Native origin and locally available Be well adapted to the existing soil conditions



Should have a large leaf area index. Should be permeable to help create air turbulence and mixing within the belt Introduction of monocultures and alien plant species would be avoided to the maximum

possible extent Should be able to thrive along with diverse species

9.2.3 Greenbelt Development Plan

The greenbelt development plan for the proposed BBIL is based on “Guidelines forDeveloping Greenbelt” published by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB). Greenbelt isproposed within BBIL site and along the boundary. Green areas are also proposed near thecommon utilities to serve as recreational facilities and breathing spaces and also to createbuffer zones. The three tier tree plantation shall be ideal recommendation for greenbeltaround the boundary of the proposed BBIL industry.

A total area of 0.43 ha (1.08 Acres) was earmarked for greenbelt/ green areas developmentwhich is about ~36%of total plot area i.e 2.95 Acres.

9.2.3.1 Design of Green Belt

While the green belt will be developed as per CPCB guidelines with concept of three tiersgreenbelt development with tall, medium and short height permanent trees in general. Asurvey was also conducted with respect to existing types and vegetation diversity within theBSEZ area for development of greenbelt around project components.

The following guidelines will be considered in green belt development.

The spacing between the trees will be maintained slightly less than one meter to increasethe density

Planting of trees in each row will be in staggered orientation In the front row shrubs will be grown. The short trees (< 10 m height) will be planted in the first two rows (towards plant side) of

the green belt. The tall trees (> 10 m height) will be planted in the outer three rows (awayfrom plant side)

Tall trees one line and short trees one line will be planted around the industries blocks tocontrol the fugitive emissions and to reduce the noise.

Pits measuring approximately 2’x2’x2’ may be dug where the soil is reasonably deep,and, pits measuring approximately 3’x3’x3’ where the soil is shallow or gravelly.

Expose the pits to direct sunlight for about 15 days ando If the soil at the site is reasonably good, pits may be filled with 80% site-soil +

20% composted cow-dung. About 200 gm Neem-cake and leaf-litter, grass oragricultural residue may be added

o If the soil at the site is poor, pits may be filled with 35% site-soil + 35% fertile soil(from an external source) +30% composted cow-dung. Neem-cake and otherorganic matter may be added as in the previous instance

Saplings should ideally be planted after the annual rains begin. The saplings would needto be watered once the rains cease.

Saplings shall be suitably nurtured and maintained. Soil conditioning and fertiliserapplication shall be undertaken. If required, suitable soil treatment shall be provided toensure good growth of tree cover.

Construction of temporary shelters of locally available materials such as bamboo andgrass around the growing saplings is recommended in the summer, to help the plantswithstand the hot sun.

During construction period



o Ground-vegetation should be allowed to shed seeds before cutting or moving it formulch. This would leave behind a seed-bank to flourish in the next growing-season, providing a natural source of mulch for the following year.

o Open Burning of bushes and other waste on land must be avoided, as it reducessoil-quality, and harms the ground-vegetation, amphibians, reptiles and ground-nesting birds.

Development of greenbelt shall start with construction phase and shall be continued fullfledge with operation phase of the proposed BBIL project.

As a part of improving biodiversity areas need to be ear marked for the growth of creepersthat are always neglected in green belt development category. Creepers are becomingincreasingly threatened due to lack of concerns and selective dereliction of this species.

The indicative sketch of three tier greenbelt development is given in Figure 9-2.

Figure 9-2: Hypothetical representation of three tier greenbelt development

9.2.3.2 Cost estimations for Green Belt development

Approximately 645 no. of trees is proposed to be planted in entire project site to follow theconcept of 1500 trees/Ha. The survival of the plantation shall be monitored frequently andsurvival rate of the plantation during operational phase shall not be less than 80%.

A capital cost of INR 20 Lakhs shall be earmarked for this purpose and INR of 5 Lakhs shallbe allocated for recurring expenses totalling INR 20 Lakhs towards green belt developmentand maintenance. The lay out plan of the greenbelt and green areas in project site isenclosed as Annexure H.

9.2.3.3 Recommended Species for Plantation

Based on climate and soil characteristics of the study area, some species are recommendedfor plantation. The climate of the region is not extreme where there is normal rainfall as wellas normal heat and soil temperature is also not very high in summer. The pollutants namelystack, dust/fugitive emissions, sulphur dioxide, smoke and carbon dioxide along with thenoise pollution can be effectively curbed by planting specific floral species. Therecommended species for greenbelt and plantation are given in Table 9-2.



Table 9-2: Recommended Plants for Greenbelt

S.No No. Botanical Name Family Common Name S/T HA HT GR E/D CS Flo.S.

1 A2 Acacia auriculiformis A.cunn Mimoseae Australian Wattle T Tree 16m Quick growing Evergreen Oblong June - Jan

2 A19 Actinodaphne angustifolia Nees Lauraceae T Tree 13m Slow Evergreen Round May - June, Nov

3 A21 Adina cordifolia Roxb Rubiaceae Haldu T Tree 20m Slow growing Deciduous Oblong / Round June - Sept

4 A25 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb Simarubaceae Mar Maharakha T Tree 20m Quick growing Deciduous Round Feb - March

5 A26 Alangium chinense (Lour) Harms Alangiaceae T Tree 10m Quick growing Deciduous

6 A29 Albizia lebbeck Benth Mimoseae Siris T Tree 20m Quick growing DeciduousRound /Spreading April - May

7 A31 Albizia odoratissima Benth Mimoseae Kala Siris T Tree 18m Quick growing Evergreen Oblong April - June

8 A34 Alnus nepalensis Betulaceae Uits - Tree 20m Quick growing Deciduous - Sept - Nov

9 A35 Alnus nitida Endl Betulaceae - - Tree 20m Quick growing after 1st yr. Deciduous - August - October

10 A36 Alstonia scholaris (Linn.) R.Br. Apocynaceae Devil tree T Tree 15m Quick growing Evergreen Round Dec -Mar

11 A41

Aphanamixis polystachya (Wall)Parker. Meliaceae Harin-hara T Tree 13m Slow growing Deciduous Oblong / Round July

12 A44 Azadirachta indica A Juss Meliaceae Neem T Tree 20mQuick growth after 1stseason Evergreen Spreading

Jan - March, Aug. -Sept

13 B1 Balanties roxburghii Planch Balanitaceae Hingan T Tree 9m Quick growing Evergreen Spreading April - june

14 B2

Bambusa arundinacia (Retz)Roxb Poaceae Kantabans T Shrub 20m Quick growing Deciduous Oblong

15 B3 Bambusa vulgaris Schrad Poaceae T

Shrub / tallperennialgrasses 15m Quick growing Deciduous

16 B6 Bauhinig acuminata Linn Caesalpinaceae Kanchan T Shrub 3m Quick growing Deciduous Oblong / Round June

17 B7 Bauhinia purpurea Linn Caesalpinaceae Khairwal T Tree 7m Quick growing Deciduous Oblong Sept - Nov



18 B8 Bauhinia racemosa Lamk. Caesalpinaceae Astha T Small Tree 5m Quick growing Deciduous Oblong Mar -June

19 B9 Bauhinia semla Wanderlin Caesalpinaceae Semla T Tree 10m Quick growing Deciduous Round Sept - Nov

20 B10 Bauhinia varigata Linn Caesalpinaceae Kachnar T Tree 5m Quick growing Deciduous Oblong Nov

21 B13 Bougainvillea spectabilis Wild Bischofiaceae Bougainvillea T Shrub 8m Quick growing Evergreen Oblong / Round Throughout the year

22 B17 Butea monosperma Lamk Fabaceae Kashmir T Tree 10m Slow growing Deciduous Oblong /Ovoid Jan - April

23 C1

Caesalpinia pulcherrima (L)Swartz. Cesalpinaceae White Gald Mahur T Tree 4m Quick growing Evergreen Spreadding Throughout the year

24 C2 Callistemon citinus (Curtis ) stapf. Myrtaceae Battlebrush T Small Tree 5m Slow growing Evergreen ConicalThroughout the yearesp. April.

25 C3 Calophyllum inophyllum Linn Clusiaceae Sultanachampa T Tree 18m Slow growing EvergreenRound /Spreading Dec - Jan

26 C4 Calotropis gigantea R.Br (Linn) Asclepiadaceae Gigantic Swallow wort T Shrub 5m Quickgrowing Evergreen Oblong / Round Feb - July

27 C5 Calotropis procera (R.Br) Ait Asclepiadaceae Swallow wort T Shrub 6m Quick growing Evergreen Oblong / Round December

28 C7 Cassia fistula Linn Caesalpinaceae Jammu T Tree 12m Quick growing Deciduous Round Mar - May

29 C8 Cassia iavanica Caesalpinaceae T Tree 12m Quick growing Deciduous Round May - June

30 C9 Cassia pumila Lamk Caesalpinaceae Yellow Casia T Tree 10-12m Quick growing Evergreen Round

31 C10 Cassia renigera Wall ex. Benth. Caesalpinaceae Pink Cassia T Tree 10m Quick growing Deciduous Round/spreading May- June

32 C11 Cassia siamea Lamk. Caesalpinaceae Iraan waad tree T Tree 10-12m Fast growing Evergreen Oblong Aug - May

33 C18

Clerodendrum infortunatum Linn(auct), Weight Verbenaceae Bhant T Shrub 3-4m Quickgrowing Evergreen Round Oct - Jan

34 C20 Cordia dichotoma Forst Cordiaceae Chota T Tree 10m Quick growing after 1st yr. Evergreen Round/ Oblong March - April

35 D3 Delonix regia (Boijer) Rafin. Caesalpinaceae Flameboyant T Tree 15m Quick growing DeciduousSpreading/ Flattopped. April - June



36 D4 Dendrocalamus Strictus Nees Poaceae Solid bamboo T

Shrub / tallperennialgrass. 12m Quick growing Deciduous - -

37 D5 Derris Indica (Lann.) Bennett. Fabaceae Pongam T Tree 10m Quick growing Evergreen Round April - June

38 D8 Duranta repens L Verbenaceae - T Shrub 3m Quick growing Evergreen Spreading -

39 E4 Eucalyptus citriodora Hook Myrtaceae Lemon scented gum T Tree 20m Quick growing Evergreen Conical Feb - Apri. Oct - Dec.

40 E5 Eucalyptus hybrid Myrtaceae Mysore gum T Tree 20m Quick growing Evergreen Conical Feb - April, Oct - Dec.

41 F1 Ficus benghalensis Linn Moraceae Bargad T Tree 20m Quick growing Evergreen Spreading April - June

42 F2 Ficus benjamina Linn Moraceae - T Tree 12m Quick growing Evergreen Spreading Sept - Nov

43 F4 Ficus gibbosa Blume Moraceae Datir T Tree 10m Quick growing Evergreen Spreading April - May

44 F7 Ficus religosa Linn Moraceae Pipal T Tree 20mGrows slow in earlystages later grows fast Evergreen Round/Oblong Jan - July

45 G3 Gardenia jasminoides Eills. Rubiaceae - T Tree 5m Quick growing Evergreen OblongApril - Aug extendedupto Sept.

46 G4 Gardenia resinifera Roth Rubiaceae Dikamali T Tree 5m Quick growing Deciduous Oblong Mar - June.

47 G5

Gliricidia sepium (Jacq) Kunth exWalp. Fabaceae

Mother - of - Cocoa,Mexican lilac T Tree 10m Quick growing Deciduous Oblong/Round Jan - March

48 G6 Grevillea robusta A. cunn Proteaceae. Silvery or silky oak T Tree 20m Quick growing Evergreen Oblong Feb - April

49 H1 Hamelia patens Jacq Rubiaceae Scarlet bush T Shrub 3m Quick growing Evergreen Round Oct - Jan

50 H2 Heterophragma roxburghii DC Bignoniaceae Warras T Tree 18m Quick growing Evergreen Round / Oblong Feb-April51 H3 Hibiscus rosa sinensis Malvaceae Jasud T Shrub 3m Quick growing Evergreen Round / Oblong Throughout the year

52 H5 Holoptelia integrifolia Ulmaceae Indian Elm T Tree Quick growing Deciduous Oblong Feb - April

53 I3 Ixora coccinea Rubiaceae Rangan T Tree 6m Quick growing Evergreen Oblong Throughout the year

54 I4 Ixora rosea Rubiaceae T Tree 6m Quick growing Evergreen OblongMore or lessthroughout the year

55 I5 Ixora undulata Rubiaceae T Tree 6m Quick growing Evergreen Oblong March - April

56 J2 Juniperus communis Pinaceae Common Juniper S Shrub 10m Quick growing Evergreen Round / Oblong March - April

57 K1 Kigelia africana Lamk Bignoniaceae Sausage tree T Small Tree 10m Quick growing Evergreen Round / Oblong Mar - June.



58 L1 Lagerstroemia parviflora Roxb Lythraceae Phurush T Tall Tree 20m Quick growing Deciduous Round / Oblong June

59 L2 Lagerstroemia speciosa Lythraceae Jarool T Tree 10m Quick growing Evergreen Oblong April - june

60 L3 Lantana camara Linn. Verbenaceae Lantana T Shrub 3m Quick growing Evergreen Spreading Throughtout the year

61 M3

Mollotus philippensis (Lour)Muell, Arg Euphorbiaceae Kamala, Kamila. T Tree 12m Slow growing Evergreen Oblong/Round Nov - Jan

62 M4

Mammea suriga (Buch - Ham.Ex. Roxb.) Guttifer aceae Nagkesar T Tree 18m Quick growing Evergreen Spreading Feb - March

63 M9 Millingtonia hortensis L.f Bignoniaceae Indian cork - tree, Buch S Tree 10m Quick growing Evergreen Oblong/Round Oct - Dec.

64 N1 Nerium indicum Apocynaceae Kaner T Shrub 5m Quick growing Evergreen Oblong / Round Throughout the year

65 N2 Nyctanthus arbor-tristis Oleaceae Harsinghar T Shrub 5m Quick growing Deciduous Oblong/RoundMore or lessthroughout the year

66 P1

Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC)Backer Caesalpinaceae. Copper pod tree. T Tree - Quickgrowing Evergreen Oblong/Round May - Sept

67 P8 Poinciana pulcherrima Caesalpinaceae. Guletura T Shrub 3m Quick growing Evergreen Oblong Oct - Jan

68 P9 Polyathia longifolia (sonn) Th Anonaceae Devadaru S Tree 15 or 5m Quickgrowing EvergreenConical orRounded April - June

69 P14 Populus nigra Linn Salicaceae Lombardy S Tree 20m Quick growing Deciduous Conical -

70 P21 Pterygota alata var. irregularis Sterculiaceae - T Tree 15m Quick growing Evergreen Round/Oblong Mar - April

71 S6 Samanea saman Mmos eae. Rain Tree T Tree 20m Quick growing Evergreen Spreading/Round Mar - June.

72 S9 Saraca asoka Roxb De wilde Caesalpinaceae Ashok T Tree 5m Quick growing Evergreen - Dec - May

73 S13 Soymida febrifuga A juss Meliaceae Indian redwood T Tree 15m Quick growing Deciduous Round/Oblong Mar.

74 S14 Spathodea campanulata Beauv. Bignoniaceae Indian Tulip tree T Tree 12m Quick growing Evergreen Oblong/Round Nov. Jan

75 S17 Sterculia guttata Sterculiaceae kukur T Tree 15m Quick growing Deciduous Oblong/Round Jan - Feb

76 T1 Tabernaemontana divaricata Apocynaceae Tagar,Chandani T Shrub 3m Quick growing Evergreen Round. Throughout the year



77 T3 Tecoma stans linn. Bignoniaceae T Shrub 5m Quick growing Evergreen Oblong Feb - April

78 T5 Terminalia alata heyne ex roth Combretaceae Laurel T Tree 20m Quick growing Deciduous Oblong/Round May - July

79 T6

Terminalia arjuna roxb wight &Arn Combretaceae Arjun T Tree 15m Quick growing Deciduous Oblong/Round April - July

80 T11 Thevetia peruviana pers Merrill Apocynaceae Yellow oleoner T Shrub 6m Quick growing Evergreen Round/Oblong Round/Oblong

81 T12 Thuja occidentalis CupressaceaeAmerican Arborvitae,White cedar. T Tree 15m Quick growing Evergreen Conical -

82 U1 Ulumus wollichiana Planch Ulmaceae Mored pabuna T Tree 15m Quick growing Evergreen Round -

Note: - Commercial plants are not recommended within the BEZ.



9.2.3.4 Nursery Development within BSEZ

Nurseries would be developed in open areas with six to eight seedlings per m2 for pottedplants with above mentioned guidelines.

9.2.3.5 Vermiculture Development and Usage

Vermicomposting is natural organic manure and its chemical composition is much moresuperior to compost made either in conventional composting pits or by bacterialdecomposition. Vermicomposting consists of humus, which is the basic building block offertile soil. It contains all essential macro and micronutrients for plants in readily availableform due to which plants are able to easily absorb them. Vermicomposting is prepared withthe aid of earthworms. Vermicomposting pits shall be developed and biodegradable wastefrom project premises shall be utilized for manure production.

9.2.3.6 General Guidelines Regarding the Plantation-plan

The original topography and vegetation of the site must be retained that newly-plantedsaplings may get the benefit of their natural micro-climate and may survive with relativelyless inputs. Soil from the site should be used for the plantation, as far as possible, andsupplemented with external nutrients only where necessary. Chemical fertilizers or pesticidesmust be avoided, as they reduce soil-quality and integrity, as also, the food/medicinal valueof plants. Locally available leaf-litter, grass-cuttings, agricultural residue, compost or otherorganic material may be used as supplementary plant-nutrients.

9.3 Rainwater Harvesting32

Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) refers to collection of rain falling on earth surface for beneficialuses before it drains away as run-off. The recent groundwater estimation as in MarchSeptember 2013, by Central Groundwater Board, Govt. of India and Bangalore UrbanDistrict, has classified Anekal Taluk, in which the project area is situated, under “OverExploitation category”. As a necessity to improve groundwater in the region as adevelopmental activity, rainwater harvesting is proposed within the BBIL. Rainwaterharvesting and conservation practices reduce the soil erosion, increases soil moisture andenhance recharge to groundwater body.

The objectives of rain water harvesting proposed for the project are as follows:

Rainfall – runoff management Control soil erosion Increase the soil moisture Prevent rush of surface flow of water Recharge to groundwater in favourable areas Direct use of harvested rainwater Saving in pumping cost

9.3.1 Estimation of Rainwater Harvesting Potential

Rainwater Harvesting shall be implemented at BBIL to conserve rainwater. Roof top area,greenbelt/green area, road/paved area and open areas proposed in the project areconsidered for arriving the rainwater which can be harvested.

32Ref: Concepts & Practices for Rainwater Harvesting- CPCB 2001



The approximate quantities of rainwater that can be harvested at BBIL are given inTable 9-3.The equation used for run off estimation is based on CPCB guidelines on ‘Concepts andPractices for Rain water Harvesting’- Oct 2001.The calculations are based on the following:

Average annual rainfall is 740 mm based on 1970-2000 IMD data Average No of rainy days are 33.3 Run of co-efficient are considered as given by CPCB guidelines

Table 9-3: Estimated Volume of run-off that can be harvested from Roof Top

S.No.

Land UseDistribution in BBIL

Land UseArea Area in

m2

Rainfall(m)

Volume(m3)

Run offcoefficient

Volumeof run-offharvested

Volume ofrun-off

harvested(m 3 /day)Plot (Acre)

1. Roof top Area 2.06 8358 0.740 6184 0.80 4947 149.93Total

Note: - Roof top area is considered as 70% of the plotted area (11940 m2).

9.3.2 Harvesting Plan and Recharge Structures

9.3.2.1 Roof-top Rainwater Harvesting

For the proposed project only Roof-top rain water is proposed for harvesting. Roof-toprain-water harvesting is one of the appropriate options for this kind of industries foraugmenting groundwater recharge/storage where natural recharge is considerably reducedand not much land is available for implementing any other artificial recharge measure.

In a typical roof top rain-water harvesting system, rain-water from the roof is collected in astorage vessel or tank for use during periods of scarcity. Such systems are usually designedto support the drinking and cooking needs of the family and comprise a roof, a storage tankand guttering to transport the water from the roof to the storage tank. In addition, a first flushsystem to divert the dirty water, which contains debris, collected on the roof during non-rainyperiods and a filter unit to remove debris and contaminants before water enters the storagetank are also provided. Therefore, a typical Roof top Rain-water Harvesting Systemcomprises following components:

Roof catchment Filter unit Drain pipes Storage tank. Gutters

Collection sump. Down pipe Pump unit First flush pipe

A typical Roof-top rainwater harvesting system is given in Exhibit 9-1. However, duringdetailed engineering of the industry suitable structure will be arrived for rainwater harvesting.



Exhibit 9-1: A Typical Rainwater Harvesting System

Filtration forms the most important process in the purification of water. It usually involvesallowing water to pass through a filter media e.g. sand. Filtration essentially involves removalof suspended and colloidal impurities present in water. Depending on the type of filtration,the chemical characteristics of water may be altered and the bacterial content may beconsiderably reduced. These effects take place due to various processes such asmechanical straining, sedimentation, biological metabolism and electrolytic changes.

The sand being used for filter in roof top rain-water harvesting systems should be free fromclay, loam, vegetable matter, organic impurities etc. and should also be uniform in nature andgrain size. There are three types of filters i.e.

i) Slow Sand Filters,ii) Rapid Sand Filters (gravity type) andiii) Pressure Filters.

9.3.2.2 Storage Ponds/Tanks

In addition to roof top rainwater harvesting, we can also adopt storage tank /pond system forstorm water storage. Storage ponds/tanks are civil structures to store harvested rainwater.From these storage facilities, water can be pumped directly to points of demand or suppliedthrough over-head tanks. Silt trap pits and filter beds have to be maintained before letting thewater to the storage pond / tank. The storage tanks may be properly cemented to avoidleakage or seepage into ground. Dimensions of these structures may be maintained at 20 mx 10 m x 2 m. Storage Ponds are not proposed for the proposed project. A model of thestorage pond / tank is shown in Exhibit 9-2 for storing harvested rainwater.



Exhibit 9-2: A Model Storage Pond/Tank

9.3.2.3 Recharge pits- typical arrangements

In the BBIL project area, recharge pits are recommended to be constructed near the roof-topharvesting structures. Due to enhanced vertical hydraulic conductivity through the rechargepit structure, natural recharge process of aquifer system gets enhanced, especially whenstorms are of short duration and rainfall days are less as in case of project area, andsustainability of the aquifer is ensured for a long period. The benefit accrued during heavyrains in non- rainy (summer) season or during draught time will be worth mentioning. In suchcircumstances recharge will be at its peak stage. As a result all shallow open wells andponds will get adequate quantity of water as huge relief for Industries who depends onground water, nearby farmers and poor landless villagers.

In addition to Roof-top rain water harvesting, recharge pits will be planned by the industryand BSEZ authorities for roof top harvesting. In the project area, Recharge pits of 2.0 mdiameter with a depth of 3.0 m will be constructed. The pit has to be back filled with asequence of boulders, gravel, pebbles and coarse sand from bottom to top. A constructedmodel recharge pit is shown in Exhibit 9-3. A schematic diagram of the Recharge Pit isgiven in Exhibit 9-4. It is recommended to dig a trial pit of 5.0 m before constructing theRecharge pit. The site may be avoided if groundwater table is encountered within a depthrange of 5 m.



Exhibit 9-3: Model Recharge Pit (source:Google)

Exhibit 9-4: Schematic of Recharge Pit(Source: Google)

9.3.2.4 Recharge Wells- Typical arrangements

Recharge wells are the structures to recharge water in the sub-surface levels directly to theaquifer. In the project area, the piezometric level of the deeper aquifer is expected to be inthe range of 20 to 30 m below ground level. Gravity recharge wells in the vicinity of storageponds are useful in recharging the deeper aquifer system.

A schematic design of the recharge well is presented in Exhibit 9-5. The collected rain waterin the pond may be diverted through well maintained channels, two desilting pits and twofilter beds into each recharge well by gravity. From bottom of last filter bed, pipe carrying therecharge water may have to go down the recharge well upto piezometric surface. Therecharge well of 300 to 450 mm diameter, down to a depth of 80 m is recommended.Recharge wells are not proposed for the proposed BBIL project.

Exhibit 9-5: Schematic Diagram of Recharge Well

INLETOUTLET FOR

EXCESSWATER

SAN

D

BOULDERS



9.3.3 Rainwater Harvesting and Utilisation Plan

Based upon the survey and hydro-geological conditions of the project area, harvesting andrecharge structures are proposed for rainwater harvesting and groundwater recharging. Theproposed harvesting and recharge structures within the BBIL site are:

Roof-top rainwater harvesting Recharge pits of 16 number

The locations identified for rainwater harvesting within the BBIL site are given in Exhibit 9-3.



Figure 9-3: Identified Locations of Rainwater Harvesting Structures/Pits



The flash flood water can be recharged directly to the deeper aquifer through recharge wellsfor enhancing the depleting resource and make it sustainable.

Rainwater which will be harvested from building roof-tops can be stored at higher levelstorage tanks below the roof-top level and be directly supplied by gravity flow to the points ofdemand without the process of pumping. The overall rain water that could be harvested byimplementing roof-top rain water harvesting is estimated to be about 4947 m3 in a year (150m3/day).

Locations for constructing rain-water storage ponds/tanks are selected at 16 locations forrainwater harvesting from roof-tops of the buildings. Harvested water should be sent throughdesilting and filter bed pits to allow silt-free water into the storage facilities. Dimensions ofthese structures may be maintained at 2m dia and 3 m depth proposed conservationstructures are expected to harvest and store about 4947 m3. The overflow water duringheavy rains can be diverted to outfalls through proposed storm water drainage. As per theToR Biocon has explored various methods for rainwater harvesting, however it is decided bythe management of Biocon that the existing system will be followed for the proposed projectalso i.e collecting roof top rain water and store in existing rain water storage tank due to nonviability. Details of the existing rain water storage tank are given below:

9.3.4 Monitoring wells for Impact Assessment

The effectiveness of artificial recharge structures is known by closely monitoring thegroundwater levels of the phreatic and confined aquifer systems. Monitoring of thegroundwater regime is done by establishing a network of observation wells tapping theshallow and deeper aquifer systems separately.



The phreatic aquifer can be monitored by measuring groundwater levels in the open dugwells or dedicated shallow water table wells nearby the site (Currently there is no well withinthe site). 2 to 3 piezometric wells are proposed within BSEZ to check the ground waterquality. The existing dug wells nearby project site may also be selected for monitoring.Piezometric surface in the deeper aquifer may have to be monitored by installing dedicatedpiezometers. Piezometer is a small diameter (38 mm) tube with a 2 to 3 m perforated pipe atthe bottom lowered in a borehole (100 to 150 mm) drilled down into the confined aquifer. Theperforated portion of the tube has to be positioned against the bottom of the confined aquiferwith clean sorted gravel shrouded between the tube and the borehole surface. Rest of theborehole may be filled with unsorted gravel or clay.

The observation wells/piezometers are to be monitored at least four times in a year, i.e. inthe months of January, May, August and November. Data collected from these wells, providemore meaningful record / database and clarity in the changes in the ground water regime inthe Project area.

Digital water level recorders, which collect water level information automatically ranging intime from 1 hour to 1 month, provide accurate and valuable data for groundwatermanagement. The recorder is an electronic device which is installed within the water columnof the observation well. The device collects the groundwater level data at the desired intervalof time and stores the digital data on board which can be retrieved through data retrievalsystems or hand held computers and can be downloaded directly into office computers forfurther analysis. Groundwater chemical quality monitoring also can be done through thesedevices with appropriate add-on probes.

9.4 Solar Power Harnessing

The feasibility of Solar Power Harnessing within the BBIL built up areas particularly atavailable roof tops is also studied. The available technologies for generating solar power aremainly Solar Photo Voltaic (PV) Cells and Solar Thermal. Technology of Solar PV Cells issuitable for solar power generation with proper utilization of the roof top areas available onthe roofs of buildings/structures within the industry premises. The off grid solar PV systemwill be used for the solar power harnessing.

Basic components that are used to build a solar PV system are as follows:

Flat Roof Solar PV Panel mounting systems Solar PV Panels and solar modules Solar PV Charge Controllers Solar Batteries PV Junction Boxes/PV Combiner Boxes

Off-Grid Solar PV Power Inverters Solar PV Cables & Connectors Solar PV Generation Meters AC & DC Isolators Solar PV System monitoring

For the purpose of installation of off grid solar PV cells, the suitable buildings and structuresare identified and the roof top areas are considered for calculation of total possible capacityof installed solar PV.

The calculation for installed capacity and cost is based on the following assumption:

100 m2 area is required for the installation of 10 kWp capacity Capital cost including batteries and other accessories is INR 1 lakh/kWp.

The installed capacity and approximate cost details for BBIL area is as given in Table 9-4.

Table 9-4: Estimated Installation Capacity and Cost for Solar Power Harness



Project Total Plotarea (m2)

Roof top area(considering 70% of

total area) (m2)

Installation capacity(Considering 100 sqm

for 10kWP) kWp

Installationcapacity in

MW

Cost forinstallation

(considering `8cr/MW) ` Crores

BBIL 11940 8358 835.8 0.835 6.68

The total cost towards solar power harness is coming to about Rs. 66.8 million (~Rs 6.68 Cr),since huge cost is involved for the solar harnessing. This will be thoroughly studied duringproject execution stage. If it is financially viable the developer will sure go for solarharnessing power. Also, the Government of India & Government of Karnataka has taken jointinitiative to provide un-interrupted 24X7 power supply in the state of Karnataka (exceptagriculture consumers). In future Karnataka state will become one of the surplus powerstates in India. At present KIADB is supplying uninterrupted power supply to all existingindustries, installation of solar power may not be required immediately may be explored infuture if required.

9.5 Occupational Health and Safety

Occupational health & safety needs attention both during construction, erection, operationand maintenance phases of BBIL project. Broad framework for Occupational health andsafety measures is presented in this section.

9.5.1 Occupational Hazards

Occupational health hazards, areas associated with hazards and proposed mitigationmeasures are given in Table 9-5.

Table 9-5: Occupational Health HazardsS.

No.OccupationalHealth Hazard Areas associated with Hazards Mitigation

1. Non-ionizingradiation

Combustion facility workers may have ahigher exposure to Electric and MagneticFields (EMF) due to working in proximityto electric power generators, equipment,and connecting high-voltage transmissionlines

Identification of potential exposure levels in theworkplace

Establishment and identification of safety zones todifferentiate between work areas with expectedelevated EMF levels

Personal exposure monitoring equipment shouldbe set to warn of exposure levels

2. Heat Occupational exposure to heat occursduring operation and maintenance ofcombustion units, pipes, and related hotequipment like Boilers etc.

Regular inspection and maintenance of pressurevessels and piping

Provision of adequate ventilation in work areas Time reduction for work in elevated temperature

and ensuring access to drinking water Shielding surfaces where workers come in close

contact with hot equipment Use of warning signs near high temperature

surfaces and Personal Protective Equipment(PPE).

3. Noise Noise sources in combustion facilitiesand auxiliaries; boilers and auxiliaries,such as pulverizes; diesel engines; fansand ductwork; pumps; compressors;condensers; precipitators and motors etc.

Provision of sound-insulated control rooms withnoise levels below 60 dB(A);

Design of generators to meet applicableoccupational noise levels

Identify and mark high noise areas and provisionof PPE.

4. ConfinedSpaces

Specific areas for confined space entrymay include condensers, and coolingwater towers

Adequate Engineering measures shall beimplemented to eliminate the degree of confinedspaces.



S.No.

OccupationalHealth Hazard Areas associated with Hazards Mitigation

Unavoidable confined spaces shall be providedwith permanent safety measures.

5. ElectricalHazards

Energized equipment and power linescan pose electrical hazards for workers

Consider installation of hazard warning lights. Use of voltage sensors prior to and during

workers' entrance. Deactivation and proper grounding of live power

equipment and distribution lines according toapplicable legislation and guidelines.

Provision of specialized electrical safety training toworkers.

6. Fire andExplosionHazards

Handling and storage of fuel, productsetc.

Use of automated combustion and safety controls. Proper maintenance of boiler safety controls. Implementation of startup and shutdown

procedures. Automated sensors and regular cleaning

mechanism. Provide Fire proof jackets for those who will work

for extinguish power.7. Dust Dust may arise due to dedusting

activities and vehicles movement etcDust may contain silica (associated withsilicosis), arsenic (skin and lung cancer)

Use of dust controls such as proper housing andwater sprinkling etc.

Regular sweeping, mopping, inspection andmaintenance of roads/asbestos containingmaterials etc.

Prevalent occupational diseases for workers are possible for which project proponent shallprovide necessary safety equipment and conduct periodical health checkup. As a giant inBiopharmaceutical Company, Biocon is committed for occupational health & safety ofemployees.

9.5.2 Personal Protective Equipment

The personal protective equipment (PPE) offers adequate protection to worker, co-workersand visitors. Proper use of PPE shall be part of recurrent training programs for employees.Table 9-6 provides the list of PPE which shall be provided in industrial premises:

Table 9-6: Personnel Protective EquipmentProtection for Equipment Protection Against

HAND Leather gloves Asbestos gloves Electrical resistance gloves Canvas gloves Hand sleeves

Cuts due to handling Heat radiation Electrical shock Contact with oil & grease etc. Falling of hot slag/material

LEG Leg-guards Leather safety boots Asbestos safety boots

Welding sparks Striking by objects, fall of objects and stepping on

sharp or hot objects Heat radiation, stepping hot or sharp objects and

stepping on sharp or hot objectsEYE Spectacle/goggles with plain shatter proof lens Foreign bodies entering eyes and reflected arc raysHEAD Fibre Helmet Fall of objects/hitting against objects during

construction, maintenance etcEAR Ear plugs or muffs High noise levelNOSE Dust protection mask Fine dust particlesFIRE Fire Extinguishers

Fire Jackets Fire Suits etc.

Fire



9.5.3 Health Monitoring

Medical surveillance has been prescribed in the Factories Act, 1948 (Amended). Undersection 41C, it is stated that "every occupier of a factory involving any hazardous processshall:

“Maintain accurate and up to date health records or, as case may be, medical records ofworkers in factory who are exposed to any chemical, toxic or any other harmful substanceswhich are manufactured, stored, handled or transported and such records shall beaccessible to the workers subjected to such conditions as may be prescribed and provide formedical examination of every worker, (a) before such worker is assigned to a job involvingthe handling of or working with a hazardous substance and b) while continuing in such joband after he has ceased to work in such job, at intervals not exceeding twelve months, insuch manner as may be prescribed."

Biocon has already established an occupational health service centre inside BSEZ premisesto promote and maintain physical, mental and social well-being of the employees. The unit iswell equipped to detect and prevent occupational/work related diseases and is being offeringeffective emergency and injury care at work. The centre will develop health educationtraining packages including use of personal protective equipment for all employees andimpart training accordingly. Occupational Health Service shall arrange to provide adequatenumber of First Aid Boxes with approved contents on the shop floor. Ambulance shall beavailable to meet any emergency situation.

The records of health check-up of all employees have been already maintained by Biocon.This will be extended to BBIL also. The occurrence of occupational health hazards anddiseases shall also be maintained. The records will be reviewed at intervals of two years tocheck the effectiveness of various measures implemented. Based on the review, action planto improve the effectiveness of occupational health and safety measures shall be prepared.

9.5.4 Safety

Overall safety of man and material is an important aspect of industry performance. Thesafety policy of the industry shall be clearly defined. The developer shall implement separatesafety measures for construction and operation phases and a safety officer shall beemployed by the BBIL industry which shall also coordinate with BL EMC safety officer.

Creating awareness among the targeted group is very important for the successfulimplementation of safety.

9.5.4.1 Safety Circle

In order to fully develop the capabilities of the employees in identification of hazardousprocesses and improving safety and health, safety circles would be constituted in each areaof work. The circle would consist of 5-6 employees from that area. The circle normally shallmeet for about an hour every week.

9.5.4.2 Safety Training

Safety training shall be provided by the Safety Officer with the assistance of faculty memberscalled from Professional Safety Institutions and Universities. In addition to regularemployees, limited contractor labours shall also be provided safety training.



9.5.5 Endemic Disease Mitigation Plan

During baseline monitoring (September to November 2016) environmental consultant hasdone informal consultation with villagers in the study area it is understood that there are nomajor epidemics in recent years in the study area., but the occurrence of certain majordiseases such as TB, Cancer, Fluorosis and kidney problems are prevalent.

Considering the possibility of increase the above diseases due to development of BBIL withinBiocon SEZ in the study area, it is necessary to have an Action plan to mitigate the issuebeforehand.

9.5.5.1 Possible Health Hazards

Industrial Unit: The possible Health hazards which may become an Endemic disease orOccupational illnesses in Long term during construction and operational phase of BSEZ/BBIL area are given below:

Chemical hazards, including heavy metals, such as lead & mercury, solvents like diesel,and many other chemicals including paints that are used in project.

Physical hazards, such as excessive noise, vibration, extremes of temperature andpressure, and ionizing and non ionizing radiation.

Biomechanical hazards, such as heavy lifting, repetitive or awkward or forcefulmovements that result in musculoskeletal disorders, like carpal tunnel syndrome and lowback pain.

Biologic hazards, such as Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), hepatitis B and hepatitisC viruses, the tubercle bacillus, and many other bacteria, viruses, and othermicroorganisms that may be transmitted through air, water, food, or direct contact.

Psycho-social hazards, such as workplaces where there is high stress due to excessivedemands on, and low control by, workers; stress and hostility resulting from urbancongestion, such as “Road Traffic”.

9.5.5.2 Occupation Health & Endemic Disease Mitigation Action Plan

Data Collection: Occupational and environmental diseases and injuries can be recognizedat the individual level, which depends on obtaining and assessing an occupational andenvironmental history. Before implementation of the Mitigation Action Plan, the healthinformation of the people in the project area upto 10km shall be collected from respectivedepartments (Government/Hospitals). The data shall be collected and the report should bedocumented & updated every year.

Mitigation Measures: The following are some of the mitigation measures for OccupationalHealth and Endemic diseases:

Immediate Actions:

Ensure through proper support and training that all employees are aware of hazards andaccept responsibility for working safely during Construction and Operational phases. Thiswill significantly reduce Occupational Health hazards and illness.

Ensure presence of a key staff/doctor at the time of emergency to know, what to do ifthey suspect a notifiable disease in the surrounding.

Community based participatory research to identify issues and to assess change fordeveloping problem/location specific plans.



Long Term Actions:

It shall be ensured that the respective Government department of Municipality disinfectsresidential areas which lie around the project site regularly.

Ensuring provision of necessary medical facilities in the study area. Necessary guidanceshall be provided to enhance the medical facility in the area.

Periodic health awareness camps and health check-ups should be organised in the studyarea to ensure better health standards of the people.

Basic Information Requirements

The following shall be understood before implementing a mitigation measure;

Possibility of providing additional responsibilities to EHS to take necessary immediateactions during emergencies.

Animal welfare – for example, access to feed, provision of sufficient appropriate sheltersshall be analysed.

Potential alternative methods to control various diseases out breaks. Consideration of other induced developments. Possibilities to dissipate information quickly.

Monitoring for Endemic Disease Mitigation Activities

Frequent health check-ups shall be carried out for the workers. Thus the health relatedissues within the industrial unit can be analysed.

Mitigation measures as suggested above shall be updated every year based on thecollected data/information on health conditions of the people living in the study area.

Information obtained from monitoring of Environmental parameters as provided in Chapter 6shall be correlated with the health information to provide a clear understanding of pollutantimpacts.

9.6 Institutional Mechanism for Implementation of Mitigation Measures

The effective implementation and close supervision of the environmental management tomitigate the environmental impacts, which are likely to arise due to the construction andoperational phases of the project could be achieved through a suitable institutionalmechanism. The proposed institutional mechanism recommended for the implementation ofthe mitigation measures is presented in Figure 9-4.

A proper institutional mechanism to understand and implement appropriate environmentalmanagement measures during various stages of the project is a pre requisite and has astrong bearing for the overall success of the project management. Implementation of theEnvironmental Management measures shall become easy once an environmentallyresponsible Team is in place.



KSPCB MoEF&CC CPCB

BL ProjectAuthority

Fund Support Monitoring Efficiency

of Implementation Monitoring

Performance Indicator Ensuring Compliance

to StatutoryRequirements

Compliance toEnvironmental andSocial Policy

SupportInstitution

External Institute ofreputed Monitoringinstitution

In house and externalMonitoring

Implementation ofEMP/MitigationMeasures

Obtaining StatusClearances

Compliance to internalpolicies

Data Management andtrend analysis topropose and implementappropriate intervention

Environmental Management Cell (EMC)

CTE CTO Monitoring of

conditionsApplied

CTO/CTEApplications

EnvironmentalAppraisal

EnvironmentalAppraisal

CDMApplication

ProvidingDesignInformation

Assistance inMonitoring

Figure 9-4: Implementation Arrangement

9.7 Environmental Management Cell (EMC)

Apart from having an Environmental Management Plan, it is also necessary to have apermanent organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring its effectiveimplementation of mitigation measures and to conduct environmental monitoring. The majorduties and responsibilities of Environment Management Cell are:

To implement the environmental management plan To assure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations To ensure regular operation and maintenance of pollution control devices To minimize environmental impacts of operations as by strict adherence to the EMP To initiate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule Review and interpretation of monitoring as per approved schedule Review and interpretation of monitoring results and corrective measures in case

monitored results are above the specified limit Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and applicable environmental

laws as ready reference Maintain environmental related records Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultant, monitoring laboratories Maintain log of public complain and the action taken

Record keeping: The proposed environmental management cell should have all basic recordkeeping facilities such as:

Hard ware/software facilities, Adequate space,



Vehicle (transport) and Basic furniture and All simple instruments such as GPS, Digital camera, Hand held noise metre etc.

The cell should have all basic environmental management data of the project that includesbut not limited to the following

Environmental Impact Assessment Reports (both well preserved soft and hard copy) All valid and up to date environmental clearance and consent papers All latest Environmental legislations, policies, codes and manuals for ready references A list of consultants on environmental management need to be kept with yearly revision

of the list. This will help to receive proper advice in case of an emergency or arequirement and also to implement day to day environmental management activities.

Over a period of time a system to understand and absorb the new revisions and changes inthe environmental requirements and practices are to be established. This can only beachieved by regular training and genuine capacity building initiatives. The organizational setup for Biocon Environmental Management Cell is given as Figure 9-5.

Figure 9-5: Biocon Organizational Setup for Environmental Management Cell



9.8 Approach towards Voluntary Compliance

Biocon has already best 4 management systems i.e Environmental Management System(EMS) based on recognized international standards for environmental and safetymanagement systems (ISO 14001 – 2008), OHSAS 18001- 2007, 2008, SocialAccountability (SA) 8000 & ISO 9001: 2008 Quality Management systems. The mainobjective of ISO 14001 is to establish a system to assess, monitor and manageenvironmental performances, which can be used to promote continual environmentalimprovement and prevention of pollution. Biocon EHS Policy enclosed as Annexure W

9.9 Audits and Inspections

In addition, the EHS/EMC Department shall be responsible for implementing ComplianceAssurance activities, namely environmental audits. Internal audits and reviews ofenvironmental procedures shall be conducted annually.

The EHS Steering Committee, made up of Management Team members, shall conductquarterly EHS performance reviews. Any change to the environment wholly or partial isidentified, evaluated and equally corrective actions are taken to better the environmentalperformance.

A vital part of EHS practice is to learn from experience, using it as basis to improve thesystem. To this effect, periodic inspections and record keeping provides a measure of howeffective programs are and facilitates identification of areas where improvement will benecessary. Environmental inspections consist of examining all activities and documentingthose actions that are carried out in compliance with environmental clearances,specifications relating to environmental protection, and mitigation plans approved.

9.10 Summary of Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Various project activities, associated impacts and mitigation measures are summarised inTable 9-7.



Table 9-7: Project Activities, Associated Impacts, and Mitigation Measures

S.No. Activity

Relevant Environmentalcomponents likely to be

impacted

Likely Impacts and theirsignificance in the absence

of Mitigation MeasuresProposed

Mitigation MeasuresResponsible Agencyfor Implementation

Construction Phase1. Site levelling/

Materialtransport andconstructionactivities

Air Quality Exhaust emissions fromvehicles

Windblown dust duringmaterial movement

Fugitive dust duringmaterial unloading

Dust suspension duringsite preparation,construction andtrenching

Emissions from DG sets

To reduce impacts from exhausts, emission control norms will beenforced/adhered.

All the vehicles and construction machinery will be periodically checked toensure compliance to the emission standards

Construction equipment and transport vehicles will be periodically washedto remove accumulated dirt

Providing adequately sized construction yard for storage of constructionmaterials, equipment tools, earthmoving equipment, etc.

Provide enclosures on all sides of construction site Movement of material will be mostly during non-peak hours. On-site vehicle speeds will be controlled to reduce excessive dust

suspension in air and dispersion by traffic Water sprinkling will be carried out to suppress fugitive dust in the project

site Environmental awareness program will be provided to the personnel

involved in developmental works Use of tarpaulin covers and speed regulations for vehicles engaged in

transportation

ConstructionContractors/developer/BBIL industry

Noise Noise /Vibration fromfollowing activities Vehicles transporting

construction material Diesel run engines of

construction machinery Drilling/Pile driving

activities

Noise levels shall be maintained below threshold levels stipulated byCentral Pollution Control Board (CPCB) time to time

Procurement of machinery/construction equipment in accordance withspecifications conforming to source noise levels less than 75 dB (A)

Well-maintained construction equipment, which meets the regulatorystandards for source noise levels, shall be used

Any equipment emitting high noise, wherever possible, shall be orientedso that the noise is directed away from sensitive receptors

Noise attenuation will be practised for noisy equipment by employingsuitable techniques such as acoustic controls, insulation and vibrationdampers

High noise generating activities such as piling and drilling shall bescheduled in day time

ConstructionContractors/developer/BBILindustry



S.No. Activity


impacted




Personnel exposed to noise levels beyond threshold limits shall beprovided with PPE.

Disturbance to NaturalDrainage pattern

Impact to natural flow ofrunoff due to blockageand change of drainagecourse

The drains passing through the area shall be routed as per the proposeddrain routing plan

Adequate storm water drainage system shall be provided. The storm water system need to be properly connected to the natural

drainage system of the area Drainage system will be provided at construction yard. Measures will be

taken to prevent silting of natural drainage due to runoff from constructionareas

ConstructionContractors/developer/BBIL

Vegetation and Strain onexisting infrastructure

Loss of vegetation andstrain on existinginfrastructure.

Commencement of greenbelt development during construction phaseespecially in terms of nursery development and identification ofindigenous species

Temporary workers camp with self-sufficient infrastructure facilities.

ConstructionContractors/Developer/BBIL

Existing Traffic Traffic addition Jigani link road is passing just adjacent from BSEZ and the Transportationof construction materials will be carried out during non- peak hours.

Regularization of truck movement


2. Solid WasteManagement

Soil quality Impacts due to disposalof solid waste on ground

Construction waste shall be used within project site for filling of low lyingareas.

Excavated soil shall be stockpiled in a corner of the site in bunded area toavoid run off with storm water.

General refuse generated on-site shall be collected in waste skips andseparated from construction waste.

Local authorised waste recycler shall be employed to remove generalrefuse from the site, separately from construction waste and hazardouswastes

Recyclable wastes will be disposed through KSPCB approved vendors Burning of refuse at construction sites shall be prohibited.


3. Handling ofhazardousmaterials

Human safety andproperty loss

Fire accidents due tohazardous materialhandling

Health Issues

Adequate safety measures as per OSHA standards will be adopted Construction site will be secured by fencing with controlled/limited entry

points. Hazardous materials such as lubricants, paints, compressed gases, and

varnishes etc., will be stored as per the prescribed/approved safetynorms.




S.No. Activity


impacted




Construction site will be secured by fencing with controlled/ limited entrypoints

Medical facilities including first aid will be made available for attending toinjured workers.

Handling and storage as per statutory guidelines. Positive isolation procedures will be adhered Handling and storage as per MSIHC rules, MoEF&CC guidelines with Fire

protection system. Hazardous wastes, if any, shall be disposed to nearby TSDF through

KSPCB/CPCB approved vendors4. Water

ResourcesWater scarcity /Pollution tothe nearby water bodies

Impacts to the surfacewater body

Water Requirement during the construction will be met through roadtankers/local municipal bodies

Care should be taken to prevent the contaminated runoff from theconstruction site to the nearby natural streams, if any

Optimized utilization of the water Wastewater and sewage generated shall be treated at existing BSEZ STP

ConstructionContractors/Developer/BBIL

Operational Phase1. Stack

Emissions ofBBIL

Air Quality Stack emissions Use of Natural Gas for Boiler Stack height of Boiler shall be as per CPCB guidelines Stack emissions will be maintained as per KSPCB/CPCB standards by

providing emission control devices Periodical Monitoring of pollutants at stacks

Developer/BBIL

Vehicular emissions Access roads to be provided to avoid traffic congestion Use of tarpaulin covers and speed regulations for vehicles engaged in

transportation

Developer/BBIL

2. Operation ofCompressors,andgeneratorsetc

Noise Increased noise levelsdue to equipmenthandling and vehicularmovement

Acoustic Barriers and Enclosures All transportation vehicles, machinery will be periodically checked to

ensure minimal noise generation to comply OHSAS and ambient noisestandards in the surrounding area

Personal Protecting Equipment (PPE) Greenbelt Development Counselling and traffic regulation

Developer/BBIL

Vibration Temporary perplexity Machine and equipment likely to generate vibration shall be fixed based Developer/BBIL



S.No. Activity


impacted




Health implication onworking continuously invibrating environment

on the detail designing of foundation. Machinery equipped with latest vibration-reduction technology shall

minimise the vibrations. Vibration dampers shall be provided around the source of generation

3. Water Supply Water resources Impact on existing waterresources

Total water requirement will be met from BSEZ through BWSSB No dependent on Ground water

Developer

4. Solid wastemanagement

Groundwater and Soilquality

Impact due to disposal ofsolid waste on groundwithout treatment

Composted bio-degradable waste will be used as manure for greenbelt. Non compostable and non-recyclable waste will be sent to municipal. Other recyclable wastes will be sold to KSPCB authorised recyclers.

Developer/BBIL

5. Handling ofhazardouswastes

Fire accidents due toproducts handling

Human life and loss ofproperty

Hazardous materials will be stored as per the prescribed/approved safetynorms.

Temporary storage of hazardous waste within the industry premises for aperiod of 90 days.

Hazardous wastes will be sent to nearby TSDF through KSPCB approvedvendors.

Medical facilities including first aid will be available for attending to injuredworkers

Emergency alarms, provision of fire hydrant system and fire station. Effective Disaster Management Plan (DMP) which covers onsite and

offsite emergency plans. Recovery of spills to the extent possible

Developer/BBIL

6. Operation ofBBIL

Socio-economicconditions of the region

During operational phase, the BBIL and associated facilities is likely to generate direct employment of 56no’s. In addition, there is wide variety of jobs that are generated in the form of indirect employment (e.g.hotel business, small eateries, construction, transport, etc.). This project may generate indirect employmentup to 1000.Local people will be given preference based on their qualification and skill set. Together with thisemployment potential, project will help to enhance the socio economic conditions of the area with betterschooling, communication and transport facilities that will be developed/ triggered as a part of overalleconomic development of the region

Developer/BBIL

Natural Hazards As given in Disaster Management Plan (DMP) prepared; Site Main controller will act as the overall in-charge ofthe control of educative, protective and rehabilitation activities to ensure least damage to life and property.

Induced Development Offers an efficient and cost effective supply chain/ value proposition to the local importers and exporters.



9.11 Budgetary Estimates

9.11.1 Budgetary Estimate for Environmental Management

The budgetary estimate (Capital Cost) for Environmental Management is INR 19 Crores andthe annual recurring cost is INR 2.4 Crores. The breakup of cost is given in Table 9-8 &

S.No. Purpose Cost items

Millions Crores(INR)

1. Greenbelt development Plantation 2 0.2

2. Solid waste Management Dustbins, Waste storage shed etc 2 0.20

3. Housekeeping Housekeeping 1 0.1

4. Air Pollution Control Installation of Stacks &Control equipments 15.1 1.51

5. Noise Pollution Control Enclosures 5 0.5

6. Water Pollution Control Construction of ETP & STP 150 15

7. Environmental Monitoring Environmental Laboratory 15 1.5

Total Capital Cost 190 19.0

Table 9-9.

Table 9-8: Environmental Management - Capital Cost

S.No. Purpose Cost items

Millions Crores(INR)

1. Greenbelt development Plantation 2 0.2

2. Solid waste Management Dustbins, Waste storage shed etc 2 0.20

3. Housekeeping Housekeeping 1 0.1

4. Air Pollution Control Installation of Stacks &Control equipments 15.1 1.51

5. Noise Pollution Control Enclosures 5 0.5

6. Water Pollution Control Construction of ETP & STP 150 15

7. Environmental Monitoring Environmental Laboratory 15 1.5

Total Capital Cost 190 19.0

Table 9-9: Environmental Management - Annual Recurring Cost

S. No. Purpose Cost items Millions Crores (INR)



1. Greenbelt development Green belt maintenance 0.5 0.05

2. Solid Waste Management Waste dustbin/waste handling 1 0.1

3. Housekeeping Housekeeping 0.5 0.05

4. Air Pollution Control Periodical Maintenance/Cleaning etc 1 0.1

5. Noise Pollution Control Maintenance/Cleaning 0.5 0.05

6. Water Pollution Control STP & ETP Maintenance 20 2

7. Environmental Monitoring Terrestrial Environmental Monitoring 0.5 0.05

Total Recurring Cost 24 2.4

9.11.2 Budgetary Estimate for CSR Interventions in the Study Area

Biocon’s Corporate Social Responsibility initiatives, started in 2004, are based on theprinciple of making enduring impact through programs that promote social and economicinclusion.

At Biocon, CSR has been an integral part of their business since inception. The company iscommitted to innovation, affordability and access to healthcare. In line with this commitmentand as a socially responsible organisation, Biocon has, over the last 10 years, investedsignificantly in various CSR programs aimed at making a difference to the lives ofmarginalized communities.Biocon's CSR activities are/will be implemented through:

Biocon Foundation - develops and implements healthcare, educational, andinfrastructure projects for marginalized sections of society and also promotes the richArt & Culture of India, to encourage artists, and sensitize communities.

Biocon Academy – aims to address the skill deficit in the Biotechnology sector, bydeveloping high-end talent through advanced learning and industrial training to makethem employable

External Partners – with track records in the CSR area.

9.11.2.1 Phasing of CSR Initiatives

Biocon Foundation’s initiatives are primarily focused on healthcare, primary education andrural development. All projects are developed and implemented by Biocon Foundation basedon need assessment through discussions with local communities, and governmentdepartments. Project appraisals are done periodically by combining community feedbackwith evaluation metrics developed by the Foundation. These metrics include patient footfall,health indicators, feedback from teachers, community satisfaction etc.

It is suggested Biocon may take up the investments on priority ranking of the activities asfurnished in a period of 5 years as given in the below Table 9-10.

Table 9-10: Suggested Sector Plan Budget Allocation and TimelineS. No. Sector Priority Suggested % Timeline for Investments



ranking forinvestment

of Allocationout of Total

Budget

First &Second

year

3rd to 5th

year

A. Education 15%

All activitiesranked as1&2 in the

table

All activitiesranked as >3in the table

1. Providing Computers & Supply of Furniture 22. Additional class rooms to Schools 3

3. Construction of Anganwadi Buildings withToilets 1

4. School Construction of Compound wall 4B. Village Level Infrastructure 35%

1. Provision of drinking water to villages havingfluoride ground water 1

2. Bore well 2

3. SANITATIONHousehold toilets 5

4. Construction of Community Hall 65. Better road facility 4

6. HEALTH –Sub health centres & healthcamps 3

C. Youth Development 15%1. Youth motivation programmes 1

2. Skill Training specific to the BioconIndustries 2

3. Promoting ancillary units through YouthEntrepreneur development programmes 3

4. Sports Equipments 4D. Women Empowerment 15%

1. Women empowerment motivationprogrammes 1

2. Skill Training specific to the Bioconindustries 2

3.

Promoting service units (Job order/ Finishingcontract jobs/Gardening/Horticulture/Catering/canteen)through SHG Entrepreneur developmentprogrammes

3

E. Environment/Sustainable Development 20%1. Tree plantation 2

2. Agriculture, Horticulture, Animal Husbandrysupport programmes 1

3. Rain water harvesting and water shedprogrammes 1

9.11.2.2 Governance

9.11.2.2.1CSR Committee

The CSR Committee is responsible for oversight of all CSR activities from start to finish. Itshall meet at least twice a year to ensure Biocon delivers on its CSR goals.

9.11.2.2.2 Identification of programs for CSR



Programs to be supported via CSR will be selected by the CSR committee through atransparent process and the selected programs will meet the regulatory requirements.Enterprise social commitment plan of Biocon enclosed as Annexure V.

9.11.2.2.3Budgeting and spend

For each financial year, the minimum amount available for CSR spending will be defined inaccordance with the applicable provisions of the statute. Any surplus arising out of CSRprojects shall not form part of business profit of the company. As per the statute, any unspentbudget shall be reported in the Annual Report.

9.11.2.2.4Reporting

CSR initiatives of the company will be reported in the Annual Report.


Page 299

Chapter 10Summary & Conclusion


Chapter 10 Summary & ConclusionPage 300

Chapter 10 Summary & Conclusion

10.1 Introduction

10.1.1 Project background

M/s. Biocon Biologics India Limited (BBIL) proposes to set up a commercial manufacturingcomplex for manufacture and commercially supply various generic drugs which wouldinclude dosage forms like oral solids, parenteral, etc. The finished dosage form dossierswould be filed in countries of interest for regulatory approval. Once the dossiers are incompliance with respective regulatory requirements, the product would be ready to market.


BBIL would focus on few special therapeutic segments such as oncology, diabetology,cardiology, inflammatory diseases and become a market leader in them. Production andexport of Novel at Plot No 2, 3, 4 and 5, BSEZ, Bommasandra Industrial Area, Phase 4,Bommasandra Jigani Road, Anekal taluk, Bengaluru Urban district, Karnataka for theproduction of following:



3. 10 million vials/annum

4. 4 million injectable pens/annum

10.1.2 Overview of Biocon

M/s. Biocon Limited, a leading biopharmaceutical manufacturing organization wasestablished in 1978, Bangalore. It is India's largest biotech company focused on deliveringaffordable innovation.

As a fully integrated Biopharma company, it delivers innovative biopharmaceutical solutionsranging from discovery to development and commercialization, leveraging the cutting edgescience, cost-effective drug development capabilities and global scale manufacturingcapacities, to move ideas to market.

Biocon Ltd., Asia’s premier biopharmaceutical company, is committed to ensure a globalright to healthcare by addressing the worldwide need for safe, effective and affordable biotherapeutics. They have harnessed the power of biotechnology through affordable innovationto enhance access to new and differentiated therapies for diseases that are chronic, wheremedical needs are largely unmet.

The company is a pioneer in bringing the benefit of high quality, yet affordable, novelbiologics and biosimilars to patients in India and other emerging markets. Today, they areIndia’s largest and fully integrated biopharmaceutical company that develops, manufacturesand supplies advanced, life-saving biopharmaceuticals for diabetes, cancer and autoimmuneconditions at price points that make them affordable and thus accessible.


Summary & ConclusionPage 301

As an innovation-led organization focused on providing affordable access, they haveleveraged our inherent strengths in advanced science to develop, manufacture and deliver arich portfolio of small molecules APIs & formulations and complex biologics - both novels andbiosimilars - including Monoclonal Antibodies (MAbs), rh-Insulin and insulin analogs.

Their global scale capacities for manufacturing high quality, affordable biologics havepositioned them as the world's fourth largest insulin’s producer, enabling to address thegrowing needs of diabetes patients across the globe. As one of the leading oncologycompanies in India, they have brought safe, efficacious and affordable medicines for cancerto cater to the needs of patients, caregivers and medical practitioners in the country.As India's largest domestic branded biologics company, they have taken key products likeINSUGEN (rh-insulin), BASALOG (Glargine), CANMAb (Trastuzumab),BIOMAb-EGFR(Nimotuzumab) and ALZUMAb (Itolizumab), a ‘first in class’ anti-CD6 monoclonal antibody,from discovery to commercialization.

10.1.3 Overview of Biocon SEZ

M/s. Biocon SEZ (BSEZ) was established in 2006. It is located at plot # 2, 3, 4 & 5,Bommasandra Industrial area, phase 4, Bommasandra Jigani link road, Anekal Taluk,Bangalore Urban Distict, Karnataka state. It is India’s largest integrated biotechnology hub,comprising an integrated cluster of research laboratories and manufacturing facilities spreadacross 90 acres in KIADB (Karnataka Industrial Area Development Board) industrial estate.

10.1.4 Location of Project site

The proposed site is located at Biocon SEZ Bommasandra Village, Anekal Taluk, inBengaluru urban district of Karnataka. The site is about 1.19 Ha (2.95 Acres) and falls in57H/9 of SOI Topo sheet and spatial location of the site is 120 48’ 3.22” N & 790 39’ 35.22” E(Centre Coordinates).

10.1.5 Need and Justification of Project Development

To achieve the growth target, Biocon intends to expand its (and its affiliates) manufacturingcapacities by adding one more Greenfield site in Bengaluru, for manufacturing of variousbiologicals, antibodies, derivatives and formulated products.

The project seeks to fulfil the following objectives:

4. Primarily to fulfil the demands of a large world market.

5. Generate substantial export earnings.

6. Create a world class facility on par with international biological manufacturingorganizations.

The facility would be designed to develop processes for pre-clinical, clinical and commercialscale material. The capabilities would include the scale up of the product to pilot scale andcommercial scale manufacturing. The Greenfield site is envisaged to meet the national andinternational regulations to be followed in the manufacture of the biological products asapplicable and shall be built under the cGMP guidelines.

10.2 Project Description



M/s. Biocon Biologics India Limited (BBIL) proposes to set up a commercial manufacturingcomplex to manufacture and commercially supply various generic drugs which would includedosage forms like oral solids, parenteral, etc.

The finished dosage form dossiers would be filed in countries of interest for regulatoryapproval. Once the dossiers are in compliance with respective regulatory requirements, theproduct would be ready to market.

10.2.1 Cost of the Project

The total capital investment on the project is INR 1050 Crores.

10.3 Description of Environment

Project Influence Area (PIA)/Study Area: A 10 km radial distance with the proposed projectsite as the epicentre has been identified as the General study area for assessing thebaseline environmental status. The core study area is the project area and its immediatesurroundings to the tune of 1.0 km radius from the boundary. The project area is the landwhere the proposed BBIL is being developed. Further the Project Impact Area (PIA) is 10kmfrom the boundary of the core area covering Anekal Taluka under Bengaluru Urban district.

10.3.1 Terrestrial Environment

Ecologically sensitive areas like Biosphere Reserve, National Parks, and Wildlife Sanctuariesprotected sites as per Ramsar convention and other protected areas (PA) are not foundwithin 10 Km radius of the project site except Bannerghatta Biological Park (BBP) located ata distance of 9.59Km radius from proposed project site.

Daily maximum temperature during the study period is 28.5oC and the daily minimumtemperature is 17.1oC were recorded in the months of September and Novemberrespectively

Maximum and minimum relative humidity of 86% and 62% were recorded in the monthsof September and November respectively

Maximum and minimum rainfall of 195.6 mm and 58.4 mm was recorded in the months ofSeptember and November respectively

Total rainfall recorded during the study period is 406 mm Maximum and minimum Mean wind speed during the study period is 2.66 m/s and 1.41

m/s. Ambient air quality was monitored twice in a week for One (01) season (shall cover 12

weeks), i.e. during Post Monsoon season (September to November, 2016). PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, Pb, NH3, C6H6, C20H12, As, Ni, were monitored on 24 hourly basis

and O3 and CO were monitored on eight hourly basis. VOC, Cl, HCl, HBr & H2S weremonitored on 2 hrly basis. Sampling was carried out as per Central Pollution ControlBoard (CPCB) monitoring guidelines at each location. All parameters are within thestipulated norms.

Day equivalent noise levels (Ld) ranged between 55.0 dB(A) to 84.5 dB (A) Night equivalent noise levels (Ln) ranged between 50.1dB (A) to 78.9 dB (A). The field observations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise levels in

the Industrial area were slightly exceeded the prescribed standards except project siteand in Residential noise zones noise levels are slightly exceeded the limit prescribed byMoEF&CC.



In the surface water the pH varied between 7.11-7.80 which are meeting the IS: 2296

1982 for inland surface water. The pH value for all the samples in the study area during

study period found to be within the limits.

The Total Dissolved Solids ranges is varied between 210-1475 mg/l for the surface water

The TDS value for all the samples meeting the class E standards of IS: 2296 1982.

The surface water is minimum 33mg/l and maximum 335mg/l which are meeting the

class C standards of IS: 2296 1982.

The sulphate content of the surface water meeting the minimum range of 20mg/l and

maximum range of 55mg/l. The surface water samples meeting the class E standard of

IS: 2296 1982

The surface water indicates its range varied between 122-905 mg/l. The ground water results of the study area indicate that the average pH ranges is varied

between 7.18-7.96,

The Total Dissolved Solids ranges is varied between 390-1290mg/l for the ground water

and its meets the permissible limits of IS 10500: 2012

The desirable limit of the chloride content is 250mg/l and permissible limit is 1000 mg/l.

The chloride content in the ground water for study area is ranges between 66mg/l –

417mg/l.

The desirable limit of the sulphate content is 200mg/l and permissible limit is 400mg/l. the

sulphate content of the ground water of the study area is varied between 19 mg/l -

122mg/l meeting the desirable limit of the IS 10500: 2012.

The Total hardness ranges is between 133-686 mg/l for ground water its meeting thepermissible limit of the IS 10500: 2012.

The pH of the soil samples ranged from 5.26- 8.66 indicating that the soils are almostneutral in nature.

Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 19-716 μS/cm. As the EC value is less than2000 μS/cm, the soil is found to be non-saline in nature

The water holding capacity of the soil samples varied from 22-30 (%). Nitrogen content ranged from 314 kg/ha to 769 kg/ha Phosphorous ranged from 0.316 to 0.800 kg/ha Potassium content ranges from 0.750 to 1400 kg/ha

10.3.2 Socioeconomic status

The district is unique in nature as more urbanized with rural flavours. The district is thehighest contributor to the State Economy with 33.3% contribution to GDDP (2012-13). Theper capita annual income in the district is INR 2,02,340 (2012-13).

The tertiary sector contributing 39.5% and secondary sector is contributing 36% and primarysector is contributing 2.3% to GDP.

Paddy, Ragi, Maize, oil seeds, Horticulture crops are main crops of the district. The districthas good agricultural in infrastructure like Ware houses, Cold storage facilities, transportfacilities for domestic and international markets.



10.4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

BBIL is proposed within BSEZ to be developed in an area of about 1.19 Ha (2.95Acres), which is part of Biocon SEZ. The complete land for development of BBIL is inpossession of Biocon Ltd for more than a decade. The complete land was acquired inthe year 2005 from KIADB. The land is devoid of any settlements and there will be noland acquisition and Resettlement or Rehabilitation for development of the proposedproject.

The wastewater generated in BBIL will be mainly sewage and process effluent.Sewage generated will be treated in proposed STP. Effluent generated from variousprocesses will be treated in proposed ETP followed by RO. Rejects from RO will betreated in existing Multiple Effect Evaporator of BSEZ. Salts generated from MEE willbe disposed to TSDF.

Treated wastewater from STP & ETP will be used for green belt development/ToiletFlushing within BBIL & BSEZ and balance will be reused as non potable water forvarious applications (mostly utilities). Discharge of wastewater on land is notpermitted and there will not be any impacts due to contamination of soil, ground andsurface water (canals & numerous village ponds) in and around the project sites, sothat the proposed system will be Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) system.

There are no national parks, wildlife sanctuaries or biosphere reserves within 10 kmradius from the plant site. Except Bannerghatta National Park, which is 9.59Km awayfrom proposed project in west direction.

The 1st highest 24 Hour average and Annual Average incremental and resultantconcentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 , CO and NO2 are well within NAAQS for BBILsources alone.

Hazardous materials such as lubricants, paints, compressed gases, and varnishesetc., will be stored as per the prescribed/approved safety norms.

Hazardous wastes will be disposed through approved KSPCB vendors.

Hazardous materials will be stored as per prescribed safety norms in locations withrestricted entry and with fire-fighting facilities.

10.5 Analysis of Alternative Sites

The proposed site and the land in question have been acquired in the year 2005 underBSEZ. The area was kept idle for a long period and then efforts were made recently by theBIOCON for development of Biocon Biologics India Limited on a fast-track basis.

10.6 Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental monitoring programme has been formulated and the same will beimplemented. The effective implementation and close supervision of the environmentalmanagement to mitigate the environmental impacts, which are likely to arise due to theconstruction and operation phases of the project could be achieved through a suitableinstitutional mechanism.



10.7 Additional Studies

A disaster is a catastrophic situation in which suddenly, people are plunged into helplessnessand suffering and, as a result, need protection, clothing, shelter, medical & social care andother necessities of life.

The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection ofenvironment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations inthis same order of priorities. For effective implementation of DMP, it should be widelycirculated and a personnel training is to be provided through rehearsals/drills. To tackle theconsequences of a major emergency at the project location or its immediate vicinity, a DMPhas to be formulated.

The objective of the DMP is to make use of the combined resources of the project facilitiesand the outside services to achieve the following: Effective rescue and medical treatment of casualties Safeguard other people Minimize damage to property and the environment Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control Identify any dead Provide for the needs of relatives Provide authoritative information to the news media Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the cause and

circumstances of the emergency.

A framework for DMP was prepared to minimise damages in the event of a disaster. An On-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan and Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan werebroadly prepared to deal with emergencies and prevent disasters.

An institutional framework with clear assignment of roles and responsibilities was broadlyprepared with which location of Emergency Control Centre and Assembly Points will beidentified. Communication system and alarm systems for effective communication in theevent of a disaster are broadly identified. DMP for natural hazards such as cyclones wasbroadly prepared. Mutual aid scheme, composition of District Level Emergency Committeeand aspects relating to community involvement for dealing with off-site disasters werebroadly prepared.

10.8 Project Benefits

The project area together with Biocon SEZ is classified as an important project for integratedover all development under the KIADB. This proposition is going to benefit the entire regionfor fast track development. Based on the past experience the export oriented investmentsare supposed to be doing good in the long run.

10.8.1 Corporate Social Responsibility

As a responsible company towards the development of social conditions in the vicinity of theBBIL project, Biocon shall implement the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) activities.This shall be based on the gap assessment in and around (up to 10.0 km radius from Projectsite) villages.



Annual Recurring CSR Cost would be 2% of the average net profits of the three immediatepreceding financial years.

10.9 Environmental Management Plan

The main objectives of Environmental Management are to:

Identify key environmental issues envisaged to be encountered during construction andoperation phases of the project.

Provide guidelines for appropriate mitigation measures Establish systems and procedures for implementing mitigation measures Ensure the mitigation measures are being implemented Monitor the effectiveness of mitigation measures Institutional framework includes the responsibilities for environment management as well

as responsibility for implementing environmental measures Take necessary prompt action when unforeseen impacts occur Based on the above objectives in mind, the following specific environmental management

plan/measures are discussed;o Administrative and Technical Setup for Environmental Management:o Rainwater harvesting:o Occupational health and safety: Occupational health & safety needs attention both

during construction, erection, operation and maintenance phases. As per theMoEF&CC suggestion in ToR, broad framework for Occupational health and safetymeasures are presented in EIA report.

Institutional arrangements/framework for environmental management. The effectiveimplementation and close supervision of the environmental management to mitigate theenvironmental impacts, which are likely to arise due to the construction and operationalphases of the project could be achieved through a suitable institutional mechanism. Theproposed institutional mechanism recommended for the implementation of the mitigationmeasures is presented in EIA report.

10.10 Conclusion

Typically any developmental projects also trigger a set of environmental and social impacts.These environmental and social impacts (proposed development will not envisage anyresettlement) due to development projects occur in different forms. An Environmental ImpactAssessment has been carried out to study the potential environmental and social impactsdue to the proposed BBIL project. Potential environmental and social impacts due to theproposed development on attributes like air quality, noise, water quality, soil, flora, socio-economic, etc. have been assessed as part of this EIA study. Appropriate mitigationmeasures to help minimize/avoid impacts from the development have been recommended.The measures include avoidance measures, mitigation measures and environmentalenhancement measures.

Anticipated project impacts and prevailing environmental issues are manageable and can beavoided or mitigated or minimized to acceptable standards. Potential impacts have beenidentified attributable to the proposed project and most of which are localized and temporaryin nature and can be mitigated with minor to negligible residual impacts.

The effective implementation and close supervision of environmental management tomitigate the environmental impacts could be achieved through a suitable institutionalmechanism proposed in this EIA.


Page 307

Chapter 11Disclosure of Consultants


Chapter 11 Disclosure of ConsultantsPage 308

Chapter 11 Disclosure of Consultants

In order to assess the potential environmental impacts due to the proposed BBIL project atBSEZ, Bommasandra Industrial Area, Phase-4, Bommasandra Jigani Link Road, AnekalTaluk, Bangalore Urban District & Karnataka State, Biocon Limited (BL) has engaged HubertEnviro Care Systems (P) Limited, Chennai to undertake EIA study. The nature ofconsultancy service rendered covers terrestrial environmental assessment.

Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS)

Enviro Care Systems was started in the year of 1997 by Dr. J.R.Moses with the vision toserve the world in all environmental related problems by completing the latest technologicaladvancements available.

In the year 2004, Enviro Care Systems became Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd afterhaving collaboration with Hubert Stavoren B.V. for higher Technology.

The company provides total pollution control solutions to several industries like ThermalPower Plant, Pharma, R&D Facilities, Electroplating and Manufacturing, IT Parks,Residential Complexes, Dairies, Food Processing, Textile mills, Breweries, etc.

The company is specialized in executing projects right from concept development, supply,erection, commissioning and operation on turnkey basis. HECS has successfully executedmore than 200 environmental engineering projects for various industrial sectors both in Indiaand overseas.

HECS has state-of-art facilities to provide quality environmental consultancy and engineeringsolutions.

Strengths of HECS

Number of Employees

Total no of Employees : 674

No of Employees engaged in EIA : 105

Consultancy : 25

Laboratory : 80

Projects : 13

Operation & Maintenance : 556


Disclosure of ConsultantsPage 309

Quality Policy of HECS


Chapter 11 Disclosure of ConsultantsPage 310

QCI-NABET - EIA Accreditation

Consultancy Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd., Chennai

NABET Certificate No NABET/ EIA/ 1013/ 041

National Accreditation Board for Education & Training (NABET) is a constituent board of theQuality Council of India (QCI). QCI, NABET has accredited HECS for carrying out Category‘A & Category B’ EIA studies in the following sectors:

Mining of minerals including Open cast only (Sector # 1 as per NABET scheme) Onshore oil and gas exploration development & production (Sector # 2 as per NABET

scheme) Thermal Power Plants (Sector # 4 as per NABET scheme) Metallurgical Industries (ferrous & non-ferrous) (Sector # 8 as per NABET scheme) Cement Plants (Sector # 9 as per NABET scheme) Petroleum refining industry (Sector # 10 as per NABET scheme) Petro-chemical complexes (industries based on processing of petroleum fractions &

natural gas and/or reforming to aromatics) (Sector # 18 as per NABET scheme) Petrochemical based processing (Sector # 20 as per NABET scheme) Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates, bulk drugs and

intermediates excluding drug formulations, synthetic rubbers, basic organic chemicals,other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates) (Sector # 21 as perNABET scheme)

Isolated storage & handling of Hazardous chemicals (Sector # 28 as per NABETscheme)

Industrial Estates/Parks/Complexes/Areas, Export Processing Zone (EPZs), SpecialEconomic Zones (SEZs), Biotech Parks and Leather Complexes (Sector # 31 as perNABET scheme)

Building and large construction projects including shopping malls, multiplexes,commercial complexes, housing estates, hospitals, institutions (Sector # 38 as perNABET scheme)

Townships and Area development projects (Sector # 39 as per NABET scheme)

Note: - List ‘A’ – Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations Complying with Version 3 of theScheme – as on Decmenter 16, 2016 (#)

Further details may be seen on the following URL: www.hecs.in

HUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS (P) LTDCHENNAI

A-21, III Phase, Behind Lions Club School, Thiru Vi Ka IndustrialEstate, Guindy, Chennai – 600 032, Tamil Nadu, India

Documents

BIOCON BIOLOGICS INDIA LTD - Welcome to … BIOLOGICS INDIA LTD Prepared By Environmental Clearance for the Proposed Manufacturing of Biologicals, Antibodies and its Derivatives Formulations